Samuel Beckett and the prosthetic body

241
Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body The Organs and Senses in Modernism Yoshiki Tajiri

Transcript of Samuel Beckett and the prosthetic body

Samuel Beckett and theProsthetic Body

The Organs and Senses in Modernism

Yoshiki Tajiri

Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

This page intentionally left blank

Samuel Beckett and theProsthetic BodyThe Organs and Senses in Modernism

Yoshiki Tajiri

© Yoshiki Tajiri 2007

All rights reserved. No reproduction, copy or transmission of thispublication may be made without written permission.

No paragraph of this publication may be reproduced, copied or transmittedsave with written permission or in accordance with the provisions of theCopyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, or under the terms of any licencepermitting limited copying issued by the Copyright Licensing Agency,90 Tottenham Court Road, London W1T 4LP.

Any person who does any unauthorised act in relation to this publicationmay be liable to criminal prosecution and civil claims for damages.

The author has asserted his right to be identifiedas the author of this work in accordance with the Copyright,Designs and Patents Act 1988.

First published 2007 byPALGRAVE MACMILLANHoundmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire RG21 6XS and175 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010Companies and representatives throughout the world

PALGRAVE MACMILLAN is the global academic imprint of the PalgraveMacmillan division of St. Martin’s Press, LLC and of Palgrave Macmillan Ltd.Macmillan� is a registered trademark in the United States, United Kingdomand other countries. Palgrave is a registered trademark in the EuropeanUnion and other countries.

ISBN-13: 978�0�230�00817�5ISBN-10: 0�230�00817�8

This book is printed on paper suitable for recycling and made from fullymanaged and sustained forest sources.

A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication DataTajiri, Yoshiki.

Samuel Beckett and the prosthetic body : the organs and sensesin modernism/Yoshiki Tajiri.

p. cm.Includes bibliographical references and index.ISBN 0�230�00817�8 (cloth)1. Beckett, Samuel, 1906�1989“Criticism and interpretation.2. Body, Human, in literature. 3. Senses and sensation in literature.4. Technology in literature. 5. Literature and technology.6. Modernism (Literature)“Great Britain. I. Title.PR6003.E282Z842 2006848′ .91409“dc22 2006046059

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 116 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07

Printed and bound in Great Britain byAntony Rowe Ltd, Chippenham and Eastbourne

For my Father

This page intentionally left blank

Contents

Acknowledgements ix

Introduction 1

1 The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 13The masturbation machine in Dream of Fair toMiddling Women 13

Beckett and the bachelor machine 19The attempt to dam up flows 24The machine and sexuality in Beckett’s later work 30

2 The Question of Boundaries 40The body parts as prostheses 41Confusion of the organs 47The instability of the body’s surface 54A critique of Deleuze and Guattari’s discussions

of Beckett 63

3 The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 75Fragmentation of the body and synaesthesia 76Technology and the transformation of the senses:

three theories 83Synaesthesia in Beckett’s early work 91Synaesthesia in Beckett’s later work 101

4 The Camera Eye 109Beckett and the cinema 110The camera eye/the naked eye 116The double and self-reflexivity 122Ill Seen Ill Said 133

vii

viii Contents

5 The Prosthetic Voice 138Beckett, Derrida, telecommunication 140Communication over distance: The Unnamable and

How It Is 145The prosthetic voice and the ghostly 151The interpenetration between the material and the

immaterial 156

Notes 169

References 190

Index 197

Acknowledgements

First and foremost I would like to thank my former supervisor, StevenConnor, for working with me on the research project that formed thebasis of this book. I am happy to have been part of the growing bodyof what I like to call ‘the Steven Connor School’. My thanks also goto Mary Bryden and Andrew Gibson, whose warm encouragement andincisive comments helped me a great deal. I have benefited much fromassociating with several members of the London Beckett Seminar. Inparticular I am grateful to Daniela Caselli for giving me extremely timelyadvice, without which I might not have published this book.Before going to London I studied English literature at the University

of Tokyo. I decided to do so simply because the late Yasunari Takahashi,the founder of Beckett studies in Japan, was teaching there. My debt tohim, both academic and personal, is beyond words. I strongly wish Icould show him this modest fruit of my research. I have also been givenconsiderable help by my fellow members of the Samuel Beckett ResearchCircle in Japan. I would especially thank Minako Okamuro for readinga large part of the typescript and offering useful suggestions. I shouldalso point out that I was in part aided by the Japanese Grant-in-Aid forScientific Research.Despite its old age, my IBM Think Pad served me to the end as a

positive prosthesis. Last but not least, I express my heart-felt gratitudeto my wife and children for their support.The author and publishers wish to thank John Calder Ltd for permis-

sion to quote from Dream of Fair to Middling Women and The Unnamable.Much shorter versions of Chapters 1 and 3 appeared in the journalSamuel Beckett Today/Aujourd’hui, vols 11 (2001) and 12 (2002), anda condensed Japanese version of Chapter 4 appeared as a chapter inThe Vision and Movement of Samuel Beckett (ed. Kojin Kondo; Tokyo:Michitani, 2005). The author and publisher are grateful for permissionto reprint those works here.

YOSHIKI TAJIRI

ix

Introduction

‘Prosthesis’ is undoubtedly a term that has been conspicuously used inrecent critical discourses. In 2002, a journal devoted an entire issue tothe theme of ‘prosthetic aesthetic’. The editors of that issue observed:‘This past decade has witnessed the emergence and dissemination ofdiscussions around prosthesis as an historical, philosophical, technolo-gical, political, ethical, and medical concern’ (Smith and Morra 5).Thetrend pointed out here does not show any sign of waning even now.Prosthesis has indeed been discussed in diverse fields including, aboveall, literature, philosophy and critical theory.It is not difficult to understand why the concept of prosthesis

has proliferated in contemporary discourses. First, there has been thepredominant interest in alterity in the field of critical theory, inwhich the general influence of deconstructive thought is notable. Oneof the principal tendencies in the field is to unsettle the integrity ofthe self (identity) by introducing the other (difference). For example,the conventional distinction between self and other is deconstructedby critical practice which discloses that the self is in fact infiltratedand contaminated by the other. Many other binary oppositions suchas mind/body, man/woman and culture/nature are also subject todeconstruction. Promoted in this intellectual milieu are notions suchas hybridity, heterogeneity, multiplicity and nomad, which subvertconventional binary oppositions. Placed indeterminately between bodyand technology, inside and outside, self and other, prosthesis certainlyseems akin to those notions and eligible for promotion. It is no surprisethat Jacques Derrida favoured this term. As I will discuss shortly, he usedit almost synonymously with his key term ‘supplement’. And DavidWills’ Derridean work Prosthesis (1995) decisively highlighted the term’sapplicability in critical theory.

1

2 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Yet, needless to say, theory is inseparable from the empirical realityof contemporary culture, in which the interface between the bodyand technology is becoming increasingly problematic as our daily lifeis being permeated by numerous technologies to a degree hithertounknown. Information technologies are infiltrating every aspect of ourlife and connecting our bodies ineluctably to vast cyber networks. Theclear-cut distinction between the body (considered internal and organic)and technology (considered external and inorganic) is being renderedobsolete by advanced medical technologies including genetic engin-eering. In ‘A Cyborg Manifesto’ (first published in 1985), undoubtedlyone of the most representative pronouncements on this situation,Donna J. Haraway writes:

In so far as we know ourselves in both formal discourse [� � �] and indaily practice [� � �], we find ourselves to be cyborgs, hybrids, mosaics,chimeras. Biological organisms have become biotic systems, commu-nications devices like others. There is no fundamental, ontologicalseparation in our formal knowledge of machine and organism, oftechnical and organic. (177–8)

With the concept of cyborg, Haraway attempts to forge a new typeof feminism that embraces the reality of our high-tech-infiltratedlife, overcoming old-fashioned binary oppositions such as mind/body,animal/machine and idealism/materialism. Prosthesis can naturally beforegrounded in this kind of cultural criticism. Meaning far more thana simple artificial organ, the term prosthesis is useful for addressing thegeneral cultural situation in which the distinction between the bodyand technology (and by extension, inside and outside, self and other)is blurred or abolished. In such an environment, even the idea of self-identity becomes unsettled by the permeation of technologies. Thus,in Prosthetic Culture: Photography, Memory and Identity (1998), the soci-ologist Celia Lury describes as ‘prosthetic culture’ the culture in whichone’s self-identity, along with one’s memory, can be modified at willby manipulation of the photographic image. She argues that in thisprosthetic culture, ‘the previously naturally or socially fixed or determ-ined aspects of self-identity are increasingly brought within the remit ofchoice or, better, selection’ and ‘taken out of context and refashioned’.Those aspects are now prosthetic extensions of the self that ‘may becontinually dis- and re-assembled across contexts’ (19). Photography,which produces these effects via its ability to frame, freeze and fix theobject, plays a crucial role in this prosthetic culture.

Introduction 3

Photographywas popularised in the late nineteenth century. The sameperiod also saw the invention of important technologies that would irre-vocably transform people’s lives: the phonograph, telephone and film.It was at that time that the wholesale technologisation of life, whichcontinues today, began with the rapid advance of capitalism in big cities.Modernism in art and literature, which emerged around the turn ofthe twentieth century, registered the impact of new technologies andactively engaged with them. As R. L. Rutsky says, a new conception oftechnology was formed inmodernist art, ‘a conception in which techno-logy is no longer defined solely in terms of its instrumentality, but alsoin aesthetic terms’. With both the aestheticisation of technology andthe technologisation of art, ‘[f]rom the late nineteenth century on, [� � �]aesthetic modernism becomes the privileged site for the conjunction oftechnology and art’ (73).In recent years, we have witnessed the emergence of a new type of

study in modernist art and literature, which, interacting with the above-mentioned theoretical concerns, considers the relation between tech-nology and the body with more theoretical sophistication and greaterattention to historical details. Marshall McLuhan’s pioneering mediastudies in the 1960s should be noted as a precursor, but the moreimportant source of inspiration for the new orientation is FriedrichKittler’s theoretically sophisticated historical studies, represented byDiscourse Networks, 1800/1900 (1985) and Gramophone, Film, Typewriter(1986), of how new technologies in the late nineteenth century(the gramophone, film and typewriter) transformed the conceptionof art and literature. While drawing on the archaeological methodof Michel Foucault’s The Order of Things, Kittler criticises Foucaultfor neglecting the importance of those new technologies. WhereasFoucault sets the age of modernity in a contionuous time span overthe nineteenth and twentieth centuries (as opposed to the classicalage of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries), Kittler contends thataround 1880 there was a crucial epistemological break that separatedthe ‘discourse network of 1800’ from the ‘discourse network of 1900’.The latter was characterised by the technologisation of man, which wasespecially salient in the physiological scrutiny of the human body andmind, and the concomitant invention of newmedia technologies. In thelate nineteenth century, ‘[s]o-called Man is split up into physiology andinformation technology’ (Gramophone 16). The communication of soulsbetween author and reader, guaranteed by writing and reading the bookin the ‘discourse network of 1800’, was completely destroyed with this

4 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

death of Man. Kittler discusses modernist literature in this framework,with reference to a wealth of historical materials.Strongly influenced by Kittler, Tim Armstrong’s Modernism, Techno-

logy and the Body (1998) marks a high point of achievement in thenew cultural-historical approach to modernism. Adopting a largely NewHistoricist method, Armstrong illuminates many interesting facets ofliterary modernism in relation to the body and technology, by diggingout lesser-known documents, minor anecdotes and other minute detailsof literary history. Especially significant for my discussion is thechapter entitled ‘Prosthetic Modernism’. Here Armstrong discusses somemodernists’ reactions to the impact of technology in terms of the doublemeanings of prosthesis: the ‘negative’ prosthesis, involving ‘the repla-cing of a bodily part, covering a lack’; and the ‘positive’ prosthesis,involving ‘a more utopian version of technology in which human capa-cities are extrapolated’ (78). These two meanings are developed outof Freud’s ambivalent comment on technology in Civilization and ItsDiscontents (1930): ‘Man has, as it were, become a kind of prostheticGod. When he puts on all his auxiliary organs he is truly magnificent;but those organs have not grown on to him and they still give himmuchtrouble at times’ (Standard Edition [hereafter, SE] XXI 91–2). As Armstrongshows, the responses to technology ranged from celebration of itsutopian possibilities to denunciation of its dehumanising effects.Another recent study to be mentioned in this context may be Sara

Danius’ The Senses of Modernism: Technology, Perception, and Aesthetics(2002). When we consider the relation between the body and techno-logy in modernism, the way in which the senses are transformed bytechnologies that heighten them naturally comes to the fore, becausesense perception is obviously a crucial part of the body’s work. Danius’book starts with the old-fashioned distinction between modernism(regarded as elitist and anti-technological) and the avant-garde (regardedas open to the masses and technology), and unjustifiably ignores thelatter completely.1 Nevertheless, her book can be considered a majorstudy of sense perception in modernist literature. Through a closereading of three modernist novels ( Thomas Mann’s The Magic Mountain,Marcel Proust’s Remembrance of Things Past and James Joyce’s Ulysses),Danius shows how technology was internalised into human sensorylife. In other words, she highlights ‘a general transition from technolo-gical prosthesis to technological aisthesis’ (3),2 the latter term meaningperception. Mainly but not exclusively focusing on the representationof visual technology in the three texts, she demonstrates how humansense perception became infiltrated by technology in the early twentieth

Introduction 5

century, amply referring to the major technological innovations such asX-ray photography, chronophotography and cinematography.These studies of cultural history concerning technology and the body

are transforming the idea of modernism. Similar tendencies can befound in the field of art history. Jonathan Crary, in Techniques of theObserver (1990) and Suspensions of Perception (1999), discusses how thenew physiological research on the human nervous system in the latenineteenth century, which was inseparable from technological inven-tions, was related to a transformation of perception (vision in partic-ular) detectable in the art of the period. Hal Foster, in his CompulsiveBeauty (1993) and Prosthetic Gods (2004), and Rosalind Krauss, in herThe Optical Unconscious (1993), also shed new light on modernist artby investigating the psychodynamics of artists with the help of highlysophisticated theoretical (mainly psychoanalytical) apparatus. All thesescholars explore the aesthetic concern with technology and the newlyconceived body.

This book aims to discuss Samuel Beckett’s work in terms of the ‘pros-thetic body’, taking into account the recent rise of the concept of pros-thesis and the new research on modernism, which I have just outlined.By the term prosthetic body, I primarily mean a body that harboursthe inorganic other within it. Especially important is the body that isfelt to be alien and disintegrating, with its parts resembling detachableprostheses. Such a body is ubiquitous in Beckett’s work. Many charactersin his work, from Belacqua in Dream of Fair to Middling Women to Mouthin Not I, feel as though their body and organs were alien like a brokenmachine and its parts. Beckett critics have of course noted the strongpenchant for mechanisation of the human body in his work, startingwith Hugh Kenner’s classic essay ‘The Cartesian Centaur’ (1961), whichdiscusses how the Cartesian dream of the perfect union of the humanbody and machine, as represented by a man riding a bicycle, is doomedto deterioration in Beckett’s work.3 More generally, it is obvious thatwe cannot discuss Beckett’s later work without considering its profoundinvolvement, explicit or implicit, with actual media technologies.

In my view, however, there has been insufficient consideration of thetechnological engagements in Beckett’s work in the specifically histor-ical context of what Tim Armstrong calls ‘prosthetic modernism’.4 In theprocess of illuminating aspects of the prosthetic body in Beckett’s work,I will therefore examine the broad cultural context in which this bodyemerged, takingthepositionthatBeckett’swork is indeliblymarkedbythemodernist involvementwith technologies in the early twentieth century.

6 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

The prosthetic body also includes what can be called the ‘prostheticsense’: that is, the sense involving technological mediation or enhance-ment, as in the case of vision with the camera eye and hearing withsound technology. Instead of sharply distinguishing prosthesis fromaisthesis, as Sara Danius has done, I will discuss the senses withinthe framework of the prosthetic body. Various critics have been dulyattentive to the enormous importance of the sensory dimensions ofhearing (sound, voice, music) and seeing (image, vision, painting)in Beckett’s work. However, there has been little attempt to developa comprehensive view of how his work shares with that of othermodernists the impulse to explore new aspects of sensory life openedup by technologies from the late nineteenth century onwards. Again, inthe light of the recent studies of the senses in modernism, I will try tocontextualise the prosthetic senses in Beckett’s work.In its ordinary usage, the term prosthesis has instrumental connota-

tions. A prosthesis is something that aids the body and makes life easier.However, I am going to use this term without being bound to this defin-ition. Rather, the prosthetic body is a body that has the inorganic otheror the outside within it. To be more precise, it is the locus for dynamicinteractions between the body and material objects (including machinesand technological devices), inside and outside, self and other, and forthe concomitant problematisation and blurring of these distinctions.The phrase prosthetic body has an advantage over neutrally descriptivephrases such as ‘mechanised body’ or ‘technologised body’ because theterm prosthesis, charged with the recent theoretical concerns, allows usto address those interactions in a new and coherent way.

In order to delineate my idea of the prosthetic body further, it would bebetter to show what it is not. As I noted at the beginning, the concept ofprosthesis is congenial to deconstructive thought and Derrida himselfoften makes use of this term. In The Truth in Painting (1978), he paysattention to the use of the Greek term ‘parergon’ in Kant’s Critique ofJudgement in order to consider the problematic of the border and theframe. A parergon, like a frame, is a ‘supplement outside the work’(55), but it is also characterised as ‘[n]either simply outside nor simplyinside’, ‘neither essential nor accessory, neither proper nor improper’(54, 63). This ambiguous thing is not simply an addition to the work(‘ergon’) but is in fact necessitated by a certain lack inside it. It is there-fore a version of the supplement in the specifically Derridean sense.5

Derrida concludes after a deconstructive reading that the passage onthe parergon in Kant’s third Critique is itself a parergon, imported fromthe other (first) Critique (73). Because of a certain internal lack within

Introduction 7

the third Critique, such a parergon is necessary. Derrida describes thisstructure with the term prosthesis:

If things run as though on wheels, this is perhaps because thingsaren’t going so well, by reason of an internal infirmity in the thesiswhich demands to be supplemented by a prosthesis or only ensuresthe progress of the exposition with the aid of a wheelchair or a child’spushchair. (78)

Here we can clearly see that the three concepts – supplement, parergonand prosthesis – are linked by a common feature; namely, that they areneither simply outside nor simply inside as they are all necessitated byan internal lack within a given body or work.In Specters of Marx (1993), Derrida makes a distinction between the

spectre or the ‘revenant’ (ghost) and the spirit. He argues that the spiritis paradoxically endowed with the semblance of a body when it becomesa spectre or ghost: ‘For there to be ghost, there must be a return tothe body, but to a body that is more abstract than ever’ (126). He callsthis body ‘a prosthetic body’, which is also characterised as a ‘visible–invisible’ or ‘sensuous–non-sensuous’ body. The prosthetic body here ison the border between visibility and invisibility, sensibility and insens-ibility, like a ghost’s body. Again, the proximity between prosthesis andsupplement is clear because Derrida also describes the incarnation hereas ‘a supplementary dimension’ (126).Derrida’s Monolingualism of the Other; or, the Prosthesis of Origin (1996)

is unique in having the word prosthesis in its title. Here he considershis own complicated colonial background as a Franco-MaghrebianJew. Alienated from three languages and cultures – Arabic (or Berber),French and Jewish – he suffered a disorder of identity. French was theonly language he had, but at the same time it was not his, it was alanguage of the other. This condition is called ‘monolingualism of theother’. In Derrida’s view, it is universal because no one can appropriatelanguage. He argues that one has to invent oneself when there is noidentity, and that one desires to invent a ‘prior-to-the-first’ language(that is, ‘writing’, the outside or the other) within a given language,where there is no language of one’s own. The subtitle ‘the Prosthesis ofOrigin’, then, seems to suggest that when there is no origin, a pseudo-origin must be invented as a prosthesis. This can be interpreted as ‘thesupplement of origin’. There is an infinite chain of supplements but noorigin as a substantial, self-sufficient entity. In other words, due to itsconstitutive lack, origin needs to be supplemented.

8 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

I have extracted these instances of the use of the term prosthesismore or less randomly from Derrida’s extremely dense and complexdiscussions. The purpose has been simply to show that he uses the termin a highly abstract way that does not seem to refer directly to the actualphysical body. Of course, it is one of his strategies to deconstruct theordinary binary opposition between body and mind, or the physical andthe metaphysical. To use ‘prosthesis’ to mean ‘supplement’ has a fresh,provocative effect in this sense. And the concept of the ‘prosthesis oforigin’ inMonolingualism of the Other is in fact not completely dissociatedfrom the actual body because Derrida argues that the experience of the‘ex-appropriation’ of language is a (re-)mark inscribed on the body (27).In this book, however, I want to be cautious about the overabstractionor overmetaphorisation of the term prosthesis that Derrida’s strategicuse of it inevitably risks. I intend to use the term in a more limited,physical sense in order to concentrate on the problematisation of theboundaries between the body and its other in Beckett’s work. Therefore,I refrain from using this term in the widely applicable, enlarged senseof Derrida’s ‘supplement’. And although Derrida’s idea of the prostheticbody as a ghost’s paradoxical body in Specters of Marx may be partlyrelevant to the discussion in Chapter 5, it does not underlie my overallframework.Derrida’s Monolingualism of the Other is dedicated to David Wills, and

it is probable that when he decided to use the word prosthesis in thesubtitle, he was conscious of Wills’ book Prosthesis.6 The latter developsthe Derridean concept of prosthesis in remarkably diverse ways. Since itexemplifies the way in which the concept is highlighted and elaboratedin the current theoretical discourse, it deserves some consideration here.One of the most conspicuous features of Wills’ book is the strategicmixture of autobiographical accounts and critical discourse. In all ninechapters, Wills’ very personal recollections of his father, who wore aprosthetic leg, mingle with his critical analysis of the subject of thechapter. Wills displaces the classic opposition between the two modesof writing by this deliberate hybridisation, which he calls prosthesis. Heintends ‘to have one infringe upon or append itself to the other in anevent that can only be called prosthesis; so that there is a rewriting ofthe relation as prosthesis’ (18). The constant references to Wills’ father’sprosthesis makes Prosthesis itself a prosthesis in this sense. As such,it investigates various relations between the natural and the unnatural(artificial), or between the same and the other. At one point Wills goesso far as to say, ‘Any relation is a relation to difference or otherness, andprosthesis is a name for that’ (45). With such a generalised conception

Introduction 9

of prosthesis, Wills discusses a wide range of subjects: Virgil, CharlesConder, Freud, Peter Greenaway, Derrida, Raymond Roussel, WilliamGibson, and the rhetoric and medicine of the sixteenth century.In the chapter on the English impressionist painter Charles Conder,

Wills analyses one of his paintings in a way that is reminiscent ofDerrida’s above discussion of the ‘parergon’. In terms of prosthesis, Willsproblematises the boundaries between the painting’s outside and inside,by paying close attention to the figures inside the painting and referringto Conder’s biography that is outside it. When he discusses cyberspacetechnology in William Gibson’s novels, he notes the shift ‘from theprosthesis of the body to a prosthesis of the mind’ (72), which invalid-ates the distinction between software, body and mind. In the chapteron Derrida’s The Post Card, he focuses on a missing parenthesis in one ofthe letters in ‘Envois’ and discusses parenthetical interpolation in textsin general as prosthesis.These are just a few examples of the numerous meanings given to

the word prosthesis in Wills’ unsystematic and heterogeneous writing.At times we get the impression that Wills expands the meaning of theword to the point of making it too general. Any relation is a prosthesisfor him, but he also claims that ‘the act of writing [� � �] is a prostheticact par excellence’, and that ‘language is a prosthesis’ (30, 300). I intendto resist this tendency to overgeneralise the term prosthesis. However,Wills’ book contains some useful hints for reading Beckett in referenceto prosthesis. I want to single out one such point here: the conjunctionof rhetoric and medicine in the sixteenth century.In the seventh chapter, Wills points out that in the sixteenth century,

when the word prosthesis was first used in English (in 1553 in Arte ofRhetorique by Thomas Wilson), a fundamental reconfiguration of know-ledge was taking place that indicated a shift to modernity. This wasespecially evident in the fields of rhetoric and medicine. Wills discussesthis change in terms of prosthesis:

In the case of medicine there is a challenge to the integrity ofthe living body, a challenge different from that represented bythe dissections and anatomical advances of Leonardo, while in thecase of rhetoric the challenge is made to the integrity of the word.And a case might be made for calling such a challenge that ofprosthesis. (220–1)7

In Thomas Wilson’s usage, ‘prosthesis’ means ‘[t]he addition of a letteror syllable at the beginning of a word’ (The Oxford English Dictionary

10 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

[hereafter, OED], definition 1). This meaning is closely related to the factthat at that time the invention of quotation marks had begun to disruptthe continuity of the written (printed) word and change textual form.The spread of printing technology brought about the technologisationof the word and text, and Wills calls it ‘prosthesis’ (222). ‘Prosthesis’in its original sense, which implies dislocation of the continuity of theword, was possible only on the artificial typographic page. Parallel to thistechnologisation of the word, in the field of medicine, the FrenchmanAmbroise Paré – Wilson’s contemporary – was challenging the assumedwholeness of the body by inventing artificial limbs. This change wasbased on a mechanical conception of the body that was to be system-atised by Descartes in the next century. Although it was not until 1706that ‘prosthesis’ in the medical sense was first used in English,8 it seemssignificant that in the sixteenth century, medicine and rhetoric weregoing through a similar transformation in relation to prosthesis. Theintellectual milieu in which the word prosthesis was first used thusreminds us of the underlying interrelation between the rhetorical orlinguistic dimension and the medical or physical one.My idea of the ‘prosthetic body’ in Beckett’s work concerns prosthesis

in the physical, and now more ordinary, sense of the word. However,prosthesis in the original linguistic sense may not be entirely irrelevantto our discussion of Beckett’s work. If we depart from the specific histor-ical circumstances in respect of printing technology and enlarge theidea of the linguistic prosthesis, we can discuss his work precisely insuch terms. In his work there is alienation of language as well as ofthe body. This is most obvious in The Unnamable. The narrator of thisnovel is compelled to speak on, even though he feels that his voiceand words are not his own. Words are both his and the other’s at thesame time. Language here is prosthetic in the sense that it is both insideand outside. As the Derrida-inspired critics of Beckett have noted, thesituation here, in which the subject is never guaranteed self-identityand is constantly displaced from itself, can be fruitfully discussed interms of Derrida’s différance, which Wills also regards as prosthesis (31).And Wills would probably discuss the language in The Unnamable inreference to prosthesis. The relentless alienation of the subject describedin this novel can therefore be taken to involve the linguistic dimensionas well as the physical one. I will examine the Derridean interpretationof The Unnamable in Chapter 5 in relation to the question of the voice.But in order not to overgeneralise the concept of prosthesis, I will nothighlight the conjunction of the two dimensions of prosthesis in theway Wills would with his equation of différance with prosthesis.

Introduction 11

However, there is another perspective in which the linguistic pros-thesis is kept in sight. Tim Armstrong says of the etymology of theword, ‘What is grammatically an addition becomes the covering of alack in the body. “Prosthetics” is thus a useful heading under whichto consider the general field of bodily interventions, technology, andwriting in Modernism’ (78). If by linguistic prosthesis we mean broadlythe situation in which technology impinges on writing, as it did in thesixteenth century, then it could be argued that it applies to the periodof modernism. The media technologies that emerged in the late nine-teenth century transformed writing profoundly – not only directly, asin the case of the typewriter, but also indirectly, as with the camera eyeand the mechanically reproduced voice. This transformation is salientlyinscribed in modernist experimental writing, and Beckett’s work is noexception. Although I do not stress the aspect of the linguistic prosthesisin this sense, it is always implied in the course of my discussion. In otherwords, it may be possible to say that this book is after all about prosthesisin the original double sense – prosthesis as a field where technologyintervenes not only in the body but also in writing.

This book consists of five chapters, each of which discusses an aspectof the prosthetic body in Beckett’s work. Chapter 1 analyses the pros-thetic body in terms of sexuality. It situates the mechanisation of thesexual body in his early work and its transformation in his late workin the broad context of the modernist regression to the early psychicstages. Continuing the hypothesis of the regressive body, Chapter 2focuses on the three major aspects of the Beckettian prosthetic body, allof which are related to the question of boundaries in the ‘body image’in the early psychic stages: prosthetisation of the organs, confusion ofthe organs and instability of the body’s surface. It also examines theviews of Beckett held by Deleuze and Guattari, who consider the sameaspects of the prosthetic body but in a different framework. Chapter 3first examines the prosthetic body as the formless, disintegrating bodythat emerged in modernism, and then turns to the phenomenon ofsynaesthesia (sensory cross-connection) as its corollary, thereby enteringthe realm of the prosthetic senses. After considering the general logicthat links technology and synaesthesia, the chapter next contextual-ises Beckett’s synaesthetic sensibility and considers its manifestationfrom the early work to the late work. The next two chapters separ-ately deal with two senses: vision and hearing. Chapter 4 analysesBeckett’s engagement with the camera eye, with reference to the culturalcontext of modernist visuality characterised by the intertwinement of

12 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the technological eye and the naked eye. The conspicuous image of theinner eye in Beckett’s work is also considered in this connection. Finally,Chapter 5 concentrates on the prosthetic voice; that is, the mechanicallymediated voice. It demonstrates how Derrida’s idea of telecommunic-ation can cast light on the voice in Beckett’s work. However, it alsolays stress on the aspect of Beckett’s prosthetic voice that eludes thisapproach, pointing out that the applicability of Derrida’s thought toBeckett’s engagement with actual media technologies is limited.The subject of the prosthetic body obviously necessitates careful atten-

tion to various presentations of the body. Throughout this book, there-fore, I try to highlight concrete marks of physical and sensorial realitiesthat involve the reader or audience of Beckett’s work. Indeed, Beckett’swork often plunges us into a world filled with peculiar bodily sensa-tions in terms of uncontrollable bodily flows, anarchic interchanges oforgans and an unstable bodily surface. Such sensations underlie bothhis novels and his dramas. Even The Unnamable, which appears to bearidly abstract and cerebral, and has often been treated as such, is infact replete with vivid physical sensations. In fact, the narrator exclaimsat one point: ‘How physical this all is!’ (360). In order to address thisfeature, the first three chapters draw on the supposition that the bodyin Beckett’s work is in a regressive state where it is still considerablydisorganised. Some recent psychoanalytical approaches to Beckett arerelevant in this regard as they are attentive to the peculiar physicalityin his work.9 However, I do not adopt a single theoretical or method-ological framework. I simply wish to accentuate the importance of thetangible, corporeal dimension in Beckett’s work, by taking heed of whatthe mouth, the anus, the ear, the eye and other body parts are felt tobe doing. And as will be seen, physical and sensorial life tends to beinseparable from the question of prosthesis in Beckett’s case.

1The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality

This chapter aims to discuss the prosthetic body in Beckett in terms ofsexuality and gender. In his early work, there is an interesting connec-tion between the mechanisation of the body and a peculiar type ofsexuality. The prosthetic body here, therefore, primarily refers to themechanised body that this special sexuality tends to entail. I will startwith an analysis of an early scene in Dream of Fair to Middling Women(written in 1931–32 but published posthumously in 1992),1 whereBelacqua’s disguised masturbation is described as a mechanical process.Belacqua’s ‘masturbation machine’ exemplifies the nexus of the allureof the womb, the avoidance of women’s physical presence, and mech-anical imagery. When considering the psychic mechanism underlyingthis nexus, which is characteristic of Beckett’s early work, I put stresson situating Beckett’s mechanisation of the sexual body in the largercontext of modernist art and literature, referring to Michel Carrouges’notion of the ‘bachelor machine’, Klaus Theweleit’s analysis of Nazisoldiers’ psychology, Hal Foster’s discussions of modern artists and otherrelevant material. This is intended to make up for Beckett critics’ relativelack of interest in contextualising Beckett’s work in terms of what TimArmstrong calls ‘prosthetic modernism’ or ‘mechanomodernism’. In thefinal section, I will briefly consider how the above-mentioned nexus istransformed in Beckett’s later work, where the strict dichotomy betweenman andwomangivesway tomore indeterminate gender configurations.

The masturbation machine in Dream of Fair to MiddlingWomen

Dream of Fair to Middling Women (hereafter Dream) largely centreson Belacqua’s failed love affairs with women: the voluptuous and

13

14 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

irritable Smeraldina-Rima in the first half; the intellectual and beautifulbut desperately bored Alba in the latter. Both affairs are unfulfilled,ultimately because Belacqua is afraid of physical contact with them,which always feels threatening to him even though he is spirituallyattracted to them. Smeraldina ‘rapes’ him one morning, although ‘itwas his express intention, made clear in a hundred and one subtle anddelicate ways, to keep the whole thing pewer and above-bawd’ (18).He thinks that only in her absence can he have her ‘truly and totally,according to his God’ (25) – ‘Absence makes the heart grow fonder is atrue saying’ (40), the narrator also says – but Smeraldina never under-stands such an idea.2 Belacqua adores the Alba, with whom he can haveintellectual conversations, but we are also told, ‘He has not lain withher. Nor she with him. None of that kind of thing here, if you don’tmind’ (177). At the end of the novel, Belacqua is invited into her houseat night, but he soon leaves her without doing anything untoward. Thenarrator says, ‘[Y]ou didn’t suppose, it is to be hoped, that we were goingto allow him to spend the night there’ (240).Belacqua thus wishes to live as spiritually as possible without being

disturbed by anything physical or sexual. Ultimately he longs to cuthimself off completely from worldly concerns and withdraw into theblissful state of the ‘wombtomb’, where he can attain absolute peace.The ‘wombtomb’ is described impressively as follows:

The mind, dim and hushed like a sick-room, like a chapelle ardente,thronged with shades; the mind at last its own asylum, disinterested,indifferent, its miserable erethisms and discriminations and futilesallies suppressed; the mind suddenly reprieved, ceasing to be anannex of the restless body, the glare of understanding switched off.The lids of the hard achingmind close, there is suddenly gloom in themind; not sleep, not yet, nor dream, with its sweats and terrors, buta waking ultra-cerebral obscurity, thronged with grey angels; there isnothing of him left but the umbra of grave and womb where it isfitting that the spirits of his dead and his unborn come abroad. (44)

In this state the mind is cut off from its annoying cerebral activity andthe body, and is left in peace with the dead and the unborn. This ‘Limbopurged of desire’ (44) is the ideal state to which Belacqua is constantlydrawn. Love for a woman presents him with difficulty because it entailsthe disturbing dimensions of physicality and sexual desire.But even he has to confront and dispose of his sexual desire. At one

point the narrator explicitly presents him as an onanist whose ideal

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 15

way of discharging sexual desire is masturbation, and he analyses thisdisposition of the protagonist with a comically exaggerated defensivetone (38–43). In contrast to the preferred method of masturbation, theuse of the brothel does not satisfy Belacqua because it spoils his image ofSmeraldina, which must remain intact. The narrator describes how, aftersex in the brothel, ‘flooding’ occurs to obliterate the sacred image ofSmeraldina. He calls this process a ‘demented hydraulic that was beyondcontrol’ (41). The word ‘hydraulic’ suggests a mechanism operated bywater: the sexual process is imagined as a mechanical regulation of flowsand the mechanism is ‘demented’ and ‘out of control’.There is a more complex and important example at the beginning of

Part Two. Since Part One is just a half-page recollection of Belacqua’schildhood, this is virtually the beginning of the novel. Here Belacquais sitting on a stanchion on the Carlyle Pier and engaged in a strangeactivity. He has just bidden farewell to Smeraldina, who is leaving forVienna. Remembering her image, he is engrossed in a mechanical repe-tition of inducing and checking tears:

He sat working himself up to the little gush of tears that wouldexonerate him. When he felt them coming he switched off his mindand let them settle. First the cautious gyring of her in his mind tillit thudded and spun with the thought of her, then not a second toosoon the violent voiding and blanking of his mind so that the gushwas quelled, it was balked and driven back for a da capo. He foundthat the best way to turn over the piston in the first instance was tothink of her béret that she had snatched off to wave when the shipbegan to draw clear. (4)

Such phrases as ‘switched off’ or ‘turn over the piston’ clearly indicatethat the whole process is imagined as mechanical. Notably, Belacqua’smachine soon breaks down:

He sat hunched on the stanchion in the evening mizzle, forcing andfoiling the ebullition in this curious way, and his hands were twoclammy cadaverous slabs of cod in his lap. Until to his annoyancethe fetish of her waving the béret [� � �] refused to work. He switchedon as usual, after throttling and expunction, and nothing happened.The cylinders of his mind abode serene. That was a nasty one for himif you like, a complete break down of the works like that. (5)

16 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Then he is seized with the sense that he is ‘cursed with an insubordinatemind’ (5). In this passage, it appears that Belacqua is attempting a mech-anical control of his emotions after parting from his girlfriend, as wellas of the concomitant emission of tears.But in fact, what is really at issue is sexual drive rather than mind

or emotion. There are evident sexual connotations in this curiousactivity. The emission of tears is called ‘the little teary ejaculation’(4), which implies an analogy between tears and semen, as the wordejaculation is usually applied to the emission of semen. The wholeprocess is described as a ‘chamber-work of sublimation’ (5). The Freudianterm sublimation also indicates that Belacqua’s activity has a hiddensexual dimension. In the same manner, ‘the fetish of [� � �] the béret’ ishighly suggestive of sex. Since Belacqua is later explicitly presented asa masturbator, it is not difficult to recognise that this sexually chargedactivity, solitarily conducted with a girlfriend’s image inmind, is a thinlydisguised surrogate for masturbation, knowingly described in psycho-analytic terms. The fact that Belacqua’s hands are ‘clammy’ in his lapmay also be hinting at ‘Platonic manualisation’ or ‘chiroplatonism’, thelabels given to masturbation later in the novel (43).There is another, even more subtle clue to masturbation in the scene

in question. My first quotation from this scene started with the sentence‘He sat working himself up to the little gush of tears that would exon-erate him’ (4). The meaning of the verb exonerate is rather unclear inthis context if we take it to mean ‘free from blame’ or ‘release from aduty’, as there is no apparent reason why Belacqua should be exoneratedin this sense. Beckett’s Dream Notebook edited by John Pilling, however,provides us with unexpected information about the verb. One of thesource materials Beckett used when writing Dream was Pierre Garnier’sbook on onanism, Onanisme seul et à deux sous toutes ses formes et leursconséquences. Three of the many notes taken from this book appearto link ‘exoneration’ and ‘exonerate’ to the ejaculation of semen. Thefirst ([447]) admonishes one euphemistically against wilful exonerationwhen one is succumbing to lust – that is, against masturbation. Thesecond ([458]) explicitly uses the adjectival form of semen to modifythe word exoneration, and in the third ([466]) self-exonerating seems tobe masturbatory. Hence it is possible to detect, in the phrase ‘tears thatwould exonerate him’, a surreptitious substitution of tears for semen,and this shows how elaborately Beckett tried to mask (but in the end,also to hint at) masturbation.Belacqua’s masturbation is rendered innocent or ‘sublimated’ not

only because it is disguised as a manipulation of tears but because it

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 17

is mechanised. Belacqua seems to be trying to regulate and controlhis sexual drive by mechanising it. The chaotic, irrational force ofthe sexual drive can be subdued if it is reduced to a machine thatworks with pistons, cylinders and switches. This is in line with the factthat throughout the novel Belacqua shrinks away from normal sexualencounters with women and resorts to masturbation. Masturbation isitself a means to put sexual drive under a certain degree of controlbecause the masturbator can satisfy it at will without encounteringthe other’s body and its alterity. If Belacqua succeeds in mechanisingmasturbation, he can doubly control the disturbing force of sexual drive.He might then move a little closer to his ideal state of the ‘wombtomb’,where he will not be disturbed by anything, including his sexual drive.3

In Belacqua’s masturbation machine, there are some noteworthyfeatures that prefigure Beckett’s later work. First, Belacqua’s activity iscentred on the retention of tears. He seems to find perverse pleasurein deliberately holding back tears at the moment of their emission. Itmay be worthwhile to recall here Freud’s account of anal eroticism in‘Three Essays on Sexuality’. According to his theory of infantile sexu-ality, children go through the oral and then the anal phase of sexualitybefore their sexuality is properly organised around the genitalia. In thesepregenital phases, the mouth and the anus are erotogenic zones fromwhich children derive sexual pleasure. In the case of the anal phase,children take pleasure in defecating and some deliberately retain theirstools until enough of them have accumulated: ‘One of the clearestsigns of subsequent eccentricity or nervousness is to be seen when ababy obstinately refuses to empty his bowels when he is put on the pot[� � �] and holds back that function till he himself chooses to exercise it’(SE VII 186). Significantly, Freud points out that this kind of deliberateretention of faeces is carried out ‘in order to serve [� � �] as a masturbatorystimulus upon the anal zone’ (SE VII 186–7).

The similarity between Belacqua’s deliberate checking of tears andchildren’s retention of faeces may be viewed as another indication of theformer’s masturbatory nature. This inference is not groundless given thatin the half-page Part One, immediately preceding the scene in question,Belacqua as a little boy sees a horse defecating right in front of him – oneof the earliest instances of the scatology that is abundant in Beckett’swork. We may also remember that the word exoneration, discussedabove, could mean defecation in French (exonération). But more gener-ally, the preoccupation with retention is indicative of what is called‘anal character’ in Freudian psychoanalysis. In ‘Character and Anal Erot-icism’, Freud says that the ‘character-traits of orderliness, parsimony and

18 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

obstinacy, which are so often prominent in people who were formerlyanal erotics, are to be regarded as the first and most constant results ofthe sublimation of anal eroticism’ (SE IX 171). ‘Anal erotics’ are thosewho hold back their stools in order to derive pleasure from defecation.In Beckett’s work, the traits pointed out by Freud are often conspicuous:the absurdly permutational language in Watt, Molloy’s mathematicalattempt to suck stones in the right order, Krapp’s parsimonious reten-tion of his memory in tapes (his name itself is explicitly anal), andthe strictly geometrical patterning of human action in Quad. Krapp’scase is the most obvious because one of the problems he had at theage of thirty-nine was ‘[u]nattainable laxation’ (The Complete DramaticWorks [hereafter, CDW] 218) – that is, constipation. Freud attributes theconstipation that is common among neurotics to the infantile retentionof faeces (‘Three Essays on Sexuality’, SE VII 186–7).4 As Phil Baker notes(62), in Dream Belacqua’s friend Chas has a strange habit of completingstatements – literary quotations in particular – that others have started.This is observed to be an ‘[a]nal complex’ and related to ‘inhibition’in sexuality (Dream 148). Evidently Beckett was familiar with Freud’sdiscussion of the anal character when he wrote Dream, and there iseven a possibility that he might have drawn on Freudian theory whendescribing Belacqua’s disguised masturbation.5

The second feature that prefigures Beckett’s later work is the displace-ment of the organs. In the masturbation scene, ordinary masturbationwith the penis and semen is displaced by quasi-masturbation with theeyes and tears, which might justify the narrator’s description of it as‘sublimation’. Underlying this is a third hidden dimension concerningthe anus and faeces, discernible with reference to Freud. A certain struc-ture could then be postulated in which the penis/semen, the anus/faecesand the eyes/tears could link with and slip into each other. Freud himselfdiscusses such structures. In ‘On Transformations of Instinct as Exem-plified in Anal Eroticism’, for instance, he argues that faeces, baby andpenis ‘are often treated as if they were equivalent and could replace oneanother freely’ in the unconscious (SE XVII 128). However, in Beckett’swork there seems to be a comprehensive bodily economy in whichmany other organs, including the eye, have equivalent value. This is infact a salient feature of Beckett’s entire oeuvre. One often comes acrosspassages where various organs, including the eye or the ear, are juxta-posed or confused with each other: ‘this eye is hard of hearing’ (TheUnnamable 364); ‘I confuse them, words and tears, my words are mytears, my eyes my mouth’, ‘the head and its anus the mouth’ (Texts forNothing, The Collected Shorter Prose 1945–1980 [hereafter, CSP] 96, 104);

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 19

‘the eye breathes’ (Ill Seen Ill Said 22). Belacqua’s activity could beregarded as an early instance of this general tendency in Beckett’s work,which might suggest a regression to the very early stages of psychic lifewhen the organs and their functions are not yet clearly demarcated orproperly organised into unity. I will discuss this aspect more closely inthe next chapter.Finally, Belacqua’s masturbation machine eventually breaks down.

This too is characteristic of Beckett’s work in general. In ‘The CartesianCentaur’, Hugh Kenner considers the bicycles that appear in many ofBeckett’s works and suggests that Beckett’s ideal state is representedby a man riding a bicycle. In the union of man and machine (the‘Cartesian Centaur’), the body works as a perfect machine independentlyof the mind. But in reality, the body and the bicycle are always defectiveor disintegrating in Beckett so that the ideal remains an unachievabledream. Kenner shows how, in the course of the trilogy, the ideal of the‘Cartesian Centaur’ is dismembered. In The Unnamable, the bicycle andthe body are gone, and the mind is left in the muddle of endless self-referential language. The dream of mechanising the body is doomed. AsI mentioned earlier in relation to anality, there is a notable tendencyin Beckett’s work to resort to mechanical order. Just as the CartesianCentaur remains an impossible dream, this tendency often seems tobe overturned by the contrary tendency for chaos and disorder. Thepermutational language in Watt is simply nonsensical and absurd, andMolloy’s elaborate systems of sucking stones lead him nowhere.Belacqua’s masturbation machine is a prosthetic body in the sense

that the sexual body has its inorganic other within it in the form ofa machine – a machine for regulating the anarchic sexual force insidethe body. And because the machine breaks down, its prosthetic natureor otherness is even more manifest. Leaving the disorganised, frag-mentary feature of the prosthetic body for the next chapter, I am goingto examine the prosthetic body in the sense of the mechanised sexualbody. I will first track its genealogy and further explore the psycho-dynamics underlying it.

Beckett and the bachelor machine

Belacqua’s masturbation machine is far from exceptional in the contextof modernism. There are many modernists whose mechanical imageryis engendered by certain sexual dispositions. Particularly relevant toBeckett is a group of artists whom Michel Carrouges analysed underthe rubric of the ‘bachelor machine’ (machine célibataire).6 His ideas

20 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

about this machine are first elaborated with regard to Duchamp andKafka, and then applied to many other artists, including Roussel, Jarry,Apollinaire and their precursors such as Poe and Lautréamont. Carrougespoints out numerous similarities between Duchamp’s glasspainting, TheBride Stripped Bare by Her Bachelors, Even, which is commonly known asThe Large Glass, and Kafka’s story ‘In the Penal Colony’. In The LargeGlass, which looks like a plan of a machine, the lower part called the‘bachelor machine’ is separated from the upper part depicting the bride,although the two parts are supposed to be connected in their mech-anical functions. It is easy to see that Duchamp views sexual relationsbetween man and woman with derisive detachment. Carrouges discernsa similar negative attitude towards eroticism (impotence, this time) inthe torturing machine in Kafka’s story, which inscribes letters (of theviolated law) on the bare back of a criminal lying on the bed below.What is common to Duchamp and Kafka is the bachelor’s attitude.Carrouges defines this as follows: ‘In effect, the bachelor, not as a simplefact but as a characteristic mental attitude, is founded on a certain loss ofhuman sense, or on the impossibility of involvement and communionwith women.’ Duchamp and Kafka’s bachelor machines ‘represent themodern form of the Narcissus complex and its icy asceticism’.7

Belacqua’s masturbation machine is much cruder than the complexmachines of Duchamp and Kafka. Yet in terms of his general attitudetowards sex, Belacqua can be aligned with them and the other makersof bachelor machines discussed by Carrouges. Drawn to the narcissisticconfinement of the ‘wombtomb’, he cannot communicate normallywith women and therefore resorts to masturbation, by means of whichhe can avoid women’s physical presence. As discussed earlier, the mech-anisation of the body is a means to regulate and control the disturbingsexual drive incited by women. It is also notable that, as with Belacqua’smasturbation machine, Carrouges’ bachelor machines are all ultimatelydysfunctional. Duchamp’s machine does not lead to consummation oflove, while Kafka’s torturing machine destroys itself in the end.The nexus between the allure of the womb, the avoidance of women

and the mechanisation of the body can also be detected in other earlyworks by Beckett. In ‘Fingal’ in More Pricks Than Kicks, Belacqua goesout hill-walking with his girlfriend Winnie, but just as in Dream, theirconversation is unharmonious because of his extremely introvert nature.After referring to the Cartesian distinction between body and mind, heabruptly says, ‘I want very much to be back in the caul, on my back inthe dark forever’ (31). As ‘caul’ is the membrane that encloses a foetus,this remark is an explicit expression of Balacqua’s desire to return to

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 21

the womb. In the end, he leaves Winnie with Dr. Sholto, whom theyhave met on the way, and enjoys riding a bicycle he has picked up.He is reported to be ‘going like flames’ on the bicycle (35). He ‘couldon no account resist a bicycle’, and as soon as he starts to ride, his‘sadness [falls] from him like a shift’ (28, 33). Here Belacqua seems to bealmost coterminous with his bicycle – his prosthesis – and have becomea ‘Cartesian Centaur’. The desire to return to the womb results in escapefrom a woman and mechanisation or prosthetisation of the body.The same pattern can be found in Beckett’s early poem ‘Sanies I’. In

this very obscure poem, the narrator is riding a bicycle in the suburbsof Dublin – apparently another example of a ‘Cartesian Centaur’. Onthe way back home, he suddenly thinks of the womb just like Belacquain ‘Fingal’: ‘ah to be back in the caul now with no trusts/no fingersno spoilt love’ (Collected Poems 17). Then he imagines the situation ofhis own birth, in which a ‘gory’ midwife takes him up to the joy ofhis father. Towards the end of the poem, there appears a woman, whoseems to be the object of the narrator’s desire:

I see main verb at lasther whom alone in the accusativeI have dismounted to lovegliding towards me dauntless nautch-girl on the face of the watersdauntless daughter of desires in the old black and flamingo (18)

Like Smeraldina and other women in Beckett’s early work, this woman –the ‘dauntless daughter of desires’ – seems to be more amorous than herlover. The narrator has ‘dismounted’ his bicycle to love her.8 Character-istically, however, she is at once dismissed by him: ‘get along with younow take the six the seven the eight or the little single-decker/take a busfor all I care walk cadge a lift/home to the cob of your web in HollesStreet’ (18). Here again, the mechanisation or prosthetisation of thebody – the unity of the body and the bicycle – is connected to a desireto return to the womb and a concomitant rejection of the woman. Inthese two instances (‘Fingal’ and ‘Sanies I’), the bicycle can be regardedas a bachelor machine, even if – uncharacteristically – they do not breakdown.9

What underlies the bachelor machine is fundamentally the denial ofsexual difference or of the otherness of the woman. In Beckett’s case,the obsession with the womb is very conspicuous, but this is no surprisegiven that the denial of sexual difference is the common element in

22 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

both the mechanisation of the sexual body and the desire to returnto the womb. The former seeks to control the disturbing sexual drivecaused by sexual difference, whereas the latter implies a desire to returnto the primordial psychic state where as yet there is no sexual difference.The control of sexual drive could take the form of mechanising the

woman’s body. It may be worthwhile to consider this in relation to thepull of the womb or the maternal in general, in order to make clearer thebackground of the emergence of bachelor machines. In the history ofthe relation between the woman and the machine, the Romantic periodwas an important turning point.10 According to Hal Foster, the ideal ofthe automaton can be directly linked to the rise of industrial capitalismduring the Enlightenment. However:

a strange thing happens to this ideal of automaton in its indus-trial application: it becomes less a paragon of rational society than a‘threat to human life,’ less a figure of enlightenment than a cipherof uncanniness. In romantic literature at the turn of the nineteenthcentury, these mechanical figures become demonic doubles of dangerand death (the tales of E. T. A. Hoffmann are only the most obviousexamples). Moreover, as soon as they are coded as demonic, they arealso gendered as female. In this way, a social ambivalence regardingmachines, a dream of mastery versus anxiety about loss of control,becomes bound up with a psychic ambivalence, of desire mixed withdread, regarding women. (Compulsive Beauty 134)

Thus in the Romantic period, there emerged a distinct tendency toassociate the machine with the woman, a tendency engendered by theambivalent feelings (fascination and fear) commonly held about them.In her study of the link between the woman’s voice and the artificial innineteenth-century French literature, Felicia Miller Frank similarly notesthat the machine began to assume a negative literary image in GermanRomanticism, and complements Foster’s view by introducing the motifof the fatal woman (femme fatale), which became dominant in art andliterature in the latter half of the nineteenth century (137–42). The fatalwoman is cold, demonic and inhuman, and cruelly subjugates the manwho is in love with her. Behind this image lies a masochistic desire onthe man’s part: the woman is dreadful, but because of that she is alsoalluring. Miller Frank argues that the image of the fatal woman wasaffiliated with the positive view of the artificial in the woman, which wasfirst formulated by Baudelaire. Naturally, then, it easily combined withthe figure of the automaton, as exemplified in Villiers de l’Isle-Adam’s

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 23

novel Tomorrow’s Eve (1886), in which the protagonist prefers a femaleautomaton to a defective real woman.11

Both Foster and Miller Frank thus focus on the way in which thewoman and the machine became associated as a result of the man’sambivalence (fascination and fear) towards them after the Romanticperiod. It could be argued, however, that behind this ambivalence lurkedthe man’s desire to regulate and control female sexuality by mechanic-ally neutralising it. In other words, the woman and the machine wereconnected not only because both of them were deemed uncanny, butalso because the man’s fear of female sexuality made it necessary to keepit under control by mechanisation. There must have been a defensiveattempt to overcome this fear by desexualising the woman and reducingher alterity – ultimately by making her an ideal automaton that couldbe manipulated at will.12

Miller Frank starts with the observation that in both Rousseau andProust – whom she dubs the ‘bookends’ of French Romanticism –nostalgia for the maternal voice constituted an important elementof the writer’s self. Her main discussion, however, centres on howthe female voice was desexualised and rendered artificial by Balzac,Sand, Baudelaire, Villiers de l’Isle-Adam and others. She deals with thisseeming contradiction in the following way:

The feminine voice emerges as a signifier that is erotically chargedwith nostalgia for the maternal but circulates in a system based on thedevaluation of the feminine. The woman’s voice functions as a doubleterm that refers to a certain affective plenitude, but whose signi-fication is yet structured by a representational system the definingterms and resulting perspectives of which elide the representationof feminine subjectivity. The result is an effacement of a genuinefeminine subjectivity as ‘voice,’ reflected in representation by itsstructural position as echo. (3)

It is implied that existing nostalgia for the maternal is deflectedby a representational system to desexualisation. But in my view,nostalgia for the maternal (and by extension the womb) and mech-anisation of the woman’s body – the latter entails desexualisation ofthe female voice – are inherently connected through the denial ofsexual difference. Miller Frank’s discussion of Rousseau is revealing inthis context. Rousseau was obsessed with the maternal voice, while hetended to avoid sexual intercourse with women and had a passionatefetishistic fascination with the desexualised female voice. Nostalgia for

24 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the maternal made it necessary to keep his love objects sexually intact.This structure is reminiscent of that which produces Beckett’s bachelormachines. As observed above, the pull of the womb compels Beckett’smale protagonists to distance themselves from the real physicality ofwomen.13

But the mechanisation and desexualisation of female physicality isjust part of the problematic of the bachelor machine. Not only thewoman’s body but also sexuality itself (and so the man’s sexual body)can be subject to mechanisation. Belacqua’s masturbation machine isan example of this. In the next section, I will focus on the psychologythat regards women and the sexual drive as flows, and cast additionallight on the mechanisation of the sexual body. Such a consideration willmake clearer the psychodynamics underlying Beckett’s prosthetic body,by foregrounding the man’s defensive mechanism against the threat ofthe woman and the unconscious.

The attempt to dam up flows

With Belacqua’s masturbation machine, what is to be regulated andcontrolled mechanically is sexual drive represented as a bodily flow.This flow is disguised as tears, but in fact it is a sexually charged flow ofsemen or excrement. Wemay also recall that Belacqua’s sexual act in thebrothel is described as a ‘demented hydraulic’. Such representation ofsexual drive as flows is common in modern bourgeois society. Accordingto Klaus Theweleit’s historical and psychological analysis of the fascistmale,Male Fantasies (1977, 78), the fascist male’s essential need is to stop,dam up or stand fast against flows and floods that threaten him psycho-logically. Along with communists, women are commonly representedas such flows and floods. Theweleit points out that ‘political enemiesand the hostile principle of femaleness appear in the floods in muchthe same way – both of these flow as embodiments of the eruption ofthe soldier male’s unconscious’ (I 403). Examining the long history ofWestern literature in which women are associated with water, rivers, thesea and all manner of flows, Theweleit observes that from the Romanticperiod onwards, the female body was withdrawn from the public sphereas a dangerous flow and became subject to renewed control. As a result,‘[t]he love objects, withheld from men and negativized, [� � �] dissolvedinto an all-encompassing, threatening principle called (among otherthings) femininity’ (I 362).The threatening principle called femininity now turns inward and

governs the unconscious of men.14 The unconscious (or the femininity

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 25

within) threatens to erupt and engulf the masculine ego. Theweleitsuggests:

In patriarchy, where the work of domination has consisted in subjug-ating, damming in, and transforming the ‘natural energy’ in society,that desiring-production of the unconscious has been encoded asthe subjugated gender, or femaleness; and it has been affirmed andconfirmed, over and over again, in the successive forms of femaleoppression. [� � �] In the course of the repression carried againstwomen, those two things – the unconscious and femaleness – were soclosely coupled together that they came to be seen as nearly identical.(I 432)

In order to prevent encroachment of the flows, morass, slime and pulpof women and the unconscious – these two are now ‘nearly identical’ –men build up their body as armour, which gives them a clear senseof the boundary between the inside and the outside. Such armouringleads to mechanisation of the sexual body. Unlike Deleuze and Guat-tari’s ‘desiring machine’, which is always coupled with flows, this‘totality machine’ sets itself against flows and tries to regulate them.15

In his further analysis Theweleit suggests that the fascist male could bedescribed as ‘born in a state of incompletion’ or ‘not-yet-fully-born’ (II212).16 He does not have any secure sense of body boundaries, as inthe very early stages of life, so that he needs to have protective armourimposed from the outside. This armour can be any form of social organ-isation – ranging from the family to the army – that guarantees a senseof boundaries (II 222).As Theweleit makes clear, such a psychic mechanism of the man is

not limited to the fascist male. Rather, the fascist male’s relation to thewoman ‘represents a segment within the continuum of bourgeois patri-archy – and thus, in the present context, a segment within the genesis offascism’ (I 362). It is therefore no surprise that the same psychic mech-anism is widely visible in art and literature, especially around the turnof the century. As Joseph Boone notes, Freud repeatedly representedthe libido as a flow (to be dammed by the ego) and there were relatedliterary representations of (primarily emancipating) libidinal flow inthe works of Kate Chopin and D. H. Lawrence (Boone 63–72). Theidea of defensive armouring illuminates the works of modernists suchas Wyndham Lewis and Marinetti, where the penchants for fascism,misogyny and machines coexist.17 The young Beckett was not unre-sponsive to the prevalent imagery of libidinal flow. With remarkable

26 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

explicitness his early story ‘Assumption’ (published in transition 16–17in 1929) dramatises the tension between the libidinal flow and the ego’sefforts to dam it in.In this short story, the protagonist is trying to choke back the

rising stream of whispers within himself. But the collapse seems to beimminent: ‘By damming the stream of whispers he had raised the levelof the flood, and he knew the day would come when it could no longerbe denied. Still he was silent, in silence listening for the first murmur ofthe torrent that must destroy him. At this moment the Woman cameto him � � � ’ (5). This woman visits him every night to talk to him, buthe does not welcome her. Like other male protagonists in Beckett’searly work, he is a misogynist. Her talking provokes ‘a fury againstthe enormous impertinence of women, their noisy intrusive curiousenthusiasm [� � �]’ (5). Nevertheless she contributes to the coming of thedreaded but also desired dissolution.18 She causes him to lose ‘somethingof the desire to live, something of the unreasonable tenacity with whichhe shrank from dissolution’ or ‘a part of his essential animality’. Everyevening she pushes him closer to deathly dissolution by ‘loosen[ing] yetanother stone in the clumsy dam set up and sustained by him’ (6).19

Then finally ‘a great storm of sound’ explodes and ‘it fused into thebreath of the forest and the throbbing of the sea’ (7). The protagonist isfound dead with the woman caressing his hair.The woman in the story is clearly associated with the menacing flood

of sound that finally brings about a total fusion with nature, the kind ofdeath aimed at in the Freudian death drive. The flood of sound that theprotagonist tries to dam up could be interpreted as an analogue of theunconscious drive – or the femininity within – that can lead to death. Inthis respect, the story seems to illustrate the man’s defensive mechanismagainst the woman and the unconscious, which, according to Theweleit,underlies modern patriarchal society and manifests itself most promin-ently in the fascist male. It should be noted, however, that the protag-onist abandons himself almost willingly to the final dissolution whichresembles an ecstatic death. In a sense he reaches the nirvana-like stateof the ‘wombtomb’ with the annoying but secretly desired help of awoman. Such a view is supported by the fact that in the last scene, thewoman looks like a mother holding her dead son – the image of Pietàthat strongly evokes maternity.Belacqua’s masturbation machine in Dream appears to be a simplified

extension of the mechanism depicted in ‘Assumption’ in the sense thatBelacqua’s attempt to regulate the flow of sexual drive mechanicallyis parallel to the attempt to dam up the flood. Both are designed to

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 27

cope with the uncontrollable sexual force within that is figured as fluid.And just as the dam collapses, the masturbation machine breaks down,although there is no total dissolution or death.20 In staging the inevitablebreakdown of damming and mechanisation, Beckett seems to reveal thefundamental dysfunction of the man’s defence mechanism. This mayalso be related to the fact that in Dream Belacqua’s ideal state of the‘wombtomb’ is invariably associated with water, although it is said to becompletely free of ‘flight and flow’ (45, 121).21 For instance, it is called‘an unsurveyed marsh of sloth’, ‘a slough of indifference and negligenceand disinterest’ (121), ‘his dear slush’ (182). In such a state Belacqua ‘wasbogged in indolence’ (121). The final fusion in ‘Assumption’, which iscomparable to the state of the ‘wombtomb’, also evokes an image of thesea. These watery conditions are supposed to be avoided by means ofarmouring and mechanisation.

One of the modernists whose work includes a similar coexistence ofthe womb fantasy and an obsession with the machine is the ItalianFuturist F. T. Marinetti. Marinetti repeatedly expresses intense scornfor women while he adores machines and advocates the mechanisa-tion of men. These two subjects are strongly related. To take just oneexample, Marinetti starts ‘Multiplied Man and the Reign of the Machine’(1911–15) by denouncing the idea of a woman’s beauty. Instead heexalts mechanical beauty: ‘Have you never seen a mechanic lovingly atwork on the great powerful body of his locomotive? His is the minute,knowing tenderness of a lover caressing his adored woman’ (98). Here alocomotive is substituted for an adored woman. He also puts forward anideal of ‘multiplied man’ made up of mechanical parts: ‘These energeticbeings have no sweet mistress to visit in the evening, but each morningthey love to check meticulously the perfect working of their factories’(100). Women are harmful to this ideal because they trap men in ‘thedisease of Amore’ with ‘the double alcohol of lust and sentiment’. Thenew mechanical men are free from any lust or sentiment associatedwith women. As Cinzia Sartini Blum notes, Marinetti’s aesthetic of themachine ‘betrays a deep need for new paradigms of order, power, andcontrol: the search for a new all-male symbolic structure to “harness”the eruption of feminine-connoted irrationality’ (51). The machine issubstituted for women because it ‘fulfills male desire for total posses-sion’ and helps to domesticate female difference (51). This is the familiarpsychic mechanism examined in the previous section.

On the other hand, Marinetti’s penchant for the machine is not unre-lated to the allure of the womb. In ‘The Founding and Manifesto of

28 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Futurism’ (1909), he is running after death by speeding in his car. Heplunges into a ditch, and then comes the well-known passage:

Oh! Maternal ditch, almost full of muddy water! Fair factory drain! Igulped down your nourishing sludge; and I remembered the blessedblack breast of my Sudanese nurse� � � . When I came up – torn, filthy,and stinking – from under the capsized car, I felt the white-hot ironof joy deliciously pass through my heart! (48–9)

In this symbolic rebirth, the womb is directly associated with themachine, although thematernal water or sludge evoked here is supposedto be antithetical to the well-functioning metallic machine that Mari-netti adores. Just as in the early Beckett, the womb is an exception to thegenerally repudiated femininity (coded as fluid). The womb fantasy andthe machine can coexist in this manner because both imply regressivedenial of sexual difference or the otherness of women.The concept of abjection elaborated in Julia Kristeva’s Powers of Horror

(1980) might be helpful in considering the ambivalence about thewomb: it is supposed to be rejected as fluid femininity but in fact it isexalted as an ideal. In order for the subject to be properly established, ithas to separate itself from thematernal entity. If the process is successful,the subject enters the symbolic order and develops a repugnance of theabject:

Loathing an item of food, a piece of filth, waste, or dung. The spasmsand vomiting that protect me. The repugnance, the retching thatthrusts me to the side and turns me away from defilement, sewage,and muck. The shame of compromise, of being in the middle oftreachery. The fascinated start that leads me towards and separatesme from them. (2)

These abject matters disturb the identity of the subject by their ambi-guity. Kristeva argues, ‘It is [� � �] not lack of cleanliness or health thatcauses abjection but what disturbs identity, system, order. What doesnot respect borders, positions, rules. The in-between, the ambiguous,the composite’ (4). Bodily wastes such as urine and excrement aretypical abject matters that traverse the subject’s boundaries. By rejectingthem the subject can become clean and proper. But separation fromthe maternal entity is precarious and the abject not only repulses butalso fascinates us. As Kristeva states, the release from maternal entity‘is a violent, clumsy breaking away, with the constant risk of falling

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 29

back under the sway of a power as securing as it is stifling’ (13). Theabject haunts the subject as its other and is ready to erupt and disturbthe demarcation of inside/outside or self/other. Sociologically the abjectis represented by various taboos related to hygiene and defilement.Women are often secluded in primitive rituals as a danger to be wardedoff because their maternal power of procreation is dreaded.The man’s defensive armouring or mechanisation clearly points to

abjection, because it is an attempt to demarcate the boundaries of themale subject and to be separate from thematernal. But thematernal keepsalluring the subject and may draw it back towards the watery, viscouswomb or the repulsive bodily waste that crosses its boundary. As DavidHouston Jones shows in The Body Abject, Beckett’s work is in many waysmarked by failed separation from the maternal or failed abjection: theobsessionwith incomplete birth, thewomb, scatology, the body’s bound-aries and so on. The coexistence of the image of the watery womb andthe machine in Beckett and Marinetti could be regarded as suggestingthe ambiguity of abjection. If abjection is successful, it clearly demarc-ates the boundaries of the subject – and from here the mechanisedbody might be produced – but if not, it threatens the demarcation.22

However, it is impossible to ignore the many fundamental differencesbetween Beckett and Marinetti. For instance, Marinetti rejects any lustor sentiment associated with women whereas the male protagonists inBeckett’s early work are capable of spiritual (if not physical) love forwomen. The womb fantasy is far more prevalent in Beckett than in Mari-netti. And most importantly, the early Beckett lays stress on the failureof the man’s defensive armouring, while Marinetti continues to exaltthe mechanisation of the man’s body. Even if it is certain that the wombfantasy and mechanisation are related undercurrents of modernism,there are a variety of manifestations of them.Useful here is Hal Foster’s schematic overview of the modernist posi-

tions on technology in Prosthetic Gods.23 His principal concept is ‘thedouble logic of prosthesis’, that is, the ‘paradoxical view of techno-logy as both extension and constriction of the body’ (109), exempli-fied by Freud. As I mentioned in the Introduction to this book, Freudobserves in Civilization and Its Discontents that man has become ‘a kindof prosthetic God’ who is both blessed and troubled by technologies, his‘auxiliary organs’ (SE XXI 91–2). According to Foster, Russian construct-ivism presents technology as a positive extension of the body in thecommunist celebration of engineering. On the other hand, Dadaism(‘especially, the Cologne version of Max Ernst’) derided technologyas a constriction of the body: ‘this version of Dada figured the new

30 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

technological subject in terms of physical breakdown and psychic regres-sion: in lieu of the paragon of the communist engineer, it offered theparody of the capitalist man-machine as autistic’ (113). Similar to thiscontrasting pair is the Bauhaus and surrealism. And though Dadaismand surrealism both presented technology as a constriction of the body,there was a difference between them: ‘rather than image this irrationalityas a regressive breakdown of the body à la Dada, surrealism figured it,with broken automatons [sic] and fragmented mannequins, in terms of acastrative dismemberment’ (114). As an example of surrealism, Foster ismainly thinking of Hans Bellmer, who produced the poupées, made up ofunnaturally rearranged parts of the female body.24 Foster also contrastsDadaism (Max Ernst) and surrealism (Hans Bellmer) with reactionarymodernists such as Marinetti and Wyndham Lewis, in whose work thearmouring of the man’s body is conspicuous.25

In this schema, Beckett seems to be closest to Dadaism in the sense thathis ‘machinic imagery’ is manifestly related to ‘physical breakdown andpsychic regression’. Foster explains how Ernst resisted and underminedthe fascistic armouring of the body. In the dysfunctional machines inErnst’s six early collages Foster finds a regressive ego:

In each collage he associates a dysfunctional machine with anarcissistic disturbance, as if the machine were an attempt to imagethe disturbance and/or to rectify it – an attempt that, again, onlydebilitates the damaged subject further. In effect, Ernst juxtaposeshistorical reification, in the military–industrial development of thesubject, with psychic regression, in a pre-Oedipal disordering of thedrives [� � �]. (172)

Behind the dysfunctional machine is a damaged ego, which regressesto the pregenital stage when there is no sexual distinction. In fore-grounding the psychic regression that underlies mechanisation, Fosterilluminates the proximity between Ernst and Beckett, even though hedoes not directly discuss the maternal or the womb.26 Beckett’s dysfunc-tional machines, like Ernst’s, present the breakdown of the defensivemechanisation to which reactionary modernists such as Marinetti andWyndham Lewis are compelled to resort.

The machine and sexuality in Beckett’s later work

Behind Foster’s view of the damaged ego in Ernst is Theweleit’s claimthat the fascist male is in a state of ‘not-yet-fully-born’ and haunted

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 31

by uncertainty about the boundaries of his own body, which requiresdefensive armouring ormechanising. In this formulation, an amorphousand precarious regressive ego exists, and then it seeks to armour ormechanise the body in defence against various stimuli. This is basicallythe psycho-mechanism of the prosthetic body that I have considered inrelation to sexuality. However, the prosthetic body could be seen in aslightly different light. That is, in contrast to the mechanised body asa defensive shield, it might be possible to conceive of the body that isitself imaged as an alienmachine. A theoretical model of this conceptioncan be found in Victor Tausk’s paper ‘On the Origin of the “InfluencingMachine” in Schizophrenia’ (read in 1918 and published in 1919). Tausk,a Freudian psychoanalyst, aims to interpret the ‘influencing machine’complained of by a certain type of schizophrenic. He thinks that a senseof self-estrangement, produced by sensations of inner change in thebody, leads to postulation of an originator that is in some cases crys-tallised into a machine. The patient regresses to the stage of primarynarcissism, where the distinction between the ego and its outside hasnot yet been established. Infants, whose body is not yet organised intounity, feel each part of their body to be a foreign object and they projectdisturbing inner stimuli onto those objects. Therefore it could happenthat ‘[t]he estranged organ – in our case, the entire body – appears as anouter enemy, as a machine used to afflict the patient’ (550).27 Signific-antly, Tausk suggests such a regression may go back to the intrauterineperiod: ‘The fantasy [of the regression to the pregenital phase] originatesin the intrauterine (mother’s body) complex and usually has the contentof the man’s desire to creep completely into the genital from which hecame [� � �]’ (554).

If Tausk’s explanation is taken as a general theoretical model and notan actual diagnosis of a particular type of schizophrenia, it illuminatesthe intrinsic relation between the womb fantasy and the mechanicalimagery inmodernism. I have laid emphasis on themechanisation of thebody as a defence against a disturbing sexual drive, but Tausk provides analternative framework in which the body itself is an alien, troublesomemachine in a regressive psychic state. However, these two views might infact complement each other. The mechanised body as a defensive shieldand as an alien nuisance – this ambiguity precisely reflects the ambiguityof the machine (something that is both useful and uncontrollable) thatbegan to be discerned around the turn of the nineteenth century. Itis nothing but the ‘double logic of prosthesis’ or the ‘paradoxical viewof technology as both extension and constriction of the body’ (Foster’sreformulation of Freud’s idea). In light of this, we could enlarge our

32 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

scope by bearing in mind that the prosthetic body not only points tothe regressive male ego’s defensive attempt to regulate and control adisturbing sexual drive, but also implies, especially in its malfunction, aregressive projection of the foreignness and uncontrollability of variousdisturbing forces of the body – features that would no doubt be moresalient in the regression to the womb. As I will discuss in the nextchapter, there are indeed many instances in Beckett’s later work wherethe body is likened to a defective machine and its parts are felt to be alienand prosthetic. In consequence, many of his characters are deprived ofphysical mobility, as though they were trapped in the quasi-intrauterinestate.Beckett’s obsession with the womb in his own life is well known.

Particularly important is the psychoanalytic treatment he received fromWilfred Bion in the mid-1930s. In 1935, he and Bion attended a lectureby C. G. Jung, who mentioned a girl who ‘had never been born entirely’.Famously, this phrase impressed Beckett so much that it later surfacedin Mrs. Rooney’s speech in All That Fall (‘she had never really beenborn!’, CDW 196). It seems that Bion’s therapy was significant inmakingBeckett conscious of his womb fixation. About a month before hisdeath, Beckett told James Knowlson about the effect of the therapy:extraordinary intrauterine memories were evoked and he felt pain-fully and helplessly trapped and imprisoned (Knowlson 177). PeggyGuggenheim, who was Beckett’s girlfriend around 1937, also notes hiswomb obsession in her memoir Out of This Century: ‘Ever since his birthhe had retained a terrible memory of life in his mother’s womb. Hewas constantly suffering from this and had awful crises, when he felthe was suffocating’ (175). These testimonies reveal that at that timeBeckett was aware of the constricting aspect of the womb (as opposedto the blissful ‘wombtomb’).During the course of his therapy with Bion, Beckett read many

psychoanalytic texts, of which the Freudian psychoanalyst Otto Rank’sThe Trauma of Birth (1924) is the most significant in the presentcontext.28 Rank argues that human beings suffer the trauma of birth –that is, the trauma of being expelled from the blissful womb. He discusseswide-ranging cultural phenomena such as art, religion, mythology,philosophy, neurosis or psychoanalysis itself as attempts to come toterms with this trauma by recreating the quasi-intrauterine state.While Rank acknowledges negative representations of the womb as

forms of painful confinement – such as hell, where one is subject toeternal punishment – in the end he relates them to the fundamentalpleasure of re-experiencing the intrauterine state. He argues that the

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 33

neurotic patient’s attempt to confine himself painfully disguises hisdesire to escape from the trauma of birth by the fantasy of self-punishment. This is why ‘the patient makes himself prisoner by with-drawing into a room which he locks, or by pessimistically phantasyingthe whole world as a dungeon and thereby unconsciously comfortablein it’ (136). Many of Beckett’s characters tend to lock themselves intoa closed space, and Rank would surely interpret this as a form of self-punishment that enables escape from the birth trauma.As examples of representations of the womb as a place for punish-

ment, Rank refers to Ixion, Tantalus, Sisyphus and the crucified Christ,all of whom are kept immobile or in enormous physical pain.29 Beckett’s‘Whoroscope’ notebook (MS 3000 at the Reading University Library),in which he jotted down inspirations for his novel Murphy in themid-1930s, includes three pages, each explaining Ixion, Sisyphus andTantalus in this order. Since this was the time when Beckett was beingtreated by Bion, there can be no doubt that the notes were relatedto his reading of Rank’s The Trauma of Birth, although that bookis not mentioned in the notebook.30 Whether Beckett approved ofRank’s theory or not, he presented various forms of the defective andimmobile body in his later work, which can readily be interpreted asself-punishment based on obsession with the womb.31

Although Beckett must have realised by the mid-1930s that the wombwas a constricting, alienating place, in Murphy he still refers to thenirvana-like state of the ‘wombtomb’ in the fashion of earlier workssuch as Dream. The motif of escaping from the physicality of womencoupled with the obsession with the womb is explicitly or implicitlypresent in this novel as well. The following observation by Mary Brydenneatly applies to the earlier works up to Murphy: ‘Within Beckett’s earlyfiction [� � �] the mental and spiritual equilibrium of the male is const-antly perceived to be in danger of disruption by the bodily proximity ofwomen’ (40). More Pricks Than Kicks is largely governed by the contrastbetween the introvert and spiritual Belacqua and sexually threateningwomen, although the obsession with the womb is explicitly expressedonly in ‘Fingal’. And it is easy to see that Murphy is a complicatedextension of Belacqua. He has his ‘Belacqua fantasy’ (Murphy 48), theaspiration for the ‘wombtomb’ state. Although the ‘Belacqua bliss’ thatconstitutes the second of the three zones of Murphy’s mind is super-seded by the third zone (where he is ‘a mote in the dark of absolutefreedom’) in terms of pleasure (65–6), it is clear that it still guaranteesconsiderable beatitude. He tries to create the state of the ‘wombtomb’artificially by binding himself to a rocking chair. This obviously Rankian

34 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

re-establishment of the intrauterine state is not a painful self-punishment but a genuinely pleasurable act: ‘He sat in his chair in thisway because it gave him pleasure!’ (6). Murphy also has a fixation withthe caul, just like Belacqua in ‘Fingal’: ‘Murphy never wore a hat, thememories it awoke of the caul were too poignant, especially when he hadto take it off’ (45). Preferring to enclose himself in his solipsistic ‘littleworld’ completely free from any worldly concerns, he is reluctant tofind a job despite his girlfriend Celia’s instigation. Celia after all belongsto and represents the ‘big world’ from which he wishes to escape.Machines are also present. Murphy is reported as ‘saving up for a

Drinker artificial respiration machine to get into when he was fed upbreathing’ (32). As Phil Baker argues, the description of him and hisrocking chair as ‘the entire machine’ (Murphy 21) endorses the ideathat the rocking chair is a bachelor machine suggestive of an anti-erotictendency to return to the ‘wombtomb’ (Baker 143). It is ironical, then,that exactly when Murphy begins to relax in the rocking chair (and thebig world begins to die down), a telephone call from Celia ‘burst[s] intoits rail’ (8). Even by telephone she invades the peaceful world of the‘wombtomb’ he has created with a bachelor machine. And again themind is at odds with the body: ‘The part of him that he hated cravedfor Celia, that part that he loved shrivelled up at the thought of her’ (8).In the works up to and includingMurphy, the ‘wombtomb’ fantasy and

mechanical imagery are conjointly opposed to the presence of women.The ‘wombtomb’ is a refuge where the male protagonists can be freefrom their disturbing sexual drive, and the mechanisation of the sexualbody is conducive to this escape by regulating sexual flows or providinga defensive shield. But fromWatt onwards, the clear opposition betweenthe threat of women’s physicality and the allure of the womb coupledwith mechanical imagery is no longer the key motif. The simple dicho-tomy of the threatening woman and the introvert misogynist recedesfrom the foreground. As Mary Bryden argues, there is a significantdifference between the gender representation in Beckett’s early fictionand that in his later work (both drama and fiction). The change is‘from an essentialist and often deeply misogynistic construction ofWoman towards much more erratic, often contingent or indeterminategender configurations’ (7). The turning point was the time when Beckettbegan to write plays and made the female presence more and moresalient:

[T]he epoch of Beckett’s venture into drama can be seen as a turning-point in his inscription of women. As women’s voices begin to inhabit

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 35

the Beckettian stage, their otherness – as creations of an overtlymale narratorial function – is eroded. Moreover, once the stigmaattaching to womanhood is dissolved, it remains absent from notonly the remaining stage drama, but also from most of the later prosefiction. (58)

There is indeed a wide gap between the misogynistic descriptions ofwomen inDream andMore Pricks Than Kicks, and the apparently empath-etic foregrounding of women in later works such as Happy Days, Not I,Rockaby and Ill Seen Ill Said.One factor that seems to be related to the shift is what could be called

the ‘inward turn’ of the narrative point of view. Around the time whenBeckett began the trilogy, he adopted first-person narrators, and notably,these narrators often seem to live in a state that is analogous to the earlypregenital phases when there is no sexual difference as yet.32 This ‘livedregression’, as it were, also invokes the state of the ‘wombtomb’ – in thesense of the state at once prenatal and postmortem. Molloy is writing inhis mother’s room, which is obviously suggestive of the womb. On theother hand, he implies that he is already in a postmortemworld: ‘But it isonly since I ceased to live that I think of these and the other things. It isin the tranquillity of decomposition that I remember the long confusedemotion which was my life [� � �]’ (25). Malone, who describes himselfas a foetus ‘being given [� � �] birth to into death’ (285), also wonderswhether he is not already dead: ‘Perhaps I expired in the forest, oreven earlier’ (220). In The Unnamable, where the distinction between lifeand death seems to be rendered meaningless, the narrator always feelsenclosed, though the boundaries of his space are constantly unstable.The narrator of Texts for Nothing very explicitly states: ‘here are my tomband mother [� � �] I’m dead and getting born, without having ended,helpless to begin, that’s my life’ (CSP 101). This characterises Beckett’smature work. The ‘wombtomb’ is no longer a rarely attainable goal tobe aspired to at a distance, but an agonising locus in which the narratoris compelled to narrate stories endlessly.At the same time, many characters begin to have a defective or uncon-

trollable body that is reminiscent of the foetus constrained in the womb.Both Molloy and Moran undergo gradual physical paralysis and Maloneis virtually confined to bed with minimum mobility. As I noted earlier,by the mid-1930s Beckett had recognised that the womb could be apainful place. However, it was only in the trilogy that he began tomaterialise this recognition fully in his work. Concomitantly, repres-entation of uncontrollable flows becomes salient with The Unnamable.

36 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

The world of The Unnamable is permeated and overwhelmed by uncon-trollable flows – mainly of words the narrator is uttering and hearingbut also of bodily fluids such as tears: ‘I know no more questions andthey keep on pouring out of my mouth’ (309); ‘And from my sleepingmouth the lies would pour, about me’ (312); ‘It is they who dictate thistorrent of balls [� � �]. And out it all pours unchanged [� � �]’ (338); ‘Wheredo these words come from that pour out of my mouth [� � �]’ (373); ‘Ifeel my tears coursing over my chest, my sides, and all down my back.Ah yes, I am truly bathed in tears’ (307). Here no attempt seems to bemade any more to regulate or control the flows, unlike in Beckett’s earlywork. Stylistically, How It Is shows increased control of words. But thenarrator crawls in mud that is highly suggestive of the viscosity of thewomb – the abject par excellence.33 Indeed he takes a foetal position likeBelacqua: ‘the knees drawn up the back bent in a hoop the tiny headnear the knees curled round the sack Belacqua fallen over on his side’(How It Is 26). In all these instances, there is helpless exposure to flowsand fluid states, internal or external, as in early life, especially the foetusin the womb.

In Beckett’s early work, the physical presence of young women wasopposed to the ideal state of the ‘wombtomb’ and the related occasionalemergence of the mechanical imagery of the body. This structure isdisbanded as menacing women recede and the narratorial viewpoint islocated inside the regressive psychic state including that of the ‘womb-tomb’, where sexual difference is not marked. And once the ‘inwardturn’ is established around the time of the trilogy, the new genderconfigurations, no longer governed by the strict dichotomy, continueto underlie even the works that do not so directly evoke regression asthe trilogy. In this new paradigm, the mechanical imagery is no longerpredicated on regressive male sexuality. Machines still appear, but theyare desexualised and generalised. Watt’s puppet-like walk does not seemto have any sexual resonance. Molloy rides a bicycle, but it is not relatedto rejection of women as in ‘Fingal’ and ‘Sanies I’ (although the fact thathe is narrating his bicycle journey towards his mother = womb may beregarded as a vestigial link with those earlier works).

Lucky in Waiting for Godot is a mechanical figure who is worth specialattention in this context. It is fairly likely that when creating thisfigure, Beckett was inspired, consciously or unconsciously, by the brokenphonograph in the Marx brothers’ film Duck Soup (1933). Just as thephonograph in the film suddenly emits unbearably loud sounds, Luckykeeps pouring out torrents of almost incomprehensible words – in facta parody of academic writing – and harasses other characters until his

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 37

cap is taken away. He is a broken machine that runs out of control untilthe switch (the cap) is off. Notably, Lucky as a machine is implodedand overwhelmed by the flow – this time a flow of words – whileBelacqua’s masturbation machine was out to regulate and control flows.The machine’s inability to control flows was in fact anticipated by thebreakdown of Belacqua’s masturbation machine, or more manifestlyby the failed attempt to dam up the floods of sound in ‘Assumption’.However, Lucky seems to mark a new paradigm in which the maleattempt to control flows mechanically has completely disappeared. Theearlier gender polarity (the flow = woman/the machine = man) is nolonger working.In Volatile Bodies: Toward a Corporeal Feminism, Elizabeth Grosz

reconsiders Western representations of women as flows by examiningMary Douglas’ discussion of defilement in Purity and Danger and JuliaKristeva’s development of it as ‘abjection’ in Powers of Horror. Groszargues that ‘women’s corporeality is inscribed as a mode of seepage’:

The metaphorics of uncontrollablility, the ambivalence betweendesperate, fatal attraction and strong revulsion, the deep-seated fearof absorption, the association of femininity with contagion anddisorder, the undecidability of the limits of the female body [� � �],its power of cynical seduction and allure are all common themesin literary and cultural representations of women. But these maywell be a function of the projection outward of their corporealities,the liquidities that men seem to want to cast out of their own self-representations. (203)

Grosz is presenting an idea that is very similar to Klaus Theweleit’swithout mentioning him. As if to generalise what Theweleit says histor-ically of the fascist male, she maintains that men have to ‘demarcatetheir own bodies as clean and proper’ by disposing of flows and liquid-ities (201). If we start from this premise, Lucky as man = machine =flow seems to entail a profound unsettling of the conventional genderrepresentation. Mary Bryden argues that Waiting for Godot as a wholeputs traditional patriarchy into question despite its all-male cast: ‘Thesemales are not ordained as icons, concelebrating their masculinity; ratherthey participate in a diaspora of the dispossessed, deprived of controlover both their ingestive (by poverty) and their excretive (by illness)capacities, and condemned to assume the (stereotypically female) statusof waiting’ (83). Lucky is in line with this description in terms of his‘stereotypically female status’ of being a flow.

38 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Although there is no longer any machine or mechanical figure in it,The Unnamable could be considered an extension of Lucky’s position inthat the apparentlymale narrator’s world is permeated by uncontrollableflows, primarily of words and voices but also of tears. As Elizabeth Groszsays, ‘A body that is permeable, that transmits in a circuit, that opensitself up rather than seals itself off [� � �] would involve a quite radicalrethinking of male sexual morphology’ (201). Beckett seems to comeclose to such a radical rethinking in presenting a totally permeable malebody in The Unnamable.Not I presents another broken machine that pours out torrents of

almost incomprehensible words. Mouth describes her body as ‘themachine � � � so disconnected’ and ‘the whole machine’ (CDW 378, 380).Mouth might be called a female version of Lucky, but this femalemachine is not a version of the mechanisation of the woman’s bodyexemplified by Tomorrow’s Eve – it is too much imploded by flows to beso categorised. Neither does it simply conform to that often patriarchalconvention of associating femininity with fluidity. It is more fruitfulto note that the same kind of machine with a flow can assume twogenders equally or indiscriminately. Not I, in which Auditor is signific-antly described as ‘sex undeterminable’ (CDW 376), is squarely placedin the indeterminate gender configurations that characterise Beckett’slater work. The same can be said of Rockaby in that the old woman inthe rocking chair in this play could be regarded as a female version ofMurphy at the beginning of the novel. The situation in Rockaby suggestsboth regression to the infantile stage (the rocking chair as a cradle)and death (the old woman in black), thereby approaching the state ofthe ‘wombtomb’ that Murphy tried to create with the rocking chair.As I argued earlier, however, Murphy was still governed by the tightgender division that characterised Beckett’s early work, and his rockingchair was an anti-erotic bachelor machine continuous with Belacqua’smasturbation machine. Rockaby completely overturns the early struc-ture by having an old woman as the central figure, while retaining thedevice for attaining the state of the ‘wombtomb’. The old woman in thislate play looks all the more striking because of the familiar device thatappears like a ghost from the distant past, when such a gender traversalwould have been unthinkable.

When considering Beckett’s prosthetic body in terms of gender andsexuality, it is inevitable to focus on his earlier work. The mechan-ical image of the body that is exemplified by Belacqua’s masturba-tion machine bears comparison with the images presented by other

The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality 39

mechanomodernists such as Marinetti, thereby making it possible tosituate Beckett in a larger context of modernism, where psychic regres-sion (including the womb fantasy) is a notable undercurrent. In hislater work, however, the prosthetic body is no longer determined byproblematic male sexuality. It becomes too general or prevalent to beanchored to that particular type of sexuality. The ‘inward turn’ of thenarratorial point of view to the regressive psychic state including that ofthe ‘wombtomb’ – where sexual difference does not count – contributedto the replacement of the earlier dichotomised gender configurations bythe later indeterminate ones.This turn seems to have had another important consequence. Drawing

on the theoretical model suggested by Tausk in his paper on the ‘influ-encing machine’, it is possible to say that in the regressive psychic state,disturbing forces of the body itself are projected as an alien torturingmachine. This is a different type of regression from the one in whicha problematic male ego has to mechanise the body in order to defenditself against the threatening sexual drive. The body is not a defensiveshield but itself an alien, troublesome machine. As noted above, thesetwo aspects of the prosthetic body seem to complement each other,reflecting the ‘double logic of prosthesis’ – prosthesis as at once aninstrumental aid and an alien, uncontrollable nuisance.In Beckett’s later work, in which the mechanised body is no longer

linked to the gender dichotomy, the latter aspect of the prosthetic bodycomes to the fore. The limbs and organs are often like prostheses orparts of a defective, uncontrollable machine. Just as a foetus or infantis constrained to very limited physical movements, the narrators tendto have bodies like dysfunctional machines that deprive them of phys-ical ability. This feature is particularly prominent in the trilogy, whichstrongly suggests a narratorial viewpoint inside the ‘wombtomb’. The‘wombtomb’ is no longer a haven to escape to but a locus where thenarrators are already situated and compelled to narrate their stories.Consequently, the constricting aspects of both the womb and themachine loom large and replace their positive aspects (that is, the womband the machine that help to keep sexual drive at bay). I will start thenext chapter with a discussion of this kind of prosthetic body, focusingmainly on the trilogy.

2The Question of Boundaries

This chapter discusses the prosthetic body in Beckett in relation to thequestion of the body’s boundaries. From the outset my definition ofthe prosthetic body stresses the significance of the interaction betweenthe inside and the outside, which necessarily highlights boundaries. Theprevious chapter touched upon the boundaries of the body and the flowsacross them. In this chapter, however, I will examine more directly andclosely how the boundaries of the body are problematised in Beckett’swork. In the process, the prosthetic body as the locus for the negotiationof boundaries will be foregrounded.More specifically, I am going to consider three major aspects of this

prosthetic body in Beckett, mainly with reference to the trilogy. The firstsection aims to illuminate how the limbs and organs are felt to beprostheses, and conversely, how prostheses are incorporated into thebody, so that the boundaries of the body become ambiguous. The secondsection turns to the interesting phenomenon of the confusion of theorgans, especially the orifices. As privileged sites of interaction betweenthe inside and the outside, the orifices, along with the flows coming andgoing through them, are considered to have a particularly prostheticstatus. In Beckett’s work, they tend to be exchanged for each other asthough their differences were nullified and they could be reduced toone polyvalent hole. Holes are inseparable from the surface into whichthey are bored. The third section will therefore discuss the instabilityof the bodily surface with reference to the concept of the ‘skin ego’, aselaborated by the psychoanalyst Didier Anzieu.Underlying and linking these aspects of the prosthetic body is the

dimension of the ‘body image’. The concept of the body image wasdeveloped by the psychiatrist Paul Schilder, especially in his book TheImage and Appearance of the Human Body (1935). This concept is known to

40

The Question of Boundaries 41

have influencedMerleau-Ponty and has recently been revalued by theor-ists aiming to forge a new, more flexible conception of corporeality.1

The body image is ‘the picture of our own body which we form in ourmind, that is to say the way in which the body appears to ourselves’(Schilder 11). Thus it is the image of the body we hold internally asopposed to the objective, physical body. We may feel that our body islarger or smaller than it really is. We may feel that the car is continuouswith our body when driving. Clothes we wear might change the imageof our body. Once we consider the dimension of the body image in thisway, we begin to realise that the boundaries of our body are far moreunstable and plastic than generally thought.The body image is formed gradually in infancy. At the beginning, the

body is alien like an external object for the infant. But, starting withthe oral zone, images of parts such as the head, arms, hands, trunk,legs and feet develop to form the basic body image before the bodyego is differentiated from the outside world (cf. Schilder 194–5). If thisprocess and subsequent development in infancy go wrong, it can causepsychiatric disorders in later adult life. On the basis of Freudian psycho-analysis Schilder examines various disorders that cause extraordinarybody images. In Beckett’s case, it is plausible that there was a fixationon the undeveloped, amorphous body image of the intrauterine periodand early infancy.2 When I say that the prosthetic body in his work isrelated to a regression to the early stages of life when the body and itsparts are alien and constrictive, I am in fact referring to the regressivebody image. In Beckett’s work, the same regressive body image repeatedlyhighlights the instability of the body’s boundaries, as exemplified bythe three aspects of the prosthetic body mentioned above.

In the final section, I will attempt a critique of Deleuze and Guattari’sdiscussions of Beckett. Their framework is completely different fromthe psychoanalysis-oriented approach in the first three sections of thischapter, but their frequent if unsystematic references to Beckett areoften relevant to my argument so that it would not be reasonable toignore them.

The body parts as prostheses

At the end ofDream, Belacqua leaves the Alba’s home and goes out in therain, thereby escaping sexual temptation. In the virtual opening sceneI analysed in the previous chapter, Belacqua was engaged in disguisedmasturbation – also in the rain (described as ‘mizzle’) – immediatelyafter parting from Smeraldina. The correspondence between these two

42 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

scenes is evident: both point to Belacqua’s inability to face women’ssexuality. In the closing scene, however, Belacqua’s body is quicklydeteriorating. Suffering from aching bones, feet and stomach, he cannotwalk any more. Then he feels that his own hands are totally estrangedfrom him: ‘What was that in his lap? He shook off his glasses andbent down his head to see. That was his hands. Now who would havethought that! He turned them this way and that, he clenched andunclenched them, keeping them on the move for the wonder of hisweak eyes [� � �]’ (241). This scene, later reused for the ending of ‘A WetNight’ in More Pricks Than Kicks (87–8), is significant in introducing adifferent type of body from the mechanised masturbating body in thevirtual opening scene. The new type of body is deteriorating and exper-ienced as foreign. As the narrator begins to ‘live’ a regressive psychicstage in the trilogy, his body begins to be constrained like that of afoetus or young infant, and to resemble an assemblage of prostheses.The prosthetic body in this sense reappears in various guises in laterworks after the trilogy: the body is constrained, as in those figuresburied in urns in Play and Winnie sinking into a mound in HappyDays; it is defective, as in Lucky’s ‘thought’ (like a broken machine) andPozzo’s deteriorating body in Waiting for Godot, or Hamm in Endgamewho is blind and bound to a wheelchair; it is explicitly described asa disconnected ‘machine’ in Not I. It is also well known that Beckettrelentlessly demanded that his actors and actresses control their bodyaccurately like a machine. Yet in this chapter, I will focus mainly on thetrilogy which exemplifies the constrained and constraining prostheticbody.3

Often in the trilogy, the body is disorganised. Its parts – the limbs andorgans – are isolated from each other rather than forming a coherentwhole. Concomitantly, they are often described as extraneous and alien,likemechanical or inanimate objects. They are sometimes casually lost asthough they were detachable prostheses. The body is like an assemblageof these prosthetic parts – ‘a cluther of limbs and organs’, to use aphrase in Texts for Nothing (CSP 78). On the other hand, the limbs andorgans frequently go wrong and demand to be supplemented by realprostheses such as a stick or crutches. These ‘negative’ prostheses, as wellas ‘positive’ ones such as a bicycle, tend to have an uncanny congenialitywith the body, as though they were somehow incorporated into it asits parts. As a consequence of this reciprocity (body parts becomingprostheses, prostheses becoming body parts), the boundaries betweenthe body and its outside (the material world) are problematised andrendered ambiguous.

The Question of Boundaries 43

Molloy’s body deteriorates. At the beginning he has one stiff leg.When he starts his journey to his mother, he has to rely on crutches anda bicycle, both privileged prostheses in Beckett’s world. Molloy takespleasure in talking about his strange chainless bicycle: ‘crippled thoughI was, I was no mean cyclist at that period. This is how I went aboutit. I fastened my crutches to the cross-bar, one on either side, I proppedthe foot of my stiff leg (I forget which, now they’re both stiff) on theprojecting front axle, and I pedalled with the other’ (16). Here it soundsas though his crutches and foot were becoming parts of the machine,just like the cross-bar, axle and pedals. In his classic essay ‘The CartesianCentaur’, Hugh Kenner notes, ‘This odd machine exactly complementsMolloy. It even compensates for his inability to sit down’ (118). Far morethan an ordinary prosthesis, it is almost an essential part of the body.But during the journey, the stiff leg shortens and the other leg also

becomes stiff. The toes of one foot are lost, and only one of his eyes func-tions ‘more or less correctly’ (50). At the end of his journey, he is reducedto crawling and rolling on the ground.4 The bicycle is gone except forits horn, and he has to rely on his crutches to crawl forward. Now hiscrutches are the indispensable substitutes for his limbs. As Hugh Kennerobserves, whereas a man riding a bicycle (what he calls the ‘CartesianCentaur’) is Beckett’s Cartesian dream, in which ‘body and mind goeach one nobly about its business, without interference or interaction’(121), the actual world of Beckett lacks a perfectly functioning bicycleand is therefore doomed to an ever deteriorating machine – that is, thehuman body. In Kenner’s words, ‘Cartesian man deprived of his bicycleis a mere intelligence fastened to a dying animal’ (124). Just as Molloy’sbicycle is eventually reduced to a horn, the body in Beckett keeps deteri-orating until only voices and fragmentary physical sensations remain inThe Unnamable.

But as Kenner also suggests (119–20), even if the Cartesian Centauris an unrealisable dream, Beckett inherits from Descartes a completelydetached, observing attitude towards the body, the deficient machine.In the following passage Molloy describes his own body at his narratingpresent:

And when I see my hands, on the sheet, which they love to floccillatealready, they are not mine, I have no arms, they are a couple, theyplay with the sheet, love-play perhaps, trying to get up perhaps, oneon top of the other. But it doesn’t last, I bring them back, little bylittle, towards me, it’s resting time. And with my feet it’s the same,sometimes, when I see them at the foot of the bed, one with toes,the other without. (66, emphasis added)

44 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

His hands and feet are remote and alien. He has to ‘bring back’ hishands towards him. (As regards his feet, he says he cannot bringthem back because they stay far from him.) His hands are like pros-theses, and as such potentially have the same status as crutches or astick.Malone has a very similar sense of his body parts becoming remote:

But this sensation of dilation is hard to resist. All strains towards thenearest deeps, and notably my feet, which even in the ordinary wayare so much further from me than all the rest, from my head I mean,for that is where I am fled, my feet are leagues away. And to call themin, to be cleaned for example, would I think take me over a month,exclusive of the time required to locate them. Strange, I don’t feel myfeet any more, my feet feel nothing any more, and a mercy it is. Andyet I feel they are beyond the range of the most powerful telescope.Is that what is known as having a foot in the grave? And similarly forthe rest. (234)

He goes on to say that his fingers, his penis and his anus are also recedingfrom him. He believes that his excrement ‘would fall out in Australia’and that he ‘would fill a considerable part of the universe’ if he were tostand up (235).5 Even worse than Molloy, he is pinned down to the bedand has minimal mobility. For him, the body itself can be a nuisance:‘If I had the use of my body I would throw it out of the window’ (219).His sense of the body falling apart is mirrored by Macmann, a protag-onist of his story who comes to resemble him (and by extension Molloyand Moran) in terms of physical deterioration. Macmann ‘fancied thatthe nape of the neck and the back right down to the loins were morevulnerable than the chest and belly, not realizing [� � �] that all theseparts are intimately and even indissolubly bound up together, at leastuntil death do them part’ (239). It is to be noted that he does ‘not realize’that the body parts are connected to each other and unified into anorganic whole.Malone has to do many things with a stick. Just like Molloy’s bicycle

and crutches, the stick is more than an ordinary prosthesis. Apart fromhis writing, which he performs with his pencil and exercise-book, mostof Malone’s physical action rests on this stick. Moreover, it can serve as asubstitute hand, as the following passage shows: ‘I drew [a little packet]over beside the bed and felt it with the knob of my stick. And my handunderstood, it understood softness and lightness, better I think thanif it had touched the thing directly, fingering it and weighing it in its

The Question of Boundaries 45

palm’ (197). Here the stick seems to be incorporated into the body andfunction like a sentient hand – a better hand, actually.The Unnamable continues the process of physical decomposition

described in Molloy and Malone Dies and brings it to the limit. Earlierin the novel, the narrator or Mahood, his ‘vice-exister’, tells the storyof his journey, which is similar to Molloy’s. He has only one leg, andtherefore uses crutches. At one point, with the megalomaniac spatialsense reminiscent of Malone, he says quite casually, ‘[P]erhaps I hadleft my leg behind in the Pacific [� � �]’ (319), as though his leg were adetachable prosthesis. Predictably, he soon falls to the ground. Satisfiedwith this story, the narrator says:

Mahood must have remarked that I remained sceptical, for he let fallthat I was lacking not only a leg, but an arm also. With regard to thehomologous crutch, I seemed to have retained sufficient armpit tohold and manoeuvre it, with the help of my unique foot to kick theend of it forward as occasion required. (323–4)

The arm is lost just as casually as the leg, and the crutch is expected tofunction in its place. Body parts are prostheses and vice versa, just as inthe former novels. But this story of a journey is nothing more than abrief echo of the former novels and is soon abandoned in the narrator’sendless self-questioning about his identity. What marks The Unnam-able truly is the culmination of the decomposition of the body, whichis exemplified by the following passage, where the narrator imagineshimself to be a ‘big talking ball’ with all the organs fallen off:

[I]t is a great smooth ball I carry on my shoulders, featureless, butfor the eyes, of which only the sockets remain. And were it not forthe distant testimony of my palms, my soles, which I have not yetbeen able to quash, I would gladly give myself the shape, if not theconsistency, of an egg, with two holes no matter where to preventit from bursting, for the consistency is more like that of mucilage.[� � �] Why should I have a sex, who have no longer a nose? All thosethings have fallen, all the things that stick out, with my eyes, my hair,without leaving a trace, fallen so far so deep that I heard nothing,perhaps are falling still, my hair slowly like soot still, of the fall ofmy ears heard nothing. (307)

Soon afterwards the narrator says, ‘Organs, a without, it’s easy toimagine [� � �]’ (307). This implies that the organs are close to ‘a without’

46 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

(‘un dehors’ in L’Innommable 31), close to something external that wouldinclude detachable prostheses.6 Molloy likewise said, ‘I had so to speakonly one leg at my disposal, I was virtually onelegged, and I would havebeen happier, livelier, amputated at the groin. And if they had removeda few testicles into the bargain I wouldn’t have objected’ (35).It is easy to see the Cartesian attitude towards the body behind this

desire to lose the limbs and organs. Descartes himself says in the sixthMeditation, ‘Although the whole mind seems to be united to the wholebody, I recognize that if a foot or arm or any other part of the body iscut off, nothing has thereby been taken away from the mind’ (SelectedPhilosophical Writings 120). The passages in which the limbs and organsfall off casually seem to be persistently confirming Descartes’ claim thateven if the body loses its parts, the mind can remain intact.7 In TheUnnamable, there is an implicit reference to Descartes in respect of theloss of limbs:

I may therefore perhaps legitimately suppose that the one-armedone-legged wayfarer of a moment ago and the wedge-headed trunkin which I am marooned are simply two phases of the same carnalenvelope, the soul being notoriously immune from deterioration anddismemberment. Having lost one leg, what indeed more likely thanthat I should mislay the other? And similarly for the arms. (333)

From a Cartesian point of view, the body is a machine, or an assemblageof mechanical parts. The organs and limbs are nothing but prosthesesthat can be removed. Conversely, real prostheses or any material objectscan become parts of the body. The trilogy thus appears to register thepersistence of the Cartesian perception of the body.However, a more careful consideration of the prosthetic body in

Beckett quickly makes it clear that a Cartesian interpretation is farfrom sufficient. One might wonder, for example, why Beckett was soconcerned with the Cartesian distinction in the first place. In otherwords, this concern itself may have been a manifestation of a deeperpsychological preoccupation. It is therefore necessary to probe the realmof the subjective, psychological perception of the body – the realm ofthe body image that straddles the simple Cartesian distinction betweenmind and body.8 Paul Schilder says:

I have many times emphasized how labile and changeable the body-image is. The body-image can shrink or expand; it can give parts tothe outside world and can take other parts into itself. When we take

The Question of Boundaries 47

a stick in our hands and touch an object with the end of it, we feel asensation at the end of the stick. The stick, has, in fact, become a partof the body-image. In order to get the full sensation at the end of thestick, the stick has to be in a more or less rigid connection with thebody. (202)

The extraordinary expansion of the body or the substitution of a pros-thesis for a limb in Beckett’s trilogy could be better discussed withinsuch a framework. The same is true of the sense of loss of the organs.Undoubtedly, Beckett is obsessed with the extreme and pathologicalforms of the body image. As I suggested at the beginning of this chapter,the representation of the body in Beckett is related to a regression to theearly psychic stages (including the intrauterine period) when the bodyimage is still amorphous. Here the boundaries between the body andthe outside world are unstable, and the body is still disorganised andinarticulate. As the distinction between self and other is also unclear,the body parts are alien or constrictive. It is no surprise, then, that theorgans are felt to be substituted by prostheses, or detached and lost likeprostheses.From the same amorphous body image springs an important aspect of

the Beckettian prosthetic body: confusion of the organs. This is becausein the primordial, amorphous state of the body image, the lack of distinc-tion between outside and inside is necessarily tied up with disorganisa-tion of the body, especially the imperfect articulation or distinction ofthe openings through which the body interacts with the outside. In theanalysis of Belacqua’s disguised masturbation in the previous chapter, Ipointed out that there is an implicit confusion of tears/semen/excrementand concomitantly of the eye/penis/anus. This instance is in fact exem-plary in the sense that different orifices and their flows are renderedequivalent. In Beckett’s later work, the orifices of the body are oftenhighlighted as privileged sites of interaction between the outside andthe inside, an interaction realised by flows. The ambiguity of being bothoutside and inside the body gives a prominently prosthetic status toorifices and flows, which tend to be confused most saliently. In the nextsection, I will focus on this aspect.

Confusion of the organs

There are striking images of the transposition of one organ onto anotherin The Unnamable: ‘They could clap an artificial anus in the hollow of myhand [� � �]’; ‘A head has grown out of his ear [� � �]’ (318, 359). However,

48 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the most conspicuous displacement of the organs in Beckett’s workoccurs between the mouth and the anus. These are often juxtaposedand even equated with each other. Molloy tries to subvert their usualhierarchy, saying, ‘But is [the arse-hole] not rather the true portal ofour being and the celebrated mouth no more than the kitchen door’(79–80). Malone, whose bodily function is reduced to the minimum,says, ‘When my chamber-pot is full I put it on the table, beside thedish. [� � �] What matters is to eat and excrete. Dish and pot, dish andpot, these are the poles’ (185). The narrator of The Unnamable refers toa doctor who holds that ‘the latest breath could only issue from thefundament and this therefore, rather than the mouth, the orifice towhich the family should present the mirror, before opening the will’(345). In the following passage in Texts for Nothing, the mouth and theanus are very explicitly equated:

But there is not silence. No, there is utterance, somewhere someoneis uttering. Inanities, agreed, but is that enough, is that enough, tomake sense? I see what it is, the head has fallen behind, all the resthas gone on, the head and its anus the mouth, or else it has gone onalone, all alone on its old prowls, slobbering its shit and lapping it backoff the lips like in the days when it fancied itself. (CSP 104, emphasisadded)

Here the narrator has in mind someone’s utterance that goes on inter-minably, like the voice in The Unnamable and Not I. Therefore, alongwith the equation of themouth with the anus (‘the head and its anus themouth’), speech – the nobler function of the mouth – is equated withdefecation. The phrase ‘slobbering its shit’ reinforces this interpretationbecause the verb slobber means ‘to utter thickly and indistinctly’ (OED,definition 3), as well as ‘to slaver’.9 Or to be more precise, the phrasecontains a triple equation between uttering, slavering and defecating. Allthese examples testify to a Bakhtinian subversion by the ‘material bodilylower stratum’ (Bakhtin 368–436). The mouth is normally considered tobe a ‘higher’ organ mainly because it speaks and carries words. But this‘noble’ aspect of the mouth is doubly debased in Beckett’s work: firstby being relegated to the level of the mouth’s lower functions, such asbreathing, eating, spitting, vomiting;10 and second, more decisively, tothe level of the anus (excretion, farting).The equation between the mouth and the anus or that between

words (voice) and excrement can also be discussed in terms of physiolo-gical phonetics. Ivan Fónagy, when discussing the relation between

The Question of Boundaries 49

pronunciation and physical drives in La Vive voix, suggests a closeconnection between pronunciation and defecation, between the mouthand the anus, the two ends of the ‘digestive tube’, each with its ownsphincter (the glottic sphincter and the anal sphincter). Trouble in thelarynx might be related to trouble in the anus. By extension, silence canbe compared to the retention of faeces, and loquacity to diarrhoea. Refer-ring to Freud’s idea in ‘Character and Anal Eroticism’ that orderliness,parsimony (avarice) and obstinacy are elements of the anal character,Fónagy suggests that the pronunciation of velar occlusives such as /k/cuts the vocal flow in pieces and therefore parallels the parsimoniousattempt to retain faeces.11 This is why the /k/ sound is often used inscatological words, the most notable example of which is ‘caca’.To illustrate his idea with literary examples, Fónagy cites a passage

from Beckett’s Molloy, in which Molloy calls his mother Mag because‘the letter g abolished the syllable Ma, as it were spat on it, better thanany other letter would have done’ (Molloy 17). In the same passage,Molloy comments that ‘the question of whether to call her Ma, Magor the Countess Caca’ did not arise. Noting the casual reference to ‘theCountess Caca’ here, Fónagy argues, ‘It is significant that in replacingMag with another name, Molloy happens to choose the title <CountessCaca>, as if the nickname Mag is a condensation of Mama and cacawith k softened into g’.12 This is a very subtle way of detecting the analimpulse in speech. The letter g, which is said to ‘abolish’ the syllableMa, certainly sounds aggressive in cutting the vocal flow (likened tocutting and withholding the faecal flow), even though Molloy’s addi-tional description of it as ‘spitting’ may contradict this image due to itsexpulsive connotation. The link between the oral/verbal and the anal inBeckett is, however, more obvious, as shown in the passage from Textsfor Nothing quoted above. Let us look at some other examples.

Lucky’s ‘thought’ in Waiting for Godot might strike the audienceprimarily by its resemblance to a broken phonograph, but in thepresent context, it could also be regarded as verbal diarrhoea. He says‘quaquaquaqua’ twice at the beginning of his ‘thought’, and he alsoturns ‘academy’ into ‘Acacacacademy’ (CDW 40–1). The anal impulse iseasy to detect here. To borrow a neologism of the narrator of Texts forNothing, words are ‘wordshit’ (CSP 100). The gush of ‘wordshit’ reappearsvisibly in Not I. In fact, this play offers some of the best examples ofthe estrangement and prosthetisation of the organs in Beckett’s work.First of all, the entire body is explicitly referred to as a machine: ‘someflaw in her make-up � � � incapable of deceit � � � or the machine � � �morelikely the machine � � � so disconnected � � � never got the message � � � or

50 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

powerless to respond’ (CDW 378). Then the movements of the eye orthe mouth, which are normally too natural for us to be particularlyaware of, are described with sheer detachment as some external mechan-ical processes. As for the eye, Mouth says, ‘no part of her moving � � � thatshe could feel � � � just the eyelids � � � presumably � � � on and off [� � �] nofeeling of any kind � � � but the lids � � � even best of times � � �who feelsthem? � � � opening � � � shutting � � � all that moisture’ (378). The act ofspeaking is similarly decomposed into alien, heterogeneous movementsof various organs: ‘imagine! � � � her lips moving! � � � as of course till thenshe had not � � � and not alone the lips � � � the cheeks � � � the jaws � � � thewhole face � � � all those – � � �what? � � � the tongue? � � � yes � � � the tonguein the mouth � � � all those contortions without which � � � no speech ispossible’ (379). In such a system of the body where the organs are felt tobe alien, the bodily flows will also be alien. The unstoppable ‘stream ofwords’ came to her suddenly: ‘words were coming � � � imagine! � � �wordswere coming � � � a voice she did not recognize � � � at first [� � �] then finallyhad to admit � � � could be none other � � � than her own’ (379). It is abodily flow that comes from within but is foreign to her. As suchit might have the same status as a faecal flow. As Keir Elam notes(146), there is a strong suggestion in the following passage that thisstream of words and voice might actually be a gush of ‘wordshit’:‘sudden urge to � � � tell � � � then rush out stop the first she saw � � � nearestlavatory � � � start pouring it out � � � steady stream � � �mad stuff � � � half thevowels wrong � � � no one could follow’ (CDW 382).In How It Is, when ‘the panting stops’, the narrator hears a voice

in him, which he quotes. The voice is not felt to be his, but it is hisafter all because he says, ‘I say it as I hear it’ about the opening words.There is a deferral of the origin of the voice and in this respect, thisnovel is a continuation of The Unnamable. In the second fragment ofPart One we read, ‘voice once without quaqua on all sides then in me’(7). In accordance with what I have observed so far, the voice, whichis both outside and inside the body, is implicitly linked to the anusby the nonsensical word ‘quaqua’. The narrator is surrounded by mud,to which he murmurs. He lets out what could be called ‘wordfart’ intothe mud: ‘a word from me and I am again I strain with open mouthso as not to lose a second a fart fraught with meaning issuing throughthe mouth’ (29). It is obvious that the mud contains excrement as thenarrator is excreting into it. He even hints at the possibility that the mudmay consist of faeces: ‘quick a supposition if this so-called mud werenothing more than all our shit’ (58). Yet curiously, he also takes in themud, as the following passages suggest: ‘the mouth opens the tongue

The Question of Boundaries 51

comes out lolls in the mud’ (9); ‘I fill my mouth with [the mud] that canhappen too it’s another of my resources last a moment with that andquestion if swallowed would it nourish and opening up of vistas theyare good moments’ (30). Just as in Texts for Nothing, where the head isdescribed as ‘slobbering its shit and lapping it back off the lips’ (CSP 104,quoted above), there seems to be an intake of ‘wordshit’ as well as itsexpulsion. The narrator’s situation is very similar to that of a foetus inthe womb in the sense that he takes in what he excretes. The circulatorysystem, in which both words (voice) and excrement circulate, cominginto and going out of the orifices, characterises The Unnamable as well.The narrator says:

I shall transmit the words as received, by the ear, or roared through atrumpet into the arsehole, in all their purity, and in the same order, asfar as possible. This infinitesimal lag, between arrival and departure,this trifling delay in evacuation, is all I have to worry about. (352,emphasis added)

While he issues forth ‘wordshit’ just like the narrators of Texts for Nothingand How It Is (note the use of the word ‘evacuation’ for speaking), hereceives it through the ear or the anus. The expulsion and intake of‘wordshit’ are described in a similar way in the following passage:

It’s true I have not spoken yet. In at one ear and incontinent outthrough the mouth, or the other ear, that’s possible too. [� � �] Twoholes andme in themiddle, slightly choked. Or a single one, entranceand exit, where the words swarm and jostle like ants, hasty, indif-ferent, bringing nothing, taking nothing away, too light to leave amark. (357–8, emphasis added)

The word ‘incontinent’ is suggestive of the equation of the mouth withthe anus, but what is more important is the fact that the ear is alsoinvolved in the mouth/anus equation. There is a suggestion in thispassage that all the orifices could be equated with each other and ulti-mately reduced to a single multi-functioning orifice.Before considering this question, it may be worthwhile to see what

psychoanalysis can tell us about confusion of the organs in the infant.As mentioned in the previous chapter, Freud observes that in the uncon-scious, the faeces, the baby and the penis ‘are often treated as if they wereequivalent and could replace one another freely’ (‘Transformations ofInstinct as Exemplified in Anal Eroticism’, SE XVII 128). This is because

52 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the instinctual impulses of the anal-erotic phase are not completelyburied after the infant’s sexuality is organised around the genital organs.When discussing the anal eroticism of the infant, Freud argues that the‘contents of the bowels, which act as a stimulating mass upon a sexu-ally sensitive portion of mucous membrane, behave like forerunners ofanother organ, which is destined to come into action after the phase ofchildhood’ (‘Three Essays on Sexuality’, SE VII 186). Thus it is easy tounderstand why the faeces and the penis are confused. With regard tothe equivalence between the faeces and the baby, Freud suggests thatchildren believe that ‘[t]he baby must be evacuated like a piece of excrement,like a stool’ (‘The Sexual Theories of Children’, SE IX 219). As if to followFreud’s view, Molloy thinks that he was born out of his mother’s anus.13

When discussing Not I, Keir Elam points out that in the projection ofthe spectator’s unconscious onto Mouth, Mouth is identified with thevagina (the ‘godforsaken hole’ that expelled her into the world), themouth (of the infant deprived of the mother’s breast) and the anus. Atwork here is ‘what Klein defines as “early (infantile) confusion, whichexpresses itself in a blurring of the oral, anal and genital impulses”’ (146).This remark is suggestive because the vagina is another important orificein Beckett’s work, where the fact of being born is so much questioned.It is plausible that the three erotogenic zones highlighted by psycho-analysis – the mouth, the anus and the genitals – are confused in theregressive state of the psyche that seems to characterise Beckett’s work.But confusion of the orifices in Beckett cannot be fully explained by

reference to these basic erotogenic zones, because, as noted above, otherorifices such as the ear seem to be involved as well. With regard to theeye, I have already discussed Belacqua’s disguised masturbation with theconfusion of tears/semen/excrement. The following passage from Textsfor Nothing serves as another typical example:

It’s an unbroken flow of words and tears. With no pause for reflection.But I speak softer, every year a little slower. Perhaps. It is hard to judge.If so the pauses would be longer, between the words, the sentences,the syllables, the tears, I confuse them, words and tears, my wordsare my tears, my eyes my mouth. (CSP 96)

Based on just the three erotogenic zones, it is impossible to explainthis confusion of the eye with the mouth adequately. Also in Ill SeenIll Said, the eye ‘breathes’ or ‘digests its pittance’. It appears necessaryto postulate a curious general economy in Beckett’s work, where all the

The Question of Boundaries 53

orifices and the flows from them seem to be potentially equivalent andinterchangeable.In fact, Freud too had a very broad idea of the erotogenic zones.

For example, he thinks it ‘probable that any part of the skin and anysense-organ – probably, indeed, any organ – can function as an eroto-genic zone, though there are some particularly marked erotogenic zoneswhose excitation would seem to be secured from the very first by certainorganic contrivances’ (‘Three Essays on Sexuality’, SE VII 233). Then,it may be potentially possible that in the libidinal body (as opposedto the anatomical body) one organ is made equivalent to another asan erotogenic zone. Nevertheless, it remains true that the openings ofthe body are particularly important because with their flows they serveas a privileged locus for interaction between the body and the outsideworld. Freud highlighted the mouth, the anus and the genitals, butother orifices such as the ear and the eye must also be marked in theformation of the body image in infancy.When discussing the erotogenic zones in the body image, Paul Schilder

remarks that the ‘enormous psychological importance of all openings ofthe body is obvious, since it is by these openings that we come in closestcontact with the world’ (124). Interestingly, he treats the eye as just oneof those openings: ‘The eyes, after all, are at least symbolically a receptiveorgan, and the symbolic significance of the eye [� � �] is closely related tothis function of the eye as a symbolic opening through which the worldwanders into ourselves’ (125). It may be added that by shedding tears,the eye can be equated with the urethra, the anus and the genitals, allof which are inseparable from their flows. Elsewhere, Schilder suggests:

What goes on in one part of the body may be transposed to anotherpart of the body. The hole of the female genital organs may appearas a cavity in another part of the body, the penis as a stiffness oras a piece of wood somewhere else. There is said to be a transposi-tion of one part of the body to another part of the body. One partmay be symbolic of the other. There must be some foundation forthis symbolic substitution. The nose may take the significance of thephallus. The protruding parts of the body may become symbols ofthe male sex organ. Cavities and entrances of the body are largely inter-changeable. Vagina, anus, mouth, ears, and even the entrances of the noseand ears belong to the same group. (171, emphasis added)

Given what he says about the eyes, it would be justifiable to add theeyes to this list of the interchangeable orifices. It now seems clear that

54 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the confusion of the organs, especially the orifices, in Beckett’s repres-entation of the body is taking place in the realm of the body image. Thepossibility of the symbolic substitution of one body part for anotherthat Schilder mentions is normally hidden deep in the unconscious, butresurfaces in dreams or psychic disorders. The obsession with the orificesand their exchangeability in Beckett’s work suggests a fixation on theearlier psychic stages where the body is not yet articulated and one hasto rely on the orifices and their flows – themselves hardly distinguish-able – to obtain a sense of the demarcation between one’s body and theoutside world. This coexistence of the uncertainty of boundaries andthe related confusion of the orifices is the feature of the prosthetic bodyI am exploring here.Independently of the psychological concepts of erotogenic zones or

body image, Peter Ehrhard observes that the orifices have a particularsignificance in Beckett’s work. According to his Anatomie de SamuelBeckett:

Anyone who closely reads Beckett’s texts is constantly faced with thesemantic field of the ‘hole’, together with verbs derived from thisnotion, such as ‘go out’ [sortir], ‘open’ [ouvrir], ‘penetrate’ [pénétrer],‘close’ [fermer] and ‘shut up’ [s’enfermer]. [� � �] It is [� � �] the presenceand function of the eye, the mouth and the ear – cavities in thelargest sense of the word – that constitute the important points ofexistential concern in Beckett’s work.14

In this ‘imagination of the hole’ (Ehrhard’s phrase), the functionaldifferences between the orifices tend to be neglected. What looms largeinstead is a topologically reduced relation between the inside and theoutside, mediated by flows coming and going through holes on thesurface. In the prosthetic body, whose boundaries are problematised,the holes, the flows and the surface are highlighted as particularly pros-thetic parts because of the ambiguity of their being both inside andoutside the body.15 In the next section, I will examine the topologicalrelation between these three factors.

The instability of the body’s surface

The trilogy is suffused by a sense of being in an inner space, whichprimarily implies the womb and the skull. Molloy is writing in hismother’s room, suggestive of the womb. Malone, shut up in a room,says, ‘The ceiling rises and falls, rises and falls, rhythmically, as when

The Question of Boundaries 55

I was a foetus’ and he imagines that he is ‘given [� � �] birth to intodeath’ out of ‘the great cunt of existence’ (285). On the other hand, heoccasionally feels he is inside the skull: ‘sometimes it seems to me I amin a head and that these eight, no, six, these six planes that encloseme are of solid bone’ (222). This image also appears in The Unnamable,where the narrator says, ‘And sometimes I say to myself I am in a head,[� � �] surrounded on all sides by massive bone’ (353).But the feeling of being within a space is never stable. Molloy some-

times feels that the boundaries between himself and the world disappear:‘Then I was no longer that sealed jar to which I owed my being so wellpreserved, but a wall gave way’ (49).16 He also says, ‘[T]he confines ofmy room, of my bed, of my body, are as remote from me as were thoseof my region’ (66), before stating that his hands and feet are far awayfrom him. As noted earlier, both Molloy and Malone have the sense ofthe body expanding. The narrator of The Unnamable constantly remarksthat he is shut up inside, but at one point he also feels there is no endto him: ‘this place, if I could describe this place, portray it, I’ve tried, Ifeel no place, no place round me, there’s no end to me, I don’t knowwhat it is, it isn’t flesh, it doesn’t end, it’s like air [� � �]’ (403).These examples clearly show that the boundaries of the self are

unstable and problematic. One may be a tiny being inside a vast spaceor one may completely fill up a space. The following passage in TheUnnamable refers to this ambiguity precisely: ‘[The narrator’s place] isperhaps merely the inside of my distant skull where once I wandered,now I am fixed, lost for tininess, or straining against the walls, with myhead, my hand, my feet, my back [� � �]’ (304–5). When one fills up aspace and that space expands, he will feel that he himself is expanding.But he might also feel that he is located exactly on the unstable border-line. In The Unnamable, we come across a striking description of such asituation:

an outside and an inside and me in the middle, perhaps that’s whatI am, the thing that divides the world in two, on the one side theoutside, on the other the inside, that can be as thin as foil, I’m neitherone side nor the other, I’m in the middle, I’m the partition, I’ve twosurfaces and no thickness, perhaps that’s what I feel, myself vibrating,I’m the tympanum, on the one hand the mind, on the other theworld, I don’t belong to either [� � �]. (386)

The psychoanalyst Didier Anzieu contends in Beckett et le psychanalystethat this passage prefigures the notion of the ‘skin ego’ (169), which he

56 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

elaborated in his earlier work The Skin Ego (Le Moi-peau, 1985). Anzieu’spsychoanalytic framework might be helpful to our discussion because itprecisely concerns the question of the unstable boundaries of the self.17

He defines the skin ego as follows: ‘By Skin Ego, I mean a mental imageof which the Ego of the child makes use during the early phases of itsdevelopment to represent itself as an Ego containing psychical contents,on the basis of its experience of the surface of the body’ (The Skin Ego40).18 It is easy to see that this concept is closely related to Schilder’sidea of the body image, because it is a sort of mental image of the body’ssurface. Needless to say, the skin as a marker of the body’s boundaries isan important factor in the body image. Indeed, in The Skin Ego, Anzieuregrets that Schilder’s idea was neglected in the general disregard of thebody in the third quarter of the twentieth century (21), and when hediscusses Freud and Paul Federn as precursors of the notion of the skinego, he comments that Federn’s work complements that of Schilder (89).

The infant forms an image of the skin ego, which provides a senseof itself, through contact and communication with the mother. At firstthe neonate’s psyche is dominated by an intrauterine phantasy – ‘aphantasy of reciprocal inclusion, of primary narcissistic fusion’ (63) –which denies birth. Then the infant starts to have a phantasy of sharingskin with its mother. Through a painful process, it has to suppress thisphantasy of the common skin in order to recognise its own skin andego. Defects in the formation of a skin ego result in psychotic problemsthat are best represented by the image of a ‘perforable envelope’:19

The infans comes to perceive its skin as a surface as it experiences thecontact of its body with that of the mother, and within the frame-work of a secure relation of attachment to her. Thus it arrives not onlyat the notion of a boundary between the exterior and the interiorbut also at the confidence required for progressively mastering theorifices, for it cannot feel confident as to their functioning unlessit also possesses a basic feeling which guarantees the integrity ofits bodily envelope. Clinical practice here confirms the theoreticalfindings of Bion [� � �] with his notion of a psychical ‘container’: thedangers of depersonalization are bound up with the image of a perfor-able envelope and with the anxiety – primary, according to Bion –of a flowing away of vital substance through holes [� � �]. (38–9)20

Here Anzieu is precisely pointing to the aspect of the prosthetic bodyI am considering here – that is, the prosthetic body as the locus ofinteraction between the inside and the outside. He refers to all those

The Question of Boundaries 57

particularly prosthetic parts – the surface, the orifice and the flow –in a single framework. The instability of the boundaries of the self inthe trilogy may be related to a failure of the skin ego to demarcatea secure ‘boundary between the exterior and the interior’. The recur-rent references to orifices and bodily flows could also be explained bydefects of the skin ego. If a secure sense of the ‘bodily envelope’ failsto be formed, one might be obsessed with anxiety about ‘a flowingaway of vital substance through holes’. The image of uncontrollable,gushing flows seems to be particularly related to this anxiety. As Idiscussed in Chapter 1, the narrator of The Unnamable is helplesslyshedding tears and words keep pouring out of his mouth. The unstop-pable speeches of Lucky and Mouth in Not I are more obvious cases inpoint.21 In Beckett et le psychanalyste, Anzieu suggests that Beckett himselfsuffered from a defective skin ego, because of his mother’s unrespons-iveness, and he provides a number of observations, if not substantialanalyses, of Beckett’s work in this light. The following image, createdout of his reading of Beckett, is of particular importance: ‘Everywhere inmy body, holes swallow words, expectorate them, sniff them up, oozethem, shit them’.22 Here Anzieu seems to endorse my argument in theprevious section that in the Beckettian prosthetic body, words can beconfused with vomit, excrement and other bodily flows, and that ulti-mately, any hole and its flow can substitute for various other holes andtheir flows.

The narrator of The Unnamable not only finds himself on the borderbetween inside and outside, but also imagines that he is inside (or evenidentified with) liquid flowing through a hole. For example, he says,‘[The place] spews me out or swallows me up [� � �]’ and ‘I wonder if Icouldn’t sneak out by the fundament, one morning, with the Frenchbreakfast. No, I can’t move, not yet. One minute in a skull and thenext in a belly, strange, and the next nowhere in particular. Perhapsit’s Botal’s Foramen, when all about me palpitates and labours’ (304,355). In the latter quotation, the initial image of the narrator in (or as)excrement going out of the fundament23 is replaced by the idea that hecould be anywhere inside the body. Then he refers to Botal’s Foramen,which means the foramen ovale, the orifice that connects the left andright atriums in the foetus’s heart prior to its birth. While the image ofbeing inside the womb lingers here, it is more important to note thenarrator’s transformational imagination: he can be (in) any liquid insideany organ in the body. Wondering why he keeps shedding tears, he says,‘Perhaps it is liquefied brain’ (295), a remark that is echoed by Hamm inEndgame: ‘There’s something dripping in my head. [� � �] A heart, a heart

58 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

in my head’ (CDW 100). Referring to his own situation, the narrator ofThe Unnamable also says, ‘[S]trange this mixture of solid and liquid [� � �]’(395, 396). He can be the air as well: ‘I’m the air, the walls, the walled-in one, everything yields, opens, ebbs, flows, like flakes, I’m all theseflakes [� � �]’ (390). It can be inferred that these images of liquefaction orgasification of the self derive from defects of the skin ego.One of the nine functions of the skin ego listed by Anzieu is the

supporting function, which helps the baby to form a vertical axis andstand upright, struggling against gravity. It could be said that the skinego here functions as a prosthesis in the literal, instrumental sense. OfFrancis Bacon, Anzieu makes a comment that could equally be appliedto the above-quoted instances in Beckett: ‘Francis Bacon depicts in hispaintings deliquescent bodies whose skin and clothing provide themwith a superficial unity, but which lack that spinal axis which is thesupport of the body and thought: they are skins filled with a substancemore liquid than solid’ (The Skin Ego 99). The fact that many Beckettcharacters – Molloy, Moran, Malone, the narrator of How It Is, to namebut a few – crawl or lie with no ability to stand upright may also berelated to a defect of the supporting function.The most important function of the skin ego is, however, the

containing function.24 Its failure leads to two forms of anxiety. First,without an envelope, ‘the individual seeks a substitute shell in physicalpain or psychical anxiety: he wraps himself in suffering’ (102). Second,the ‘envelope exists, but its continuity is broken into by holes. ThisSkin Ego is a colander: thoughts, and memories are only with difficultyretained; they leak away’ (102). I have already noted the second case inBeckett’s work: the uncontrollable flows from the ‘perforable envelope’.With regard to the first, Anzieu refers to masochism. In the fantasy ofa certain type of masochist, the skin ego is shared by the mother andthe infant, and separation from the mother does violent damage to theskin ego. This damage is embodied in burning or tearing the real skin,which the masochist is compelled to do in order to regain (after theself-imposed injury) a sense of union with the mother. It seems to bedifficult to find such an instance in Beckett’s work. Perhaps the carvingof letters on the back of Pim in the second part of How It Is, whichis strikingly reminiscent of Kafka’s ‘In the Penal Colony’, is the onlyone that comes to mind. Since the roles of tormentor and victim arereversible in the novel and Pim appears to be the narrator’s phantasmicdouble, the carving could be regarded as self-inflicted injury, even if thepain is not described from the victim’s point of view.

The Question of Boundaries 59

However, the destructive image of actively piercing holes on thesurface has considerable importance in Beckett’s work. In other words,while bodily liquid is represented as a kind of prosthesis, the surface,across which the liquid flows, can also be envisioned as an alienprosthetic material to be pierced. This image could be a vestige of amasochistic attempt to create the condition of the ‘perforable envelope’deliberately. What is interesting is that in Beckett this is often linked tohis aesthetic ideas. In his ‘German Letter of 1937’, Beckett famously says:

[M]ore and more my own language appears to me like a veil thatmust be torn apart in order to get at the things (or the Nothingness)behind it. [� � �] To bore one hole after another in [language], untilwhat lurks behind it – be it something or nothing – begins to seepthrough; I cannot imagine a higher goal for a writer today. (Disjecta171–2)25

Beckett urges literature to catch up with music and painting by tearingapart the surface of the word with silence. He asks:

Is there any reason why that terrible materiality of the word surfaceshould not be capable of being dissolved, like for example the soundsurface, torn by enormous pauses, of Beethoven’s seventh Symphony,so that through whole pages we can perceive nothing but a path ofsounds suspended in giddy heights, linking unfathomable abysses ofsilence? (Disjecta 172)

Beckett had already expressed this sort of aesthetic view in Dream, whereBelacqua admiringly says, ‘The terms of [Rimbaud’s and Beethoven’s]statements serve merely to delimit the reality of insane areas of silence,[their] audibilities are no more than punctuation in a statement ofsilences’ (102). When he conceives of his own book, his artistic modelsare Rembrandt, in whose painting he finds a dissolving surface, or ‘thedehiscing, the dynamic décousu’, and Beethoven, who ‘incorporates apunctuation of dehiscence’ into the musical statement so that its unityis gone, ‘the notes fly about, a blizzard of electrons; and then vesper-tine compositions eaten away with terrible silences’ (138–9). The youngBeckett discerned a surface punctuated or dissolved by silence in theartists he respected.26

Belacqua also sees in the star-lit night sky an ideal presentation of hisaesthetic idea: ‘The inviolable criterion of poetry and music, the non-principle of their punctuation, is figured in the demented perforation of

60 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the night colander’ (Dream 16). Here, an ‘insistent, invisible rat’ is saidto be ‘fidgeting behind the astral incoherence of the art surface’ (17).When he imagines that he is braced against a flood of the thickets andstones around him (in a way that is reminiscent of the protagonist in‘Assumption’ coping with the flood of his inner whisper), the image ofpiercing a surface occurs again:

The fragile dykes were caving in on him, he would be drowned, stonesand thickets would flood over him and over the land, a nightmarestrom of timber and leaves and tendrils and bergs of stone. He stoodamidst the weeds and the shell of the Hof, braced against the densemasses, strained away from him. Over the rim of the funnel, when helooked up, the night sky was stretched like a skin. He would scale theinner wall, his head would tear a great rip in the taut sky, he wouldclimb out above the deluge, into a quiet zone above the nightmare.(26–7)

The image of the head piercing the sky ‘stretched like a skin’ inevitablysuggests the problematic of the bodily boundaries. It is notable thatbehind or above the surface, there is ‘a quiet zone’ in contrast withthe ‘strom’ or ‘nightmare’ which is supposed to be full of sounds. Thisprefigures the structure in The Unnamable, where the narrator seeks toescape from the hell of voices to the silence outside.27 And as in the‘German Letter’, ripping a surface leads to silence.The principal configurations of the skin ego include the sound

envelope as well as the thermal and olfactory envelopes. According toThe Skin Ego, the formation of a skin ego is preceded by the formationof a sound envelope through vocal communication with the mother:

[T]he Self forms as a sound envelope through the experience of a bathof sounds (concomitant with the experience of nursing). The sound-bath prefigures the Skin Ego with its double face, one half turnedtowards the outer world, the other towards the inner, since the soundenvelope is composed of sounds emitted either by the baby or by theenvironment. (167)

Reading this description brings to mind the above-quoted passage in TheUnnamable, where the narrator says that he is the tympanum vibratingbetween the inner world and the outer world. Anzieu’s notion of thesound envelope might shed some light on the problematics of the

The Question of Boundaries 61

boundaries in relation to sounds or words. The sound envelope func-tions as a kind of mirror (‘the sound mirror’), because by the mother’svocal response to the infant’s cry the latter can acquire a sense of itself.This sound mirror precedes the ordinary ‘visual’ mirror emphasised inLacanian psychoanalysis. If the mother’s voice is uncomfortable to theinfant, the constitution of the Ego will be disturbed: ‘the sound bath nolonger envelops, but has become unpleasant [� � �]; it contains holes andcauses them’ (169). In Beckett et le psychanalyste, Anzieu suggests thatthe strange words ‘Hop’ and ‘Bing’ that punctuate Beckett’s short prosepiece ‘Bing’ (‘Ping’) indicate disturbance of the sound envelope by anunresponsive mother (119). He even claims that ‘[i]t is with the defectsof the sound mirror that Beckett is confronted’, although he does notoffer a substantial analysis of Beckett’s work in these terms.28

It could be argued that the compulsion to pierce the veil of soundsor words is related to a defective sound envelope. Just as a person witha defective skin ego inflicts pain on his skin in order to regain a senseof boundaries, one might be obsessed with the image of damaging thesound envelope if it fails to be formed properly. However, an in-depthpathological analysis of Beckett’s work is beyond the scope of this bookand it is more important to concentrate on distinct features of theinstability of boundaries revealed in his texts. For example, words areoften represented as a flow (‘wordshit’ in particular) but they are also aveil to be pierced. This paradox is similar to the paradox of the locationof the self: the narrator of The Unnamable can be right on the borderbetween inside and outside, but he can also be identified with a liquidflowing out through an orifice. Such a paradox indicates that bound-aries are not in fact functioning to demarcate the inside and the outside.The two realms can freely penetrate each other, rendering boundariesillusory. Or rather, boundaries are presented only to highlight the inter-penetration. The narrator of The Unnamable says, ‘[The voice] issuesfrom me, it fills me, it clamours against my walls, it is not mine, I can’tstop it, I can’t prevent it, from tearing me, racking me, assailing me’;‘I am walled round with [others’] vociferations [� � �]’; ‘I’m not outside,I’m inside, I’m in something, I’m shut up, the silence is outside [� � �]’(309, 328, 414). There is thus a very clear sense of being wrapped upby a sound envelope made up of others’ voices and words. Outside thisenvelope is the much-coveted silence. Therefore it could be potentiallysubject to piercing.But the last quotation continues like this: ‘outside, inside, there is

nothing but here, and the silence outside, nothing but this voice andthe silence all round, no need of walls, yes, we must have walls, I need

62 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

walls, good and thick, I need a prison [� � �]’ (414). The narrator’s needfor walls or a prison suggests that the demarcation between the inside(voice) and the outside (silence) is in fact shaky. The passage I quotedearlier is also illuminating: ‘In at one ear and incontinent out throughthe mouth, or the other ear, that’s possible too. [� � �] Two holes and mein the middle, slightly choked. Or a single one, entrance and exit, wherewords swarm and jostle like ants [� � �]’ (357–8). Holes are equated witheach other and could be replaced by just one polyvalent hole that isboth entrance and exit. This one hole is simply a locus for interactionsbetween two realms and the distinction between inside and outside isinsignificant. There is a border, but that border is rendered insubstantialby the hole – the above passage indicates this essential feature with atopological reduction that is typical of Beckett.29

In Worstward Ho, one of Beckett’s last works, the paradoxical topolo-gical relation is presented in a highly distilled manner. The following isthe whole of the third fragment: ‘Say a body. Where none. No mind.Where none. That at least. A place. Where none. For the body. To bein. Move in. Out of. Back into. No. No out. No back. Only in. Stayin. On in. Still’ (7). Although body, mind and place are all said to benon-existent (‘Where none’), movement of the body going in and outis clearly suggested. There is no longer any mention of an identifiableplace (hole) through which the body goes in and out. Rather than aborder, which does seem to exist, the image of the body’s movementitself is given abstractly.Later in the work, the verbs ‘secrete’ and ‘ooze’ are used for words.

This is a clear indication of the equation of words with bodily liquid orweakened bodily flow.30 Towards the end, the two eyes are presented astwo black holes:

Stare clamped to stare. Bowed backs blurs in stare clamped to stare.Two black holes. Dim black. In through skull to soft. Out from softthrough skull. Agape in unseen face. That the flaw? The want of flaw?Try better worse set in skull. Two black holes in foreskull. Or one.Try better still worse one. One dim black hole mid-foreskull. Into thehell of all. Out from the hell of all. So better than nothing worse saystare from now. (43–4)

The passage ‘In through skull to soft. Out through soft to skull’ is anotherimage of going in and out. This time, something (probably light) goes inand out through an orifice of the body, rather than the body itself goingin and out as in the former passage. And ‘Two black holes in foreskull.

The Question of Boundaries 63

Or one’ is reminiscent of the passage in The Unnamable, in which thenarrator says that his ears can be one: (‘Two holes and me in the middle,slightly choked. Or a single one, entrance and exit [� � �]’ (358)). One holecan substitute for any number of orifices. ‘Into the hell of all. Out fromthe hell of all’ again indicates a purified image of moving in and out,31

as does ‘Black hole agape on all. Inletting all. Outletting all’ on the nextpage (44, 45). The almost mechanical coupling of ‘in’ and ‘out’ in thesepassages strengthens the impression that what matters is interaction –not demarcation – between the outside and the inside.For the study of the Beckettian prosthetic body in this chapter, I

started with the observation that body parts can become prostheses andvice versa in Beckett’s work. The amorphous body image of the regressivepsychic stages, which produces this uncertainty about the body’s bound-aries, also entails confusion of the orifices and their flows. The orificesand their flows are necessarily highlighted because they pertain to inter-actions between the inside and the outside. They are also confusedbecause of the disorganisation of the body. In this section, with thehelp of the notion of the skin ego, I explored the mechanism of theprosthetic body, paying attention to the way in which the particularlyprosthetic parts on the borders – the surface, the orifice, the flow – areinterrelated. Two basic types of body image have been identified: the‘perforable envelope’, which lets liquid flow helplessly, and the fierceattempt to pierce the surface. In the process, there has emerged a puri-fied topological model based on a tendency to a kind of reduction. Inthe Beckettian body, various orifices ultimately tend to be reduced toa hole on the surface, through which flows come and go. Interactionbetween the inside and the outside occurs there, but the distinctionbetween the two realms tends to be insubstantial. In this topologicalmodel, we see at a higher level of abstraction the fundamentally pros-thetic nature of the Beckettian body in which the outside (the alienother) can become the inside (the self) and vice versa. Yet at the same timeit should be remembered that such a body might be a re-embodimentof the incompletely formed body of a foetus or an infant that has nosense of the clear boundaries of itself, no articulate organisation ofthe organs and no ability to control the organs which feel like alienobjects.

A critique of Deleuze and Guattari’s discussions of Beckett

In this final section, I will turn to examine Deleuze and Guattari’sconcepts of the ‘organ-machine’, the ‘body without organs’ and

64 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

‘disjunctive synthesis’. They adopt a completely different frameworkthat dismantles the basic premises of psychoanalysis, but their frequentif unsystematic references to Beckett in their own way address aspectsof the prosthetic body that I have considered in this chapter – especiallythe prosthetisation of body parts and confusion of the organs. Some oftheir points are so relevant to my ideas of the prosthetic body that it isappropriate to conduct a substantial examination of how they impingeon what I have discussed so far.Unlike psychiatrists and psychoanalysts, Deleuze and Guattari in Anti-

Oedipus (1972) do not consider the schizophrenic’s conception of theworld to be abnormal or regressive. Instead they view it as the crucialkey to an innovative understanding of capitalism and the contem-porary world. In the schizophrenic’s world, everything can be regardedas production by machines. Machines – or to be more precise, ‘desiring-machines’ – are interconnected by their flows. When one machineproduces a flow, another coupled to it disconnects or drains the flow.The bodily organs, with their particular fluids, are regarded as ‘organ-machines’. For example, the breast is an organ-machine that producesa flow of milk, and the mouth sucking the breast is an organ-machinethat interrupts the flow.32 Organ-machines are directly linked to othermachines/flows of nature because in the schizophrenic’s world there isno distinction between man and nature, industry and nature, societyand nature. Deleuze and Guattari put forward this model to criticisepsychoanalysis, which reduces everything to the Oedipal triangle ofthe family (father–mother–me). According to them, a ‘schizophrenicout for a walk is a better model than a neurotic lying on the analyst’scouch’ (2). Using the comprehensive concept of the ‘desiring-machine’,which crosses the boundaries between man, society and nature, Deleuzeand Guattari amalgamate their analysis of capitalism with their analysisof the human psyche, thus bypassing the narrow ‘familialism’ ofpsychoanalysis.

At the beginning of Anti-Oedipus, they refer to Beckett’sMolloy to illus-trate their point. They quote Molloy’s words: ‘What a rest to speak ofbicycles and horns. Unfortunately it is not of them I have to speak,but of her who brought me into the world, through the hole in herarse if my memory is correct’ (Anti-Oedipus 2–3). They highlight therelationship between ‘the bicycle-horn machine’ and ‘the mother-anusmachine’, and imply that psychoanalysis is inadequate in the face ofthis juxtaposition of a material object and a bodily organ, because‘Oedipus presupposes a fantastic repression of desiring-machines’ (3).In this connection they also mention the well-known sucking-stone

The Question of Boundaries 65

episode in Molloy. The entire circuit made up of stones and pocketsis a machine. In it ‘the mouth, too, plays a role as a stone-suckingmachine’ (3). It should be noted here that an organ-machine, themouth,is directly coupled to stones which belong to nature. They are bothmachines. In the prevalence of schizophrenic desiring-machines, ‘theself and non-self, outside and inside, no longer have any meaning what-soever’ (2). It appears that, without using the term, Deleuze and Guattariare touching on the prosthetic feature of the Beckettian body I have beenanalysing, in which the limbs and organs are felt to be external or alienlike material objects, and the boundaries of the body are ambiguous andproblematic.Their argument is a highly general one about the schizophrenic’s

world-view and Beckett is only referred to sporadically as an illustration.Moreover, the idea of the organ-machine has comprehensive connota-tions that encompass all social relations.33 My idea of the prostheticbody is narrower in scope, focusing simply on the boundaries betweenthe body and its outside. Nevertheless, I am going to examine theaspects of Deleuze and Guattari’s discussions that are relevant to myanalysis of Beckett, thereby trying to delineate the characteristics oftheir use of Beckett. I will concentrate on the way in which they discussconfusion of the organs, which is an important factor in the prostheticbody. They address this question in terms of the rather abstract conceptof disjunctive synthesis or inclusive disjunction. Therefore it will benecessary in the end to judge the validity of this concept. Althoughthey often refer to Beckett as one of their favourite literary examples,they never really analyse his work. We are requested to interpret theirreferences to his work in our own way, taking into account the relevantparts of their extremely wide-ranging arguments.

I will first consider their concept of the ‘body without organs’, whichthey discovered in Antonin Artaud and developed into a key concept inAnti-Oedipus. Beneath well-functioning desiringmachines lurks the bodywithout organs, which is an amorphous, unorganised mass. Whereas‘desiring-machines make us an organism’ (8), the body without organsresists organisation, if not the organ-machines themselves.34 And itstops dead the whole process of production by machines for a moment.Deleuze and Guattari postulate three kinds of relationship betweenorgan-machines and the body without organs.First, in ‘connective synthesis’ (production of production), the body

without organs repulses the organ-machines. Machines here appear as

66 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

‘paranoiac’ machines that break into and torture the body withoutorgans. Deleuze and Guattari state:

In order to resist organ-machines, the body without organs presentsits smooth, slippery, opaque, taut surface as a barrier. In order to resistlinked, connected, and interrupted flows, it sets up a counterflowof amorphous, undifferentiated fluid. In order to resist using wordscomposed of articulated phonetic units, it utters only gasps and criesthat are sheer unarticulated blocks of sound. (9)

They cite Artaud’s words, ‘The body is the body/it is all by itself/andhas no need of organs/the body is never an organism/organisms arethe enemies of the body’ (9). But they could equally have cited thepassage in Beckett’s The Unnamable, where the narrator imagines himselfto be a ‘great smooth ball’ with all the organs fallen off.35 And it is aconspicuous feature of Beckett’s writing that words also tend to become adisorganised, unarticulated flow, as discussed in the previous sections.36

Second, in ‘disjunctive synthesis’ (production of recording), the bodywithout organs attracts the organ-machines: ‘An attraction-machine[� � �] takes the place, or may take the place, of a repulsion-machine:a miraculating-machine succeeding the paranoiac machine’ (11). Theorgan-machines now come under a special law of ‘disjunctive synthesis’

Machines attach themselves to the body without organs as so manypoints of disjunction, between which an entire network of newsyntheses is now woven, marking the surface off into co-ordinates,like a grid. The ‘either � � � or � � � or’ of the schizophrenic takes overfrom the ‘and then’: no matter what two organs are involved, theway in which they are attached to the body without organs mustbe such that all the disjunctive syntheses between the two amountto the same on the slippery surface. Whereas the ‘either/or’ claimsto mark decisive choices between immutable terms (the alternative:either this or that), the schizophrenic ‘either � � � or � � � or’ refers tothe system of possible permutations between differences that alwaysamount to the same as they shift and slide about. As in the case ofBeckett’s mouth that speaks and feet that walk [� � �]. (12)

They go on to quote a passage from Beckett’s ‘Enough’, to which Iwill return shortly. At the moment it is important to note that theimage here precisely fits the way in which different orifices are confusedand equated with each other in Beckett. They are different, but the

The Question of Boundaries 67

differences ‘amount to the same on the slippery surface’. The idea ofa system of disjunctive synthesis seems to impinge significantly on mydiscussion of the topologically reduced prosthetic body in Beckett, wheredifferent orifices can ultimately be replaced by one polyvalent hole.Third, in ‘conjunctive synthesis’ (production of consumption), the

body without organs is reconciled with the organ-machines. This timethe ‘celibate machine’ appears. Here a certain subject is produced thatexperiences various nervous states or becomes various things, dependingon the degree of intensity in the body without organs.37 Deleuze andGuattari quote Nietzsche’s words ‘Every name in history is I’: he couldbe any historical figure. A schizophrenic can thus be ‘Homo historia’as well as ‘Homo natura’ (21). As I will note soon, this schizophrenicidentification can also be considered in connection with disjunctivesynthesis.

It would not be necessary to enlarge further on Deleuze and Guattari’stripartite system. What is immediately relevant to the present discussionof the prosthetic body is their idea that the organ-machines on the bodywithout organs can amount to the same under the law of disjunctivesynthesis. This may provide a theoretical model for interpreting the wayin which the organs are confused in Beckett. Let us return to the passagein Beckett’s ‘Enough’, which Deleuze and Guattari quote to illustrate thedisjunctive synthesis of the organ-machines. They suggest that in thefollowing passage, the mouth that speaks and the feet that walk amountto the same thing:

He sometimes halted without saying anything. Either he had finallynothing to say, or whole having something to say he finallydecided not to say it� � � . Other main examples suggest themselvesto the mind. Immediate continuous communication with imme-diate redeparture. Same thing with delayed redeparture. Delayedcontinuous communication with immediate redeparture. Same thingwith delayed redeparture. Immediate discontinuous communicationwith immediate redeparture. Same thing with delayed redeparture.Delayed discontinuous communication with immediate redeparture.Same thing with delayed redeparture. (CSP 141–2, quoted in Anti-Oedipus 12)

It is certainly possible to suggest, as Deleuze and Guattari do, that herethe two organ-machines – the mouth and the feet – are at stake, thoughthey are not directly mentioned. But what impresses us more here is apermutation of words such as ‘communication’, ‘redeparture’, ‘delayed’,

68 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

‘immediate’, ‘continuous’, ‘discontinuous’ – the kind of permutationthat characterises Watt. Is it not a matter of words rather than organ-machines? Why did they not choose those passages in which theorgan-machines are more explicitly confused – that is, the passages Iquoted earlier in this chapter? In fact, Deleuze and Guattari’s concept ofdisjunctive synthesis is so general that it cannot help but be somewhatambiguous when it is applied to confusion of the organ-machines. It isnow necessary to examine more closely how they use this concept inrelation to Beckett.Unlike an ‘exclusive, restrictive and negative use of the disjunctive

synthesis’ that psychoanalysis imposes on us, schizophrenia teachesus an ‘affirmative, nonrestrictive, inclusive’ use of it: ‘A disjunctionthat remains disjunctive, and that still affirms the disjoined terms, thataffirms them throughout their entire distance, without restricting one bythe other or excluding the other from the one, is perhaps the greatest paradox.“Either � � � or � � � or,” instead of “either/or”’ (76). Deleuze and Guattariillustrate this point by referring to Beckett:

The schizophrenic is dead or alive, not both at once, but each of thetwo as the terminal point of a distance over which he glides. He ischild or parent, not both, but one at the end of the other, like the twoends of a stick in a nondecomposable space. This is the meaning ofthe disjunctions where Beckett records his characters and the eventsthat befall them: everything divides, but into itself. Even the distancesare positive, at the same time as the included disjunctions. (76)

Disjunctive synthesis, inclusively used, is therefore different fromHegelian synthesis which abolishes disjunctions. Disjunctions persistand coexist in the form of ‘trans’. The schizophrenic ‘is not simplybisexual, or between the two, or intersexual. He is transsexual. He istrans-alivedead, trans-parentchild. He does not reduce contraries to anidentity of the same; he affirms their distance as that which relates thetwo as different’ (77). The disjunction is also non-restrictive in that itcan freely go across the ordinary distinction of entities or persons. Itopens out without being confined to its own terms, as whenMolloy says,‘Then I was no longer that sealed jar to which I owed my being so wellpreserved, but a wall gave way’ (Molloy 49).38 I have already consideredthis passage when discussing the ambiguity of the boundaries of thebody. Deleuze and Guattari call it ‘an event that will liberate a spacewhere Molloy and Moran no longer designate persons, but singularitiesflocking from all sides, evanescent agents of production’ (77). In the

The Question of Boundaries 69

same vein, they refer to ‘Homo historia’ which they have discussed interms of conjunctive synthesis earlier in their book. As did Nietzsche,Nijinsky identified with anyone, anything: ‘I am God I was not God Iam a clown of God; I am Apis. I am an Egyptian. I am a red Indian.I am a Negro. I am a Chinaman. I am a Japanese. I am a foreigner, astranger. I am a sea bird. I am a land bird’ (quoted in Anti-Oedipus 77).The well-known ending of Molloy – ‘It is midnight. The rain is beatingon the windows. It was not midnight. It was not raining’ – belongs tothe same category. Here they could have quoted the following sentencefrom Texts for Nothing, which Deleuze does quote in his later essay ‘TheExhausted’ (1992): ‘Yes, I was my father and I was my son’ (CSP 74).Reading these arguments on the inclusive use of disjunctive synthesis

(or as I will call it here, inclusive disjunction), in which Beckett is aconstant reference, we find that it is a very comprehensive conceptthat pertains to many different aspects of Beckett’s work: the maniafor combination and permutation exemplified in Watt; the paradoxicaluse of language that goes beyond logical contradictions; the tendencyto go across binary oppositions such as man/woman39 and death/life;the interpenetration of outside and inside through ambiguous bound-aries (which I discussed in terms of the prosthetic body). In the quota-tion above from Anti-Oedipus (76), Deleuze and Guattari emphasise theformula ‘everything divides, but into itself’ to epitomise what theymean by inclusive disjunction. In his essay ‘Louis Wolfson; or, theProcedure’ (1970), Deleuze explicitly asserts: ‘A large part of Beckett’swork can be understood in terms of the great formula of Malone Dies[� � �]: “Everything divides into itself” ’ (Essays Critical and Clinical [here-after, ECC] 186n5).40 Beckett’s essence is thus grasped at a very generallevel of inclusive disjunction.Now it is clear why the earlier extract from ‘Enough’ appears to

be ambiguous to my discussion of organ confusion in Beckett. WhenDeleuze and Guattari quote that passage, they have in mind all thefeatures in Beckett that relate to inclusive disjunction, particularly hisdisposition for permutation. They do not exclusively focus on howthe organs are confused and equated in Beckett, though their idea thatthe organ-machines come under the law of inclusive disjunction on thebody without organs surely points to this phenomenon. That passagein ‘Enough’ was more useful to them than other passages that expli-citly describe confusion of the organs, because it not only concernsthe organ-machines but also the permutation of words. The idea ofinclusive disjunction is so comprehensive that it can bridge the physicaland textual aspects of Beckett, which are often considered separately.

70 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

However, its very comprehensiveness might also serve to blur the focuson organ confusion.Deleuze continued to discuss Beckett in terms of inclusive disjunction

in his later works, but his views are fluid and flexible, not system-atic or consistent. In an essay that specifically focuses on Beckett, ‘TheExhausted’, Deleuze connects inclusive disjunction to his new idea ofexhaustion. Unlike a tired person, for whom the possibility remainsthough its realisation is exhausted, an exhausted person has exhaustedthe possible. Realisation of the possible follows the law of exclusivedisjunction, which presupposes preferences and goals. Tiredness is still amatter of this realm. Exhaustion, however, is characterised by inclusivedisjunction, which exhausts the possible without any preference or goal.Therefore an exhausted person can go on permutating and combiningpossibilities without bothering to realise them. In this context, Deleuzediscusses the inclusive disjunction in Beckett in the manner I havealready noted. He quotes the ending of Molloy, ‘I was my father and Iwas my son’ from Texts for Nothing, and the formula ‘everything divides,but into itself’. Then he goes on to mention as typical examples thebiscuit episode in Murphy, the sucking-stone episode in Molloy, and theoutrageous permutations in Watt. In this essay, Deleuze uses the term‘language I’ for the language used for the combinations and permuta-tions in these examples. It is ‘a language in which enumeration replacespropositions and combinatorial relations replace syntactic relations: alanguage of names’ (ECC 156). On the other hand, ‘language II’ is alanguage that dries up the flows of voices exemplified in The Unnam-able. And ‘language III’ is ‘no longer a language of names or voices buta language of images, resounding and coloring images’ (ECC 159). Itopens up language to visual and auditory dimensions, to reveal ‘theoutside’ of language. This characterises Beckett’s later work after HowIt Is, most notably his plays for television, which Deleuze analyses inthis essay. In such a formulation, it is clear that inclusive disjunction isspecifically linked to the combinatorial language in Watt.In his essay ‘He Stuttered’ (1993) in Essays Critical and Clinical,

however, Deleuze presents a slightly different formulation.41 As thepreface clearly shows, Essays Critical and Clinical as a whole focuses onthe idea that a writer invents a foreign language within language, andthat in the process, the outside of language is revealed – that is, languageis opened up to visual and auditory dimensions. According to Deleuze,‘[o]ne must say of every writer: he is a seer, a hearer, “ill seen ill said,”she is a colorist, a musician’ (lv).42 These features correspond to whathe calls ‘language III’ in ‘The Exhausted’. ‘He Stuttered’ discusses these

The Question of Boundaries 71

features quite explicitly. In this essay, Beckett is mentioned in relationto inclusive disjunction:

Beckett took this art of inclusive disjunctions to its highest points[� � �]. Hence, in Watt, the ways in which Knott puts on his shoes,moves about his room, or changes his furniture. It is true that, inBeckett, these affirmative disjunctions usually concern the bearing orgait of the characters: an ineffable manner of walking, while rollingand pitching. But this is how the transfer from the form of expressionto a form of content is brought about. But we could equally well bringabout the reverse transition by supposing that the characters speaklike they walk or stumble, for speaking is no less a movement thanwalking: the former goes beyond speech toward language, just as the lattergoes beyond the organism toward a body without organs. A confirmationof this can be found in one of Beckett’s poems that deals specificallywith the connections of language and makes stuttering the poetic orlinguistic power par excellence. (ECC 111, emphasis added)

Here inclusive disjunction is first linked to ‘language I’ (Watt), and thenloosely to the body without organs. But all this is discussed within theframework of ‘language III’, which is the central topic of this essay,though the term is not mentioned. Moreover, the ‘poem’ by Beckettthat Deleuze refers to at the end of the extract is his last work ‘What Isthe Word’, which is characterised by ‘language III’ as Deleuze himselfsuggests at the end of ‘The Exhausted’. Inclusive disjunction seems tobe most inclusive here: it includes ‘language I’, ‘language III’ and thebody without organs. In a sense this confusion is due to the compre-hensiveness that has haunted the concept from the beginning. Inclusivedisjunction thus functions as a kind of master key for Deleuze’s discus-sion of Beckett.Deleuze provides a rather different interpretation of confusion of the

organs in his book Francis Bacon: The Logic of Sensation (1981). In theseventh chapter, he discusses the body without organs in Bacon’s paint-ings, but in relation to hysteria instead of schizophrenia and withoutmention of the organ-machine or inclusive disjunction. He starts withthe same quotation from Artaud (attacking organisms) as the one inAnti-Oedipus, and restates that the body without organs is opposed toorganisation and organisms, rather than the organs themselves. But herehe emphasises the intensity of the body without organs that exceedsan organism: ‘It is an intense and intensive body. It is traversed bya wave that traces levels or thresholds in the body according to the

72 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

variations of its amplitude’ (39). The account here is similar to the onein Anti-Oedipus in the context of conjunctive synthesis, where a certainsubject is born to experience various nervous states, or more precisely,becomes various things, depending on the degree of intensity of thewave that runs through the body without organs.43 In Anti-Oedipus,Deleuze and Guattari highlight how a schizophrenic becomes varioushistorical figures in this framework. In Francis Bacon, Deleuze in thesame vein focuses on what happens to the organs.What is experienced in the body without organs is determined by the

sensation born in the encounter between the wave inside the body(at various levels) and exterior forces. An organ is also determined bythis sensation. Therefore, when the forces or the level change, it toochanges. An organ is thus provisional and indeterminate: ‘What is amouth at one level becomes an anus at another level, or at the same levelunder the action of different forces’ (42). Concomitantly, one organcan function as several different organs: it can be polyvalent. Deleuzequotes from William Burroughs’ The Naked Lunch: ‘Instead of a mouthand an anus to get out of order why not have one all-purpose hole to eatand eliminate? We could seal up nose and mouth, fill in the stomach,make an air hole direct into the lungs where it should have been inthe first place’ (quoted in Francis Bacon 41). The Beckettian tone of thispassage is obvious if we remember how the orifices (and their flows)are equated in the Beckettian body. Ultimately, one multi-functionalhole could replace the other orifices in such an economy. Deleuze thusexplains the important aspect of the prosthetic body without recourseto the abstract law of inclusive disjunction.He then goes on to list the similarities between Bacon and Beckett,

one of which is ‘the way the body escapes from itself, that is, the way itescapes from the organism’:

It escapes from itself through the open mouth, through the anusor the stomach, or through the throat, or through the circle of thewashbasin, or through the point of the umbrella. The presence of thebody without organs under the organism, the presence of transitoryorgans under organic representation. (43)

Indeed, the mouth through which the body escapes from itself inBeckett’s Not I resembles the fiercely open mouths in Bacon’s paint-ings. It may be worthwhile to recall that in The Unnamable the narratorimagines himself to be a ball that is barely prevented from burstingby two holes. Deleuze detects in Beckett as well as in Bacon the body

The Question of Boundaries 73

that tries to escape from itself through the orifices. Though he does notsay exactly what comes out of the orifices, his view of the body hereseems to correspond, at least formally, to the body as the ‘perforable’envelope that uncontrollably lets out flows. The works of both Baconand Beckett register the liquefaction of bodily contents that need to bevented, thereby foregrounding the flows going through the orifices.44

In the quotation above, Deleuze says that in both Bacon and Beckettthe body escapes from itself through the circle of the washbasin orthe point of an umbrella, as well as through the orifices of the body.Though washbasins and umbrellas appear in Bacon’s paintings and notin Beckett’s works, Deleuze is addressing the inseparability of the bodyand material objects – in other words, the prosthetic quality of thebody – in the work of the two artists. One critic who has developedthis motif in Bacon is Allon White. In his review of Deleuze’s FrancisBacon, “Prosthetic Gods in Atrocious Places” (written in 1983), Whitecriticises Deleuze for his lack of concern with cultural history and situ-ates Bacon’s prosthetic body in the tradition of what he calls the ‘pros-thetic grotesque’, which conflates the human with the mechanical inthe manner of the familiar human/plant and human/animal dyads.Mentioning many artists working in this tradition, from Breugel andBosch to modernists such as de Chirico, Picasso, Dalí, Ernst, Otto Dixand George Grosz, White contends that Bacon ‘exploited the power ofthe prosthetic grotesque most relentlessly’ (173). Drawing heavily onKristeva’s idea of abjection, he continues:

[Bacon’s] canvases not only frequently depict prosthetic objects, theseobjects become content-correlatives of abjection as it destroys thesubject–object separation necessary for normal psychological func-tions. Prosthesis becomes a mode of spatial and symbolic reification.[� � �] [Prostheses] occupy and occlude a disturbing middle ground,disrupting the clear mediation of subject and object. Ontologicallyunstable, they can be definitively claimed neither by the body norby the world and they thereby violate the coherence and integrity ofthe body-image. They are the very stuff of abjection. (173)

It could be claimed that the same applies to Beckett. The ambiguityof the boundaries of the body explored in this chapter might equallybe discussed in terms of abjection and the prosthetic grotesque. Whitealso notes that the prosthetic grotesque ‘juxtaposes hard against soft,geometry and linearity against flesh’ (174). Beckett’s How It Is providesa good example of this feature in that there is a coexistence of bodies

The Question of Boundaries 59

However, the destructive image of actively piercing holes on thesurface has considerable importance in Beckett’s work. In other words,while bodily liquid is represented as a kind of prosthesis, the surface,across which the liquid flows, can also be envisioned as an alienprosthetic material to be pierced. This image could be a vestige of amasochistic attempt to create the condition of the ‘perforable envelope’deliberately. What is interesting is that in Beckett this is often linked tohis aesthetic ideas. In his ‘German Letter of 1937’, Beckett famously says:

[M]ore and more my own language appears to me like a veil thatmust be torn apart in order to get at the things (or the Nothingness)behind it. [� � �] To bore one hole after another in [language], untilwhat lurks behind it – be it something or nothing – begins to seepthrough; I cannot imagine a higher goal for a writer today. (Disjecta171–2)25

Beckett urges literature to catch up with music and painting by tearingapart the surface of the word with silence. He asks:

Is there any reason why that terrible materiality of the word surfaceshould not be capable of being dissolved, like for example the soundsurface, torn by enormous pauses, of Beethoven’s seventh Symphony,so that through whole pages we can perceive nothing but a path ofsounds suspended in giddy heights, linking unfathomable abysses ofsilence? (Disjecta 172)

Beckett had already expressed this sort of aesthetic view in Dream, whereBelacqua admiringly says, ‘The terms of [Rimbaud’s and Beethoven’s]statements serve merely to delimit the reality of insane areas of silence,[their] audibilities are no more than punctuation in a statement ofsilences’ (102). When he conceives of his own book, his artistic modelsare Rembrandt, in whose painting he finds a dissolving surface, or ‘thedehiscing, the dynamic décousu’, and Beethoven, who ‘incorporates apunctuation of dehiscence’ into the musical statement so that its unityis gone, ‘the notes fly about, a blizzard of electrons; and then vesper-tine compositions eaten away with terrible silences’ (138–9). The youngBeckett discerned a surface punctuated or dissolved by silence in theartists he respected.26

Belacqua also sees in the star-lit night sky an ideal presentation of hisaesthetic idea: ‘The inviolable criterion of poetry and music, the non-principle of their punctuation, is figured in the demented perforation of

60 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the night colander’ (Dream 16). Here, an ‘insistent, invisible rat’ is saidto be ‘fidgeting behind the astral incoherence of the art surface’ (17).When he imagines that he is braced against a flood of the thickets andstones around him (in a way that is reminiscent of the protagonist in‘Assumption’ coping with the flood of his inner whisper), the image ofpiercing a surface occurs again:

The fragile dykes were caving in on him, he would be drowned, stonesand thickets would flood over him and over the land, a nightmarestrom of timber and leaves and tendrils and bergs of stone. He stoodamidst the weeds and the shell of the Hof, braced against the densemasses, strained away from him. Over the rim of the funnel, when helooked up, the night sky was stretched like a skin. He would scale theinner wall, his head would tear a great rip in the taut sky, he wouldclimb out above the deluge, into a quiet zone above the nightmare.(26–7)

The image of the head piercing the sky ‘stretched like a skin’ inevitablysuggests the problematic of the bodily boundaries. It is notable thatbehind or above the surface, there is ‘a quiet zone’ in contrast withthe ‘strom’ or ‘nightmare’ which is supposed to be full of sounds. Thisprefigures the structure in The Unnamable, where the narrator seeks toescape from the hell of voices to the silence outside.27 And as in the‘German Letter’, ripping a surface leads to silence.The principal configurations of the skin ego include the sound

envelope as well as the thermal and olfactory envelopes. According toThe Skin Ego, the formation of a skin ego is preceded by the formationof a sound envelope through vocal communication with the mother:

[T]he Self forms as a sound envelope through the experience of a bathof sounds (concomitant with the experience of nursing). The sound-bath prefigures the Skin Ego with its double face, one half turnedtowards the outer world, the other towards the inner, since the soundenvelope is composed of sounds emitted either by the baby or by theenvironment. (167)

Reading this description brings to mind the above-quoted passage in TheUnnamable, where the narrator says that he is the tympanum vibratingbetween the inner world and the outer world. Anzieu’s notion of thesound envelope might shed some light on the problematics of the

The Question of Boundaries 61

boundaries in relation to sounds or words. The sound envelope func-tions as a kind of mirror (‘the sound mirror’), because by the mother’svocal response to the infant’s cry the latter can acquire a sense of itself.This sound mirror precedes the ordinary ‘visual’ mirror emphasised inLacanian psychoanalysis. If the mother’s voice is uncomfortable to theinfant, the constitution of the Ego will be disturbed: ‘the sound bath nolonger envelops, but has become unpleasant [� � �]; it contains holes andcauses them’ (169). In Beckett et le psychanalyste, Anzieu suggests thatthe strange words ‘Hop’ and ‘Bing’ that punctuate Beckett’s short prosepiece ‘Bing’ (‘Ping’) indicate disturbance of the sound envelope by anunresponsive mother (119). He even claims that ‘[i]t is with the defectsof the sound mirror that Beckett is confronted’, although he does notoffer a substantial analysis of Beckett’s work in these terms.28

It could be argued that the compulsion to pierce the veil of soundsor words is related to a defective sound envelope. Just as a person witha defective skin ego inflicts pain on his skin in order to regain a senseof boundaries, one might be obsessed with the image of damaging thesound envelope if it fails to be formed properly. However, an in-depthpathological analysis of Beckett’s work is beyond the scope of this bookand it is more important to concentrate on distinct features of theinstability of boundaries revealed in his texts. For example, words areoften represented as a flow (‘wordshit’ in particular) but they are also aveil to be pierced. This paradox is similar to the paradox of the locationof the self: the narrator of The Unnamable can be right on the borderbetween inside and outside, but he can also be identified with a liquidflowing out through an orifice. Such a paradox indicates that bound-aries are not in fact functioning to demarcate the inside and the outside.The two realms can freely penetrate each other, rendering boundariesillusory. Or rather, boundaries are presented only to highlight the inter-penetration. The narrator of The Unnamable says, ‘[The voice] issuesfrom me, it fills me, it clamours against my walls, it is not mine, I can’tstop it, I can’t prevent it, from tearing me, racking me, assailing me’;‘I am walled round with [others’] vociferations [� � �]’; ‘I’m not outside,I’m inside, I’m in something, I’m shut up, the silence is outside [� � �]’(309, 328, 414). There is thus a very clear sense of being wrapped upby a sound envelope made up of others’ voices and words. Outside thisenvelope is the much-coveted silence. Therefore it could be potentiallysubject to piercing.But the last quotation continues like this: ‘outside, inside, there is

nothing but here, and the silence outside, nothing but this voice andthe silence all round, no need of walls, yes, we must have walls, I need

62 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

walls, good and thick, I need a prison [� � �]’ (414). The narrator’s needfor walls or a prison suggests that the demarcation between the inside(voice) and the outside (silence) is in fact shaky. The passage I quotedearlier is also illuminating: ‘In at one ear and incontinent out throughthe mouth, or the other ear, that’s possible too. [� � �] Two holes and mein the middle, slightly choked. Or a single one, entrance and exit, wherewords swarm and jostle like ants [� � �]’ (357–8). Holes are equated witheach other and could be replaced by just one polyvalent hole that isboth entrance and exit. This one hole is simply a locus for interactionsbetween two realms and the distinction between inside and outside isinsignificant. There is a border, but that border is rendered insubstantialby the hole – the above passage indicates this essential feature with atopological reduction that is typical of Beckett.29

In Worstward Ho, one of Beckett’s last works, the paradoxical topolo-gical relation is presented in a highly distilled manner. The following isthe whole of the third fragment: ‘Say a body. Where none. No mind.Where none. That at least. A place. Where none. For the body. To bein. Move in. Out of. Back into. No. No out. No back. Only in. Stayin. On in. Still’ (7). Although body, mind and place are all said to benon-existent (‘Where none’), movement of the body going in and outis clearly suggested. There is no longer any mention of an identifiableplace (hole) through which the body goes in and out. Rather than aborder, which does seem to exist, the image of the body’s movementitself is given abstractly.Later in the work, the verbs ‘secrete’ and ‘ooze’ are used for words.

This is a clear indication of the equation of words with bodily liquid orweakened bodily flow.30 Towards the end, the two eyes are presented astwo black holes:

Stare clamped to stare. Bowed backs blurs in stare clamped to stare.Two black holes. Dim black. In through skull to soft. Out from softthrough skull. Agape in unseen face. That the flaw? The want of flaw?Try better worse set in skull. Two black holes in foreskull. Or one.Try better still worse one. One dim black hole mid-foreskull. Into thehell of all. Out from the hell of all. So better than nothing worse saystare from now. (43–4)

The passage ‘In through skull to soft. Out through soft to skull’ is anotherimage of going in and out. This time, something (probably light) goes inand out through an orifice of the body, rather than the body itself goingin and out as in the former passage. And ‘Two black holes in foreskull.

The Question of Boundaries 63

Or one’ is reminiscent of the passage in The Unnamable, in which thenarrator says that his ears can be one: (‘Two holes and me in the middle,slightly choked. Or a single one, entrance and exit [� � �]’ (358)). One holecan substitute for any number of orifices. ‘Into the hell of all. Out fromthe hell of all’ again indicates a purified image of moving in and out,31

as does ‘Black hole agape on all. Inletting all. Outletting all’ on the nextpage (44, 45). The almost mechanical coupling of ‘in’ and ‘out’ in thesepassages strengthens the impression that what matters is interaction –not demarcation – between the outside and the inside.For the study of the Beckettian prosthetic body in this chapter, I

started with the observation that body parts can become prostheses andvice versa in Beckett’s work. The amorphous body image of the regressivepsychic stages, which produces this uncertainty about the body’s bound-aries, also entails confusion of the orifices and their flows. The orificesand their flows are necessarily highlighted because they pertain to inter-actions between the inside and the outside. They are also confusedbecause of the disorganisation of the body. In this section, with thehelp of the notion of the skin ego, I explored the mechanism of theprosthetic body, paying attention to the way in which the particularlyprosthetic parts on the borders – the surface, the orifice, the flow – areinterrelated. Two basic types of body image have been identified: the‘perforable envelope’, which lets liquid flow helplessly, and the fierceattempt to pierce the surface. In the process, there has emerged a puri-fied topological model based on a tendency to a kind of reduction. Inthe Beckettian body, various orifices ultimately tend to be reduced toa hole on the surface, through which flows come and go. Interactionbetween the inside and the outside occurs there, but the distinctionbetween the two realms tends to be insubstantial. In this topologicalmodel, we see at a higher level of abstraction the fundamentally pros-thetic nature of the Beckettian body in which the outside (the alienother) can become the inside (the self) and vice versa. Yet at the same timeit should be remembered that such a body might be a re-embodimentof the incompletely formed body of a foetus or an infant that has nosense of the clear boundaries of itself, no articulate organisation ofthe organs and no ability to control the organs which feel like alienobjects.

A critique of Deleuze and Guattari’s discussions of Beckett

In this final section, I will turn to examine Deleuze and Guattari’sconcepts of the ‘organ-machine’, the ‘body without organs’ and

64 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

‘disjunctive synthesis’. They adopt a completely different frameworkthat dismantles the basic premises of psychoanalysis, but their frequentif unsystematic references to Beckett in their own way address aspectsof the prosthetic body that I have considered in this chapter – especiallythe prosthetisation of body parts and confusion of the organs. Some oftheir points are so relevant to my ideas of the prosthetic body that it isappropriate to conduct a substantial examination of how they impingeon what I have discussed so far.Unlike psychiatrists and psychoanalysts, Deleuze and Guattari in Anti-

Oedipus (1972) do not consider the schizophrenic’s conception of theworld to be abnormal or regressive. Instead they view it as the crucialkey to an innovative understanding of capitalism and the contem-porary world. In the schizophrenic’s world, everything can be regardedas production by machines. Machines – or to be more precise, ‘desiring-machines’ – are interconnected by their flows. When one machineproduces a flow, another coupled to it disconnects or drains the flow.The bodily organs, with their particular fluids, are regarded as ‘organ-machines’. For example, the breast is an organ-machine that producesa flow of milk, and the mouth sucking the breast is an organ-machinethat interrupts the flow.32 Organ-machines are directly linked to othermachines/flows of nature because in the schizophrenic’s world there isno distinction between man and nature, industry and nature, societyand nature. Deleuze and Guattari put forward this model to criticisepsychoanalysis, which reduces everything to the Oedipal triangle ofthe family (father–mother–me). According to them, a ‘schizophrenicout for a walk is a better model than a neurotic lying on the analyst’scouch’ (2). Using the comprehensive concept of the ‘desiring-machine’,which crosses the boundaries between man, society and nature, Deleuzeand Guattari amalgamate their analysis of capitalism with their analysisof the human psyche, thus bypassing the narrow ‘familialism’ ofpsychoanalysis.

At the beginning of Anti-Oedipus, they refer to Beckett’sMolloy to illus-trate their point. They quote Molloy’s words: ‘What a rest to speak ofbicycles and horns. Unfortunately it is not of them I have to speak,but of her who brought me into the world, through the hole in herarse if my memory is correct’ (Anti-Oedipus 2–3). They highlight therelationship between ‘the bicycle-horn machine’ and ‘the mother-anusmachine’, and imply that psychoanalysis is inadequate in the face ofthis juxtaposition of a material object and a bodily organ, because‘Oedipus presupposes a fantastic repression of desiring-machines’ (3).In this connection they also mention the well-known sucking-stone

The Question of Boundaries 65

episode in Molloy. The entire circuit made up of stones and pocketsis a machine. In it ‘the mouth, too, plays a role as a stone-suckingmachine’ (3). It should be noted here that an organ-machine, themouth,is directly coupled to stones which belong to nature. They are bothmachines. In the prevalence of schizophrenic desiring-machines, ‘theself and non-self, outside and inside, no longer have any meaning what-soever’ (2). It appears that, without using the term, Deleuze and Guattariare touching on the prosthetic feature of the Beckettian body I have beenanalysing, in which the limbs and organs are felt to be external or alienlike material objects, and the boundaries of the body are ambiguous andproblematic.Their argument is a highly general one about the schizophrenic’s

world-view and Beckett is only referred to sporadically as an illustration.Moreover, the idea of the organ-machine has comprehensive connota-tions that encompass all social relations.33 My idea of the prostheticbody is narrower in scope, focusing simply on the boundaries betweenthe body and its outside. Nevertheless, I am going to examine theaspects of Deleuze and Guattari’s discussions that are relevant to myanalysis of Beckett, thereby trying to delineate the characteristics oftheir use of Beckett. I will concentrate on the way in which they discussconfusion of the organs, which is an important factor in the prostheticbody. They address this question in terms of the rather abstract conceptof disjunctive synthesis or inclusive disjunction. Therefore it will benecessary in the end to judge the validity of this concept. Althoughthey often refer to Beckett as one of their favourite literary examples,they never really analyse his work. We are requested to interpret theirreferences to his work in our own way, taking into account the relevantparts of their extremely wide-ranging arguments.

I will first consider their concept of the ‘body without organs’, whichthey discovered in Antonin Artaud and developed into a key concept inAnti-Oedipus. Beneath well-functioning desiringmachines lurks the bodywithout organs, which is an amorphous, unorganised mass. Whereas‘desiring-machines make us an organism’ (8), the body without organsresists organisation, if not the organ-machines themselves.34 And itstops dead the whole process of production by machines for a moment.Deleuze and Guattari postulate three kinds of relationship betweenorgan-machines and the body without organs.First, in ‘connective synthesis’ (production of production), the body

without organs repulses the organ-machines. Machines here appear as

66 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

‘paranoiac’ machines that break into and torture the body withoutorgans. Deleuze and Guattari state:

In order to resist organ-machines, the body without organs presentsits smooth, slippery, opaque, taut surface as a barrier. In order to resistlinked, connected, and interrupted flows, it sets up a counterflowof amorphous, undifferentiated fluid. In order to resist using wordscomposed of articulated phonetic units, it utters only gasps and criesthat are sheer unarticulated blocks of sound. (9)

They cite Artaud’s words, ‘The body is the body/it is all by itself/andhas no need of organs/the body is never an organism/organisms arethe enemies of the body’ (9). But they could equally have cited thepassage in Beckett’s The Unnamable, where the narrator imagines himselfto be a ‘great smooth ball’ with all the organs fallen off.35 And it is aconspicuous feature of Beckett’s writing that words also tend to become adisorganised, unarticulated flow, as discussed in the previous sections.36

Second, in ‘disjunctive synthesis’ (production of recording), the bodywithout organs attracts the organ-machines: ‘An attraction-machine[� � �] takes the place, or may take the place, of a repulsion-machine:a miraculating-machine succeeding the paranoiac machine’ (11). Theorgan-machines now come under a special law of ‘disjunctive synthesis’

Machines attach themselves to the body without organs as so manypoints of disjunction, between which an entire network of newsyntheses is now woven, marking the surface off into co-ordinates,like a grid. The ‘either � � � or � � � or’ of the schizophrenic takes overfrom the ‘and then’: no matter what two organs are involved, theway in which they are attached to the body without organs mustbe such that all the disjunctive syntheses between the two amountto the same on the slippery surface. Whereas the ‘either/or’ claimsto mark decisive choices between immutable terms (the alternative:either this or that), the schizophrenic ‘either � � � or � � � or’ refers tothe system of possible permutations between differences that alwaysamount to the same as they shift and slide about. As in the case ofBeckett’s mouth that speaks and feet that walk [� � �]. (12)

They go on to quote a passage from Beckett’s ‘Enough’, to which Iwill return shortly. At the moment it is important to note that theimage here precisely fits the way in which different orifices are confusedand equated with each other in Beckett. They are different, but the

The Question of Boundaries 67

differences ‘amount to the same on the slippery surface’. The idea ofa system of disjunctive synthesis seems to impinge significantly on mydiscussion of the topologically reduced prosthetic body in Beckett, wheredifferent orifices can ultimately be replaced by one polyvalent hole.Third, in ‘conjunctive synthesis’ (production of consumption), the

body without organs is reconciled with the organ-machines. This timethe ‘celibate machine’ appears. Here a certain subject is produced thatexperiences various nervous states or becomes various things, dependingon the degree of intensity in the body without organs.37 Deleuze andGuattari quote Nietzsche’s words ‘Every name in history is I’: he couldbe any historical figure. A schizophrenic can thus be ‘Homo historia’as well as ‘Homo natura’ (21). As I will note soon, this schizophrenicidentification can also be considered in connection with disjunctivesynthesis.

It would not be necessary to enlarge further on Deleuze and Guattari’stripartite system. What is immediately relevant to the present discussionof the prosthetic body is their idea that the organ-machines on the bodywithout organs can amount to the same under the law of disjunctivesynthesis. This may provide a theoretical model for interpreting the wayin which the organs are confused in Beckett. Let us return to the passagein Beckett’s ‘Enough’, which Deleuze and Guattari quote to illustrate thedisjunctive synthesis of the organ-machines. They suggest that in thefollowing passage, the mouth that speaks and the feet that walk amountto the same thing:

He sometimes halted without saying anything. Either he had finallynothing to say, or whole having something to say he finallydecided not to say it� � � . Other main examples suggest themselvesto the mind. Immediate continuous communication with imme-diate redeparture. Same thing with delayed redeparture. Delayedcontinuous communication with immediate redeparture. Same thingwith delayed redeparture. Immediate discontinuous communicationwith immediate redeparture. Same thing with delayed redeparture.Delayed discontinuous communication with immediate redeparture.Same thing with delayed redeparture. (CSP 141–2, quoted in Anti-Oedipus 12)

It is certainly possible to suggest, as Deleuze and Guattari do, that herethe two organ-machines – the mouth and the feet – are at stake, thoughthey are not directly mentioned. But what impresses us more here is apermutation of words such as ‘communication’, ‘redeparture’, ‘delayed’,

68 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

‘immediate’, ‘continuous’, ‘discontinuous’ – the kind of permutationthat characterises Watt. Is it not a matter of words rather than organ-machines? Why did they not choose those passages in which theorgan-machines are more explicitly confused – that is, the passages Iquoted earlier in this chapter? In fact, Deleuze and Guattari’s concept ofdisjunctive synthesis is so general that it cannot help but be somewhatambiguous when it is applied to confusion of the organ-machines. It isnow necessary to examine more closely how they use this concept inrelation to Beckett.Unlike an ‘exclusive, restrictive and negative use of the disjunctive

synthesis’ that psychoanalysis imposes on us, schizophrenia teachesus an ‘affirmative, nonrestrictive, inclusive’ use of it: ‘A disjunctionthat remains disjunctive, and that still affirms the disjoined terms, thataffirms them throughout their entire distance, without restricting one bythe other or excluding the other from the one, is perhaps the greatest paradox.“Either � � � or � � � or,” instead of “either/or”’ (76). Deleuze and Guattariillustrate this point by referring to Beckett:

The schizophrenic is dead or alive, not both at once, but each of thetwo as the terminal point of a distance over which he glides. He ischild or parent, not both, but one at the end of the other, like the twoends of a stick in a nondecomposable space. This is the meaning ofthe disjunctions where Beckett records his characters and the eventsthat befall them: everything divides, but into itself. Even the distancesare positive, at the same time as the included disjunctions. (76)

Disjunctive synthesis, inclusively used, is therefore different fromHegelian synthesis which abolishes disjunctions. Disjunctions persistand coexist in the form of ‘trans’. The schizophrenic ‘is not simplybisexual, or between the two, or intersexual. He is transsexual. He istrans-alivedead, trans-parentchild. He does not reduce contraries to anidentity of the same; he affirms their distance as that which relates thetwo as different’ (77). The disjunction is also non-restrictive in that itcan freely go across the ordinary distinction of entities or persons. Itopens out without being confined to its own terms, as whenMolloy says,‘Then I was no longer that sealed jar to which I owed my being so wellpreserved, but a wall gave way’ (Molloy 49).38 I have already consideredthis passage when discussing the ambiguity of the boundaries of thebody. Deleuze and Guattari call it ‘an event that will liberate a spacewhere Molloy and Moran no longer designate persons, but singularitiesflocking from all sides, evanescent agents of production’ (77). In the

The Question of Boundaries 69

same vein, they refer to ‘Homo historia’ which they have discussed interms of conjunctive synthesis earlier in their book. As did Nietzsche,Nijinsky identified with anyone, anything: ‘I am God I was not God Iam a clown of God; I am Apis. I am an Egyptian. I am a red Indian.I am a Negro. I am a Chinaman. I am a Japanese. I am a foreigner, astranger. I am a sea bird. I am a land bird’ (quoted in Anti-Oedipus 77).The well-known ending of Molloy – ‘It is midnight. The rain is beatingon the windows. It was not midnight. It was not raining’ – belongs tothe same category. Here they could have quoted the following sentencefrom Texts for Nothing, which Deleuze does quote in his later essay ‘TheExhausted’ (1992): ‘Yes, I was my father and I was my son’ (CSP 74).Reading these arguments on the inclusive use of disjunctive synthesis

(or as I will call it here, inclusive disjunction), in which Beckett is aconstant reference, we find that it is a very comprehensive conceptthat pertains to many different aspects of Beckett’s work: the maniafor combination and permutation exemplified in Watt; the paradoxicaluse of language that goes beyond logical contradictions; the tendencyto go across binary oppositions such as man/woman39 and death/life;the interpenetration of outside and inside through ambiguous bound-aries (which I discussed in terms of the prosthetic body). In the quota-tion above from Anti-Oedipus (76), Deleuze and Guattari emphasise theformula ‘everything divides, but into itself’ to epitomise what theymean by inclusive disjunction. In his essay ‘Louis Wolfson; or, theProcedure’ (1970), Deleuze explicitly asserts: ‘A large part of Beckett’swork can be understood in terms of the great formula of Malone Dies[� � �]: “Everything divides into itself” ’ (Essays Critical and Clinical [here-after, ECC] 186n5).40 Beckett’s essence is thus grasped at a very generallevel of inclusive disjunction.Now it is clear why the earlier extract from ‘Enough’ appears to

be ambiguous to my discussion of organ confusion in Beckett. WhenDeleuze and Guattari quote that passage, they have in mind all thefeatures in Beckett that relate to inclusive disjunction, particularly hisdisposition for permutation. They do not exclusively focus on howthe organs are confused and equated in Beckett, though their idea thatthe organ-machines come under the law of inclusive disjunction on thebody without organs surely points to this phenomenon. That passagein ‘Enough’ was more useful to them than other passages that expli-citly describe confusion of the organs, because it not only concernsthe organ-machines but also the permutation of words. The idea ofinclusive disjunction is so comprehensive that it can bridge the physicaland textual aspects of Beckett, which are often considered separately.

70 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

However, its very comprehensiveness might also serve to blur the focuson organ confusion.Deleuze continued to discuss Beckett in terms of inclusive disjunction

in his later works, but his views are fluid and flexible, not system-atic or consistent. In an essay that specifically focuses on Beckett, ‘TheExhausted’, Deleuze connects inclusive disjunction to his new idea ofexhaustion. Unlike a tired person, for whom the possibility remainsthough its realisation is exhausted, an exhausted person has exhaustedthe possible. Realisation of the possible follows the law of exclusivedisjunction, which presupposes preferences and goals. Tiredness is still amatter of this realm. Exhaustion, however, is characterised by inclusivedisjunction, which exhausts the possible without any preference or goal.Therefore an exhausted person can go on permutating and combiningpossibilities without bothering to realise them. In this context, Deleuzediscusses the inclusive disjunction in Beckett in the manner I havealready noted. He quotes the ending of Molloy, ‘I was my father and Iwas my son’ from Texts for Nothing, and the formula ‘everything divides,but into itself’. Then he goes on to mention as typical examples thebiscuit episode in Murphy, the sucking-stone episode in Molloy, and theoutrageous permutations in Watt. In this essay, Deleuze uses the term‘language I’ for the language used for the combinations and permuta-tions in these examples. It is ‘a language in which enumeration replacespropositions and combinatorial relations replace syntactic relations: alanguage of names’ (ECC 156). On the other hand, ‘language II’ is alanguage that dries up the flows of voices exemplified in The Unnam-able. And ‘language III’ is ‘no longer a language of names or voices buta language of images, resounding and coloring images’ (ECC 159). Itopens up language to visual and auditory dimensions, to reveal ‘theoutside’ of language. This characterises Beckett’s later work after HowIt Is, most notably his plays for television, which Deleuze analyses inthis essay. In such a formulation, it is clear that inclusive disjunction isspecifically linked to the combinatorial language in Watt.In his essay ‘He Stuttered’ (1993) in Essays Critical and Clinical,

however, Deleuze presents a slightly different formulation.41 As thepreface clearly shows, Essays Critical and Clinical as a whole focuses onthe idea that a writer invents a foreign language within language, andthat in the process, the outside of language is revealed – that is, languageis opened up to visual and auditory dimensions. According to Deleuze,‘[o]ne must say of every writer: he is a seer, a hearer, “ill seen ill said,”she is a colorist, a musician’ (lv).42 These features correspond to whathe calls ‘language III’ in ‘The Exhausted’. ‘He Stuttered’ discusses these

The Question of Boundaries 71

features quite explicitly. In this essay, Beckett is mentioned in relationto inclusive disjunction:

Beckett took this art of inclusive disjunctions to its highest points[� � �]. Hence, in Watt, the ways in which Knott puts on his shoes,moves about his room, or changes his furniture. It is true that, inBeckett, these affirmative disjunctions usually concern the bearing orgait of the characters: an ineffable manner of walking, while rollingand pitching. But this is how the transfer from the form of expressionto a form of content is brought about. But we could equally well bringabout the reverse transition by supposing that the characters speaklike they walk or stumble, for speaking is no less a movement thanwalking: the former goes beyond speech toward language, just as the lattergoes beyond the organism toward a body without organs. A confirmationof this can be found in one of Beckett’s poems that deals specificallywith the connections of language and makes stuttering the poetic orlinguistic power par excellence. (ECC 111, emphasis added)

Here inclusive disjunction is first linked to ‘language I’ (Watt), and thenloosely to the body without organs. But all this is discussed within theframework of ‘language III’, which is the central topic of this essay,though the term is not mentioned. Moreover, the ‘poem’ by Beckettthat Deleuze refers to at the end of the extract is his last work ‘What Isthe Word’, which is characterised by ‘language III’ as Deleuze himselfsuggests at the end of ‘The Exhausted’. Inclusive disjunction seems tobe most inclusive here: it includes ‘language I’, ‘language III’ and thebody without organs. In a sense this confusion is due to the compre-hensiveness that has haunted the concept from the beginning. Inclusivedisjunction thus functions as a kind of master key for Deleuze’s discus-sion of Beckett.Deleuze provides a rather different interpretation of confusion of the

organs in his book Francis Bacon: The Logic of Sensation (1981). In theseventh chapter, he discusses the body without organs in Bacon’s paint-ings, but in relation to hysteria instead of schizophrenia and withoutmention of the organ-machine or inclusive disjunction. He starts withthe same quotation from Artaud (attacking organisms) as the one inAnti-Oedipus, and restates that the body without organs is opposed toorganisation and organisms, rather than the organs themselves. But herehe emphasises the intensity of the body without organs that exceedsan organism: ‘It is an intense and intensive body. It is traversed bya wave that traces levels or thresholds in the body according to the

72 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

variations of its amplitude’ (39). The account here is similar to the onein Anti-Oedipus in the context of conjunctive synthesis, where a certainsubject is born to experience various nervous states, or more precisely,becomes various things, depending on the degree of intensity of thewave that runs through the body without organs.43 In Anti-Oedipus,Deleuze and Guattari highlight how a schizophrenic becomes varioushistorical figures in this framework. In Francis Bacon, Deleuze in thesame vein focuses on what happens to the organs.What is experienced in the body without organs is determined by the

sensation born in the encounter between the wave inside the body(at various levels) and exterior forces. An organ is also determined bythis sensation. Therefore, when the forces or the level change, it toochanges. An organ is thus provisional and indeterminate: ‘What is amouth at one level becomes an anus at another level, or at the same levelunder the action of different forces’ (42). Concomitantly, one organcan function as several different organs: it can be polyvalent. Deleuzequotes from William Burroughs’ The Naked Lunch: ‘Instead of a mouthand an anus to get out of order why not have one all-purpose hole to eatand eliminate? We could seal up nose and mouth, fill in the stomach,make an air hole direct into the lungs where it should have been inthe first place’ (quoted in Francis Bacon 41). The Beckettian tone of thispassage is obvious if we remember how the orifices (and their flows)are equated in the Beckettian body. Ultimately, one multi-functionalhole could replace the other orifices in such an economy. Deleuze thusexplains the important aspect of the prosthetic body without recourseto the abstract law of inclusive disjunction.He then goes on to list the similarities between Bacon and Beckett,

one of which is ‘the way the body escapes from itself, that is, the way itescapes from the organism’:

It escapes from itself through the open mouth, through the anusor the stomach, or through the throat, or through the circle of thewashbasin, or through the point of the umbrella. The presence of thebody without organs under the organism, the presence of transitoryorgans under organic representation. (43)

Indeed, the mouth through which the body escapes from itself inBeckett’s Not I resembles the fiercely open mouths in Bacon’s paint-ings. It may be worthwhile to recall that in The Unnamable the narratorimagines himself to be a ball that is barely prevented from burstingby two holes. Deleuze detects in Beckett as well as in Bacon the body

The Question of Boundaries 73

that tries to escape from itself through the orifices. Though he does notsay exactly what comes out of the orifices, his view of the body hereseems to correspond, at least formally, to the body as the ‘perforable’envelope that uncontrollably lets out flows. The works of both Baconand Beckett register the liquefaction of bodily contents that need to bevented, thereby foregrounding the flows going through the orifices.44

In the quotation above, Deleuze says that in both Bacon and Beckettthe body escapes from itself through the circle of the washbasin orthe point of an umbrella, as well as through the orifices of the body.Though washbasins and umbrellas appear in Bacon’s paintings and notin Beckett’s works, Deleuze is addressing the inseparability of the bodyand material objects – in other words, the prosthetic quality of thebody – in the work of the two artists. One critic who has developedthis motif in Bacon is Allon White. In his review of Deleuze’s FrancisBacon, “Prosthetic Gods in Atrocious Places” (written in 1983), Whitecriticises Deleuze for his lack of concern with cultural history and situ-ates Bacon’s prosthetic body in the tradition of what he calls the ‘pros-thetic grotesque’, which conflates the human with the mechanical inthe manner of the familiar human/plant and human/animal dyads.Mentioning many artists working in this tradition, from Breugel andBosch to modernists such as de Chirico, Picasso, Dalí, Ernst, Otto Dixand George Grosz, White contends that Bacon ‘exploited the power ofthe prosthetic grotesque most relentlessly’ (173). Drawing heavily onKristeva’s idea of abjection, he continues:

[Bacon’s] canvases not only frequently depict prosthetic objects, theseobjects become content-correlatives of abjection as it destroys thesubject–object separation necessary for normal psychological func-tions. Prosthesis becomes a mode of spatial and symbolic reification.[� � �] [Prostheses] occupy and occlude a disturbing middle ground,disrupting the clear mediation of subject and object. Ontologicallyunstable, they can be definitively claimed neither by the body norby the world and they thereby violate the coherence and integrity ofthe body-image. They are the very stuff of abjection. (173)

It could be claimed that the same applies to Beckett. The ambiguityof the boundaries of the body explored in this chapter might equallybe discussed in terms of abjection and the prosthetic grotesque. Whitealso notes that the prosthetic grotesque ‘juxtaposes hard against soft,geometry and linearity against flesh’ (174). Beckett’s How It Is providesa good example of this feature in that there is a coexistence of bodies

74 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

mingling with the mud on the one hand, and arithmetic patterning(most conspicuously in the frequent use of numbering in Part Three) onthe other.While White’s argument is illuminating, he misses an important

feature of Bacon that surely pertains to the prosthetic grotesque – thatis, the confusion of the organs that I have focused on in respect ofthe regressive body image and that Deleuze discusses in terms of thebody without organs. When the prosthetic grotesque violates ‘the coher-ence and integrity of the body-image’, such confusion occurs to addto the grotesque feature. Is there any perspective for situating thisphenomenon in cultural history in a different way from that adoptedby White? In the next chapter, I will start with a consideration of thecultural context from the late nineteenth century to the early twen-tieth century, when the fragmentation of society advanced as capitalismpervaded big cities. Against that background I will consider how thefragmentation of the body, to which confusion of the organs is closelyrelated, also occurred and strengthened the image of the disintegratedbody (the ‘body in pieces’) that modernist art and literature registered.

3The Prosthetic Body andSynaesthesia

With the idea of ‘language III’, which opens up language to the dimen-sions of seeing and hearing or painting and music, Deleuze points toan important aspect of Beckett’s work in his own manner based onunique philosophical intuitions. Adopting a more cultural-historicalapproach, this chapter discusses the same subject under the rubric ofsynaesthesia, or cross-connections of the senses. Throughout his oeuvre,Beckett showed a keen interest in coordinating visual and acoustic senseswith pictorial and musical effects in mind. Yet, Beckett was far fromalone in being drawn to synaesthesia, as it was conspicuous in culturaldiscourse and artistic practice from the late nineteenth century to theearly twentieth century. I will argue that the interest in synaesthesiawas closely related to the permeation of society by media technologiesinvented in the late nineteenth century. I will also examine how tech-nologies worked to divide the senses, while at the same time producinganarchic confusion of them.The previous chapter discussed how the organs are prosthetised and

confused in the Beckettian body. With the amorphous body image,the uncertainty about the body’s boundaries (or confusion between theoutside and the inside) that characterises the prosthetic body is tied upwith confusion of the organs. This chapter considers the link betweenthe prosthetic body and disorganisation of the body in a broad histor-ical context. More specifically, it examines how the rise of new tech-nologies can be related to the prosthetic body, which reveals itself asa fragmented, disorganised and also reorganised body in modernism.Synaesthesia, as a derangement of the senses, comes in view as part ofthis prosthetic body. As long as it can be regarded as emerging on theinterface between technology (the outside) and the senses (the inside),it should be discussed in the light of the prosthetic body or prosthetic

75

76 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

sense. It may not be so directly mediated by prosthesis as vision with thecamera eye and hearing with sound technology (the subjects of the nexttwo chapters), but it is closely related to those more obvious prostheticsenses, and as will be seen, it is highly significant in Beckett’s work.I will start by sketching how modernism registers the fragmentation

of the body, the correlative emergence of the formless body, and synaes-thesia as part of the formless body. This is followed by a considerationof how technologies entailed the simultaneous division and confusionof the senses. Thus preparing the basic framework, I proceed to examinehow Beckett started his career in the cultural milieu that privilegedtechnology-inspired synaesthetic vision, and how synaesthesia underlayhis later work involving different media.

Fragmentation of the body and synaesthesia

In Joseph Conrad’s The Secret Agent (1907), the mentally retarded boyStevie is blown up by a bomb he is carrying. Referring to the disturbinglydetailed descriptions of Stevie’s fragmented and scattered body, RodEdmond observes:

The body in pieces, whether fragmented or mutilated, has often beenused as a way of expressing a distinctively modern sense of the lossof wholeness and coherence. This became marked around the turnof the twentieth century when biological theories of decline wereincreasingly applied to social theory, and the body itself becamea source of knowledge about society rather than merely a way ofthinking about it. (49)

Edmond discusses the theme of the body in pieces in terms of thediscourse on degeneration, which caused a sensation among intellec-tuals in Europe at the turn of the twentieth century. Degenerationmeantregression of the individual mind to earlier infantile states as well as thatof civilisation to savagery at the collective level. As I will discuss later, theyoung Beckett’s obsession with the intrauterine period induced him toread Max Nordau’s Degeneration (1892), the chief source of the sensationof the day. Edmond’s mention of the body as ‘a source of knowledgeabout society’ also reminds us of the fact that late nineteenth-centuryanthropometric criminologists made catalogues of body parts, therebyfragmenting the body and subjecting it to the policing eye of society.The theme of the body in pieces can also be connected to the logic

of capitalism, which rapidly permeated European society, especially in

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 77

big cities, from the early nineteenth century onwards.1 As capitalismadvances, ‘all that is solid melts into air’, as Marx and Engels putit in The Communist Manifesto. People and things are dislodged fromtheir authentic positions and thrown into new relations in an increas-ingly liquefying society. Heterogeneous values lose their ‘aura’ and arearbitrarily juxtaposed or combined with each other on newly formedcommon planes. In a broad perspective, the disorganised body andconfusion of the organs – so conspicuous in modernist art and liter-ature, including Beckett – might be regarded as a correlate of the logicof capitalism, even if they cannot be fully ascribed to it. The body isfragmented into parts that can be recombined or confused arbitrarily.The same applies to the use of language. The radical experiments withlanguage by avant-garde movements such as Futurism, Dadaism andsurrealism largely consisted in cutting language into smaller units ofletters and words and recombining them to create refreshing effects.Needless to say, the techniques of collage and montage, much favouredin modernist art and literature, exemplify this principle. In this regard,Joseph McLaughlin discusses the use of fragments from world literaturein T. S. Eliot’s The Waste Land. He refers to the fact that Eliot was abanker in London, ‘a crossroads of empire and global capitalism whereproducts, peoples, and styles from around the world are brought intocontact’ (169).Few artists seem to exploit the principle of rearranging the fragmented

body more explicitly than the German surrealist Hans Bellmer, whosedolls are made up of grotesquely recombined body parts of a youngwoman. In an essay ‘Notes on the Subject of the Ball Joint’ (1938), heexplains one of his basic ideas as follows:

The ensemble of images of the body tending to remain intact, evenafter real amputations, enables us to think that the parts situated atthe interior of the frame of our description – the chin, the armpit,the arm – besides their own meaning, take upon themselves imagesof the leg, the sex, etc., which have become available precisely bytheir ‘repression.’ That leads back to this: the body, like the dream,can capriciously displace the center of gravity of its images. Inspiredby a curious spirit of contradiction, it superimposes on some whatit has taken away from others, the image of the leg, for example,on that of the arm, that of the sex onto the armpit, in order tomake ‘condensations,’ ‘proofs of analogies,’ ‘ambiguities,’ ‘wordgames,’ strange anatomical ‘calculations of probability.’ (quoted inTaylor 217)

78 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Referring to Freud’s analysis of the dream, Bellmer thus contends thatthe body parts can be displaced and confused with each other, in away reminiscent of Beckett’s prosthetic body discussed in the previouschapter. Indeed, Bellmer was deeply influenced by Paul Schilder’s studyof the body image, as Sue Taylor’s recent work on Bellmer reveals(104–9). The most important influence was Schilder’s view that therecould be a symbolic substitution of one body part for another. Bellmertook full advantage of this insight, performing unnatural and grotesquerecombinations of body parts in his dolls and drawings. This seemsto be an instance of parallel between psychiatric or psychoanalyticdiscourse and artistic practice.As the mention of ‘word games’ in the above quotation suggests, the

bodily dimension and the symbolic or linguistic dimension are insep-arable for Bellmer. As Taylor says, ‘Figures of speech such as hyperboleand metaphor do not belong for Bellmer solely to the realm of liter-ature; he wants to apply them to the body’ (101). When someone witha toothache clenches his hand, for instance, it means that ‘attemptingto displace the pain, the body impulsively makes a kind of portrait orrepresentation of the tooth by means of a violent muscular contractionelsewhere in the anatomy’ (103). Corporeal expression is thus figur-ative. There is further evidence of Bellmer’s conflation of the bodilyand linguistic dimensions in the following remark: ‘The body can becompared to a sentence inviting one to disarticulate it for its trueelements to be recombined in a series of endless anagrams’ (quoted inChasseguet-Smirgel 21).Given these ideas, it was profoundly apt that it was Bellmer who illus-

trated a new edition of Georges Bataille’s Story of the Eye in 1946. Thisstory, originally published in 1928 with illustrations by André Masson,depicts a young couple’s extreme acts of sexual perversity and transgres-sion. The disintegration of the body is suggested by a perverse disloca-tion of the eyeball: towards the end of the story an eyeball is pluckedfrom a dead priest and inserted into the vagina of the female protag-onist. In the essay ‘The Metaphor of the Eye’, Roland Barthes argues thatsexual transgression in this story is matched by linguistic transgression.Two metaphorical chains – the chain of round objects (eye, egg, testicle)and that of liquid (tears, yolk, sperm or urine) – are crossed metonymic-ally to produce unconventional images, such as ‘breaking an eye’ insteadof ‘breaking an egg’. The simultaneous transgression of physical andlinguistic norms in the story must have appealed to Bellmer.Around the time he wrote Story of the Eye, Bataille was forming a

new conception of the body in terms of ‘formless’ (informe) and base

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 79

materialism in his essays (published mainly in his journal Documents).Denouncing conventional materialism as idealistic, Bataille turns to thelower organs like feet to subvert the usual hierarchic organisation ofthe body, in a way similar to Bakhtin’s argument about debasement bythe ‘material bodily lower stratum’ (Bakhtin 368–436). For instance, hemaintains that feet, associated with mud and usually despised, have aspecial attraction and that the big toe’s appearance ‘gives a very shrillexpression to the disorder of the human body, that product of the violentdiscordof the organs’ (‘TheBig Toe’,Visions of Excess22).He also displacesthe eye: ‘I imagined the eye at the summit of the skull like a horribleerupting volcano, precisely with the shady and comical character associ-ated with the rear end and its excretions’ (‘The Jesuve’, Visions of Excess74).2 Thus in Bataille’s view the body is provocatively disorganised andformless. Unsurprisingly, when discussing contemporary art in termsof Bataille’s concept of formless in Formless: A User’s Guide, Yve-AlainBois and Rosalind Krauss connect Bataille’s Story of the Eye and essaysof the same period to Deleuze and Guattari’s idea of organ-machinesthat are equated with each other on the body without organs (156).The list of modernists who addressed the disorganisation of the body

could be extended considerably. Despite their differences, these artistsshared with Beckett a conception of the body as fundamentally frag-mented, disintegrated, formless and subject to arbitrary reorganisation.Disintegration of the body at the general level necessarily entails dislo-cation of the sense organs and the senses themselves, which brings intofocus the phenomenon of synaesthesia. The Concise Oxford Dictionarydefines synaesthesia as ‘the production of a mental sense-impressionrelating to one sense by the stimulation of another sense’. It is a cross-connection between the senses, such as hearing colours or seeing sounds.This does not appear to be unusual as such phrases as ‘soft tone’, ‘sweetvoice’ and ‘loud colour’ are commonly used and similar metaphors canbe found in the literature of probably any age and culture. The relevantidea of sensus communis – the higher sense that synthesises the differentsenses – has a very long tradition in Western philosophy, dating backto Aristotle.3 Paul Schilder, who noted the potential interchangeabilityof one organ with another, also argued that ‘synaesthesia [� � �] is thenormal situation. The isolated sensation is the product of an analysis’(38). It is only natural that confusion of the organs in general shouldbe accompanied by that of the senses. However, the concept of synaes-thesia was relatively new when Schilder stressed its normality in his1935 book, The Image and Appearance of the Human Body. It becameparticularly important in medical studies and art in the late nineteenth

80 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

century. The following sections will explore how the development ofnew media technologies affected the senses and foregrounded synaes-thesia, and how Beckett’s work can be discussed in this light.The fact that Schilder argued for the normality of synaesthesia suggests

that it had been regarded as abnormal until that time. According toKevin Dann’s Bright Colors Falsely Seen, synaesthesia first became aserious subject of psychopathology in 1812. It was reported as an anom-alous experience of colour sensations associated with certain sounds andconcepts. After that it was continuously studied as colour hearing, butonly by members of the medical profession. Things changed drasticallywith the publication of Rimbaud’s sonnet ‘Vowels’ (‘Voyelles’, written in1871) in 1883.4 This famous sonnet, which starts with ‘A black, E white,I red, U green, O blue’, made synaesthesia ‘something of an intellectualfad’ in fin-de-siècle France (Dann 17). In A Season in Hell (written in 1873),Rimbaud says of this sonnet, ‘I regulated the form andmovement of eachconsonant, and, with instinctive rhythms, I prided myself on inventinga poetic language accessible some day to all the senses. I reserved transla-tion rights’ (193). Here ‘translation’ probably means translation betweenthe different senses. This wild attempt to attain fundamental deliriumthrough ‘the derangement of all the senses’5 strongly appealed to theartistic sensibility of late nineteenth-century Europe. It was especiallyin line with symbolists’ emphasis on musicality or visuality in poetry,as represented by Verlaine’s privileging of music and Mallarmé’s typo-graphic experiments. The popularity of ‘Vowels’ also drew attentionto Baudelaire’s sonnet ‘Correspondences’ (1857) as a great precursor ofthe trend. While symbolists were enchanted by the new possibilitiesof aesthetic sensibility, ‘Vowels’ was also linked to a topic that wasmuch discussed in the late nineteenth century – ‘degeneration’ – andthus entered into the major cultural debate.6 The growing interest insynaesthesia in turn stimulated medical research and many papers wereproduced on it. Thus science and art interacted with each other in theirrush to embrace synaesthesia. As Dann notes, ‘[w]hat medical sciencetended to see as pathological, or at least abnormal, the Romantic, cultiv-ator of the intensely personal, saw as sublime’ (23).7

Synaesthesia was just as important in early twentieth-centurymodernism as in fin-de-siècle symbolism. In Russia, many avant-gardeartists took an interest in it, especially because in that countrymodernism emerged from spiritualism and theosophy, which valuedsynaesthesia as a door to the transcendent spiritual world. For example,Wassily Kandinsky was obsessed with the correspondence between thesenses. Discussing the psychic effect of colours in Concerning the Spiritual

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 81

in Art (1911), he suggested that colours could appeal to senses otherthan sight through vibrations in the soul and cited medical reports ofthe experience of ‘tasting’ or ‘hearing’ colours (24). He once wrote afantasy opera, ‘The Yellow Sound’, in which he made links betweencolour, music and human movement.8 In a similar vein, Nikolai Kublin,a supporter of Russian Futurism, contrived his own synaesthetic alphabetin which phonemes, colours and meanings were connected. One of themost radical Futurists, Velimir Khlebnikov, contrived a similar universalalphabet, while the deeply theosophical composer Aleksandr Scriabincreated a symbology to link musical notes to colours and feelings.

Kevin Dann makes a sharp distinction between synaesthetic artistssuch as Rimbaud and Kandinsky, and true synaesthetes in the strictlydefined medical category. He argues that these artists were ‘invented’ assynaesthetes by those in the Romantic tradition who regarded synaes-thesia as offering the possibility of transcending the material, sensibleworld.Althoughsynaesthesiawas a sensiblephenomenon for true synaes-thetes, the artists or their interpreters tended to link it to the supersens-ible, transcendental world. Behind this prevalent Romantic error wasthe desire to regain the lost unity of experience and to transcend thematerial world in turn-of-the-century Europe, where there was a strongsense of the fragmentation and disintegration of urban life. The artistswere mistaken for synaesthetes and revered as advocates of a new truth.

One of the decisive factors in this fragmentation of life was the tech-nological advancement that took place in the late nineteenth century.For example, new technologies as prostheses expanded the capacityof the senses: photography and the cinema in the case of seeing, thephonograph and telephone in the case of hearing. The eye and theear were separately developed, as it were. Dann views synaesthesia asa countermove against this separation or fragmentation. Things werenot quite so simple, however, because the marked emergence of synaes-thesia, in the sense of new connections and interrelations between thesenses, might not have been possible without the separation or frag-mentation of the senses in the first place. Advanced capitalist societyin late nineteenth-century Europe not only fragmented human sensoryexperiences but also created an environment in which heterogeneousvalues, including different sensory channels, could be connected orexchanged.9 While many modernist artists were quick to explore theperceptive fields separately opened up by the new technologies, theyalso showed considerable interest in synaesthesia and created art thatappealed to more than one sense, thereby breaking down conventionalgenre distinctions.

82 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Marinetti seems to illustrate the coexistence of these two seem-ingly contradictory tendencies – the simultaneous separation and cross-connection of the senses – in the context of modernism. He extols thebody as a machine made up of metallic parts. In ‘Multiplied Man andthe Reign of the Machine’ (1911–15), he says that once man achieves therequired identification with matter, he ‘will be endowed with surprisingorgans: organs adapted to the needs of a world of ceaseless shocks’ (99).Such a man is like a machine and has no human feelings, no love: ‘Theseenergetic beings have no sweet mistress to visit in the evening, but eachmorning they love to check meticulously the perfect working of theirfactories’ (100). Marinetti calls such a man ‘the multiplied man’. Theimplication is that his body is made of multiple ‘factories’. Marinetti’surge to identify with matter or to becomematerial even goes as far as themolecular level. In ‘Technical Manifesto of Futurist Literature’ (1912),he says, ‘Be careful not to force human feelings onto matter. Instead,divine its different governing impulses, its forces of compression, dila-tion, cohesion, and disaggregation, its crowds of massed moleculesand whirling electrons’ (95). This seems to represent the extreme endof the tendency to fragment and disintegrate the materialised body.More importantly, however, the multiplicity of the body can lead toanarchic cross-connections of the senses. In ‘Tactilism’ (1924), Marinetticonceives a new art based on the sense of touch, which in fact entails afree interplay of the senses: ‘The distinction between five senses is arbit-rary. Today one can uncover and catalog many other senses./ Tactilismpromotes this discovery’ (119). In a subsection entitled ‘Toward theDiscovery of New Sense’, he says:

A visual sense is born in the fingertips.X-ray vision develops, and some people can already see inside their

bodies. Others dimly explore the inside of their neighbors’ bodies.They all realize that sight, smell, hearing, touch, and taste are modi-fications of a single keen sense: touch, divided in different ways andlocalized in different points.Other localizations take place. For instance: the epigastrium sees.

The knees see. The elbows see. All admire the variations in velocitythat differentiate light from sound. (120)10

It could be said that such anarchic confusion of the organs and sensesalso underlies his earlier statement in ‘Technical Manifesto’ that sound,weight and smell should be introduced into literature (96).

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 83

Marinetti is exemplary in the present context because he clearlydemonstrates that there is a necessary connection between the mech-anisation, fragmentation and arbitrary reorganisation of the body, andthat these entail confusion of the senses as well. With him in mind as amodel, I will next examine the relation between the new technologiesand the transformation of the senses in the late nineteenth century,thereby constructing a framework in which to discuss Beckett’s use oftechnological devices (prostheses) in terms of the prosthetic senses. I willconsider the work of three authors: Marshall McLuhan, Friedrich Kittlerand Jonathan Crary. In his classic study of media, McLuhan emphasisesthe newly made interconnections between the senses. Kittler, who couldbe regarded as a poststructuralist successor to McLuhan, puts more stresson the separation and autonomisation of the senses by late nineteenth-century technologies. In Crary’s study of the reconfiguration of the ideaof vision in the nineteenth century, we shall see how the two tendenciescoexisted. Their theories will be examined closely because, by showingthe ways in which the relation between technology, modernism and thebody (or the senses) can be considered, they will be useful to the morespecific discussions of Beckett’s prosthetic senses later in this book.

Technology and the transformation of the senses: threetheories

In Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man (1964), Marshall McLuhanat one point admits that technology brings about a separation of thesenses: ‘Most technology produces an amplification that is quite explicitin its separation of the senses. Radio is an extension of the aural, high-fidelity photography of the visual’ (333). His point, however, does notlie in this aspect. Contrary to the common assumption that televisionis primarily related to the visual sense, he argues:

TV is above all, an extension of the sense of touch, which involvesmaximal interplay of all the senses. For Western man, however, theall-embracing extension had occurred by means of phonetic writing,which is a technology for extending the sense of sight. All non-phonetic forms of writing are, by contrast, artistic modes that retainmuch variety of sensuous orchestration. Phonetic writing, alone, hasthe power of separating and fragmenting the senses and of sloughingoff the semantic complexities. The TV image reverses this literateprocess of analytic fragmentation of sensory life. (333)

84 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

The television image is thus said to function in the same way as non-phonetic writing, whose iconicity involves ‘sensuous orchestration’.This passage is characteristic in that it contains important ideas thatrecur throughout the book. According to McLuhan, Western man haslong been governed by the visual sense. This is because of the nature ofthe phonetic alphabet, as he indicates in the above passage, but withGutenberg’s art of printing, the centrality of the sense of sight becameeven more emphatic, and thus the ‘typographic man’ was born.11 Thetypographic man was not closely interrelated with others as in a tribalcommunity. Rather, he was ‘detribalized’, individualised and detachedfrom others. His knowledge and sensibility were also fragmented andspecialised. But with the advent of electricity and new communica-tion media in the late nineteenth century, people were relinked by theinstantaneous exchange or spread of information. They were ‘retribal-ized’ in the ‘global village’. Correspondingly, their sensibility was againintegral and unified, and the supremacy of the visual sense was replacedby an ‘interplay of all the senses’. For McLuhan, this means that thesense of touch became essential, because ‘ “keeping in touch” or “gettingin touch” is a matter of a fruitful meeting of the senses, of sight trans-lated into sound and sound into movement, and taste and smell’ (60).Using the term ‘synesthesia’ for the ‘interplay of all the senses’, McLuhanpoints out the effect of integration and reunification (as regards bothcommunity and individual sensibility) in respect not only of televisionbut also of telegraph, radio, telephone and other electric media. Heargues that ‘[e]lectricity offers a means of getting in touch with everyfacet of being at once, like the brain itself. Electricity is only incidentallyvisual and auditory; it is primarily tactile’ (249).McLuhan refers to modern art in the same context. He suggests that

synaesthesia or the sense of touch underlies abstract art:

This faculty of touch [� � �] was popularized as such by the Bauhausprogram of sensuous education, through the work of Paul Klee,WalterGropius, and many others in the Germany of the 1920s. The senseof touch, as offering a kind of nervous system or organic unity in thework of art, has obsessed the minds of the artists since the time ofCézanne. For more than a century now artists have tried to meet thechallenge of the electric age by investing the tactile sense with therole of a nervous system for unifying all the others. (107)12

Artists’ attempts to ‘meet the challenge of the electric age’ evenenabled them to anticipate the impact of later media such as television.

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 85

According to McLuhan, painters and sculptors ‘have been striving, eversince Cézanne abandoned perspective illusion in favor of structure inpainting, to bring about the very change that TV has now effectedon a fantastic scale’ (322).13 What Cézanne and other nineteenth-century artists did was to create a mosaic-like pictorial space that closelyresembled the television screen.14 Mosaic dissolved the sense of depthbased on perspective, which was in fact invented around the same timeas typography in the Renaissance. Both a perspective painting and aprinted page compel us to fix our point of view, thereby privileging thevisual sense and constituting linear and uniform space (172, 287–8). Asthe dominance of the printed book was encroached upon by electricmedia, perspective gave way to experiments with spatial representationwhich led to the abstract art of the early twentieth century. And bothelectric media and modern art called for synaesthesia or tactility.McLuhan thus emphasises the linkage between technology and

synaesthesia in modern art, but he does not elaborate on their preciserelation. He simply suggests that technology creates an environmentthat necessitates synaesthesia, and that artists respond to it more sens-itively than other people. It is easy to detect the naively Romantic ideaof the artist held by McLuhan, when he says, for example, ‘The seriousartist is the only person able to encounter technology with impunity,just because he is an expert aware of the changes in sense perception’(18). He is also innocently Romantic in another sense. According toKevin Dann, the Romantic interpretation of synaesthesia tends to reflecta simplistic view of history that goes as follows. Once there was unityof all the senses, but this can now be observed only in infants andprimitive people. In the materialistic, alienated contemporary world, itis totally lost. But in the future, the original condition will be restored(Dann 94–105). It goes without saying that McLuhan’s view that electricmedia were restoring the long lost synaesthesia perfectly fits this patternof paradise–fall–redemption. In the 1960s, there was a resurgence ofthe idea of synaesthesia as a way of transcending reality in counter-culture movements and popular occult mysticism. The huge success thatMcLuhan’s work enjoyed in the 1960s should be considered in this light.As far as the interpretation of synaesthesia is concerned, McLuhan wasjust one of the many authors who followed the Romantic view with thetripartite pattern. The difference may be that he connected synaesthesiadirectly to technology, which has often been condemned as a cause ofthe fragmentation and alienation of modern life.Marinetti, with his admiration for the machine and technology and

his privileging of tactility (which in fact means an interplay of all the

86 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

senses), appears to exemplify in an extreme form McLuhan’s formula-tion of synaesthesia in modern art of the electric age.15 This impressionis strengthened when we consider that Marinetti was not only infatuatedwith steely machines – cars, trains and aeroplanes – but also dreamt oftotal electrification of the world, to which communication technologysuch as the telephone and telegraph would contribute (see, for example,his ‘Electrical War’). It should be noted, however, that McLuhan neveremphasised the multiplicity of the body that formed the basis of theanarchic interplay of the senses in Marinetti.

WhereasMcLuhan thinks that the unification of human sensory exper-ience started in the late nineteenth century with the advent of electricmedia, FriedrichKittler emphasises that nineteenth-century technologiesdivided and separated people’s sensibilities and experiences, and that thisdivision lasted until electronic anddigital technologies came todominatethe world. In Gramophone, Film, Typewriter (1986), Kittler says, ‘Electricsdoes not equal electronics’ (2), because electric media remain in incom-patible channels and cannot unify our world and experience, contraryto McLuhan’s argument. He also considers that ‘[w]ithin the spectrumof the general data flow, television, radio, cinema, and the postal serviceconstitute individual and limitedwindows for people’s sense perceptions’(2). He singles out the gramophone, film and typewriter – which he calls‘ur-media’ (50) – to demonstrate his point in his Foucauldian archeo-logical research into the relation between technology and literature.

These three technologies put an end to the reign of the book whichstarted around 1800 (9–10). Departing again from McLuhan, whoconnects the book with the fragmentation of experience and sensib-ility, Kittler thinks that in this classical Romantic period (representedby Goethe), the book conferred upon both the writer and the reader atotal or unified imaginary experience.16 The acoustic and optical storagetechnologies (gramophone and film) and the writing technology (type-writer) disintegrated this totality of writing and reading:17 ‘The dreamof a real visible or audible world arising from words has come to an end.The historical synchronicity of cinema, phonography, and typewritingseparated optical, acoustic, and written data flows, thereby renderingthem autonomous’ (14). As regards the three technologies, McLuhannever fails to point out the unifying effects that electric media have,while acknowledging counter tendencies.18

Kittler relates the development of physiology to the separation ofexperience and sensibility brought about by the late nineteenth-centurytechnologies. The system in which human communication was ensured

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 87

by the reign of the book was destroyed when body and soul were subjectto physiological research. Kittler argues:

The hard science of physiology did away with the psychologicalconception that guaranteed humans that they could find their soulsthrough handwriting and rereading. [� � �] The unity of apperceptiondisintegrated into a large number of subroutines, which, as such,physiologists could localize in different centers of the brain andengineers could reconstruct in multiple machines. Which is what the‘spirit’ – the unsimulable center of ‘man’ – denied by its very defini-tion. (188, emphasis added)

Kittler’s idea that man could be reconstructed in ‘multiple machines’inevitably reminds us of Marinetti’s concept of ‘multiplied man’ madeup of multiple mechanical parts. The development of physiology incombination with technological applications in the nineteenth centurydivided and disintegrated the human body and soul, and Marinetti’sconcept was one of the ultimate outcomes of this process in the field ofart and literature. It is also important to note that physiological researchwas associated with the need to overcome disabilities. The typewriter wasintended to help the blind, and Edison, the inventor of the phonograph,was partially deaf. Kittler succinctly summarises the connection: ‘Blind-ness and deafness, precisely when they affect either speech or writing,yield what would otherwise be beyond reach: information on the humaninformation machine. Whereupon its replacement by mechanics canbegin’ (189). The last sentence could be paraphrased as ‘whereupon theprosthetic body can be born’. It seems that in the nineteenth century,physiology was reborn as a new type of science, due to a fundamentalchange intheconceptionofman–thetechnologisationorprosthetisationofman. JonathanCrary illuminates this change by focusing on vision.

Although Crary’s Techniques of the Observer: On Vision and Modernityin the Nineteenth Century (1990) does not mention Kittler, it parallelsthe latter’s approach in many ways. Both adopt Foucault’s methodof archeological research, which sharply punctuates history accordingto epistemological ruptures. For Kittler, the period around 1800 estab-lished the reign of the book linked to the classical idea of humanity,whereas the turn of the twentieth century was characterised by the totalcollapse of the former system due to the development of physiologyand technology. Crary also divides modern history into two periods,placing the turning point in the early nineteenth century, when there

88 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

was a fundamental shift in the conception of human vision. And justas Kittler, Crary foregrounds the importance of physiology in the laterperiod. According to Crary, the camera obscura model, in which adetached, disembodied metaphysical subject observes representationsof the outside world in the interior space of the mind, had dominatedthe discourse on vision since Descartes. But in the early nineteenthcentury, it gave way to a more physiological model that conceived ofvision being produced by unreliable subjective sensations in the body,thereby undoing the referential relation between the outer world andthe inner mind on which the camera obscura model was based. Whendemonstrating how vision became opaque and physical in this shift,Crary discusses experiments by physiologists that revealed that humansenses were dependent on the stimulation of nerves, which could betechnically manipulated to cause confusion of the senses. On the otherhand, he argues that these experiments were conducted in the contextof specialisation or separation of the senses. How can we explain thisparadoxical coexistence of two contradictory tendencies?Goethe’s Theory of Colours (1810) marked a departure from the camera

obscura model by paying attention to the colours that belonged to thecorporeal subjectivity of the observer. Crary states that this was the‘moment when the visible escapes from the timeless order of the cameraobscura and becomes lodged in another apparatus, within the unstablephysiology and temporality of the human body’ (70). This shift wasinseparable from the new physiological research into the human body,including the eye.19 Crary mentions two major consequences of thedevelopment of physiology in the first half of the nineteenth century:

(1) the gradual transferral of the holistic study of subjective experi-ence or mental life to an empirical and quantitative plane, and(2) the division and fragmentation of the physical subject intoincreasingly specific organic and mechanical systems. (81)

The second of these closely parallels Kittler’s description of man’sdisintegration into ‘multiple machines’ and, by extension, Marinetti’s‘multiplied man’. The representative physiologist is Johannes Müller,who ‘unfolded an image of the body as a multifarious factory-likeenterprise, comprised of diversified processes and activities, run bymeasurable amounts of energy and labor’ (88). It was but a step from thisview to Marinetti’s multiplied men, who ‘love to check meticulouslythe perfect working of their factories’. Along with the multiplicationof the body occurred the specialisation and separation of the senses.

74 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

mingling with the mud on the one hand, and arithmetic patterning(most conspicuously in the frequent use of numbering in Part Three) onthe other.While White’s argument is illuminating, he misses an important

feature of Bacon that surely pertains to the prosthetic grotesque – thatis, the confusion of the organs that I have focused on in respect ofthe regressive body image and that Deleuze discusses in terms of thebody without organs. When the prosthetic grotesque violates ‘the coher-ence and integrity of the body-image’, such confusion occurs to addto the grotesque feature. Is there any perspective for situating thisphenomenon in cultural history in a different way from that adoptedby White? In the next chapter, I will start with a consideration of thecultural context from the late nineteenth century to the early twen-tieth century, when the fragmentation of society advanced as capitalismpervaded big cities. Against that background I will consider how thefragmentation of the body, to which confusion of the organs is closelyrelated, also occurred and strengthened the image of the disintegratedbody (the ‘body in pieces’) that modernist art and literature registered.

3The Prosthetic Body andSynaesthesia

With the idea of ‘language III’, which opens up language to the dimen-sions of seeing and hearing or painting and music, Deleuze points toan important aspect of Beckett’s work in his own manner based onunique philosophical intuitions. Adopting a more cultural-historicalapproach, this chapter discusses the same subject under the rubric ofsynaesthesia, or cross-connections of the senses. Throughout his oeuvre,Beckett showed a keen interest in coordinating visual and acoustic senseswith pictorial and musical effects in mind. Yet, Beckett was far fromalone in being drawn to synaesthesia, as it was conspicuous in culturaldiscourse and artistic practice from the late nineteenth century to theearly twentieth century. I will argue that the interest in synaesthesiawas closely related to the permeation of society by media technologiesinvented in the late nineteenth century. I will also examine how tech-nologies worked to divide the senses, while at the same time producinganarchic confusion of them.The previous chapter discussed how the organs are prosthetised and

confused in the Beckettian body. With the amorphous body image,the uncertainty about the body’s boundaries (or confusion between theoutside and the inside) that characterises the prosthetic body is tied upwith confusion of the organs. This chapter considers the link betweenthe prosthetic body and disorganisation of the body in a broad histor-ical context. More specifically, it examines how the rise of new tech-nologies can be related to the prosthetic body, which reveals itself asa fragmented, disorganised and also reorganised body in modernism.Synaesthesia, as a derangement of the senses, comes in view as part ofthis prosthetic body. As long as it can be regarded as emerging on theinterface between technology (the outside) and the senses (the inside),it should be discussed in the light of the prosthetic body or prosthetic

75

76 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

sense. It may not be so directly mediated by prosthesis as vision with thecamera eye and hearing with sound technology (the subjects of the nexttwo chapters), but it is closely related to those more obvious prostheticsenses, and as will be seen, it is highly significant in Beckett’s work.I will start by sketching how modernism registers the fragmentation

of the body, the correlative emergence of the formless body, and synaes-thesia as part of the formless body. This is followed by a considerationof how technologies entailed the simultaneous division and confusionof the senses. Thus preparing the basic framework, I proceed to examinehow Beckett started his career in the cultural milieu that privilegedtechnology-inspired synaesthetic vision, and how synaesthesia underlayhis later work involving different media.

Fragmentation of the body and synaesthesia

In Joseph Conrad’s The Secret Agent (1907), the mentally retarded boyStevie is blown up by a bomb he is carrying. Referring to the disturbinglydetailed descriptions of Stevie’s fragmented and scattered body, RodEdmond observes:

The body in pieces, whether fragmented or mutilated, has often beenused as a way of expressing a distinctively modern sense of the lossof wholeness and coherence. This became marked around the turnof the twentieth century when biological theories of decline wereincreasingly applied to social theory, and the body itself becamea source of knowledge about society rather than merely a way ofthinking about it. (49)

Edmond discusses the theme of the body in pieces in terms of thediscourse on degeneration, which caused a sensation among intellec-tuals in Europe at the turn of the twentieth century. Degenerationmeantregression of the individual mind to earlier infantile states as well as thatof civilisation to savagery at the collective level. As I will discuss later, theyoung Beckett’s obsession with the intrauterine period induced him toread Max Nordau’s Degeneration (1892), the chief source of the sensationof the day. Edmond’s mention of the body as ‘a source of knowledgeabout society’ also reminds us of the fact that late nineteenth-centuryanthropometric criminologists made catalogues of body parts, therebyfragmenting the body and subjecting it to the policing eye of society.The theme of the body in pieces can also be connected to the logic

of capitalism, which rapidly permeated European society, especially in

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 77

big cities, from the early nineteenth century onwards.1 As capitalismadvances, ‘all that is solid melts into air’, as Marx and Engels putit in The Communist Manifesto. People and things are dislodged fromtheir authentic positions and thrown into new relations in an increas-ingly liquefying society. Heterogeneous values lose their ‘aura’ and arearbitrarily juxtaposed or combined with each other on newly formedcommon planes. In a broad perspective, the disorganised body andconfusion of the organs – so conspicuous in modernist art and liter-ature, including Beckett – might be regarded as a correlate of the logicof capitalism, even if they cannot be fully ascribed to it. The body isfragmented into parts that can be recombined or confused arbitrarily.The same applies to the use of language. The radical experiments withlanguage by avant-garde movements such as Futurism, Dadaism andsurrealism largely consisted in cutting language into smaller units ofletters and words and recombining them to create refreshing effects.Needless to say, the techniques of collage and montage, much favouredin modernist art and literature, exemplify this principle. In this regard,Joseph McLaughlin discusses the use of fragments from world literaturein T. S. Eliot’s The Waste Land. He refers to the fact that Eliot was abanker in London, ‘a crossroads of empire and global capitalism whereproducts, peoples, and styles from around the world are brought intocontact’ (169).Few artists seem to exploit the principle of rearranging the fragmented

body more explicitly than the German surrealist Hans Bellmer, whosedolls are made up of grotesquely recombined body parts of a youngwoman. In an essay ‘Notes on the Subject of the Ball Joint’ (1938), heexplains one of his basic ideas as follows:

The ensemble of images of the body tending to remain intact, evenafter real amputations, enables us to think that the parts situated atthe interior of the frame of our description – the chin, the armpit,the arm – besides their own meaning, take upon themselves imagesof the leg, the sex, etc., which have become available precisely bytheir ‘repression.’ That leads back to this: the body, like the dream,can capriciously displace the center of gravity of its images. Inspiredby a curious spirit of contradiction, it superimposes on some whatit has taken away from others, the image of the leg, for example,on that of the arm, that of the sex onto the armpit, in order tomake ‘condensations,’ ‘proofs of analogies,’ ‘ambiguities,’ ‘wordgames,’ strange anatomical ‘calculations of probability.’ (quoted inTaylor 217)

78 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Referring to Freud’s analysis of the dream, Bellmer thus contends thatthe body parts can be displaced and confused with each other, in away reminiscent of Beckett’s prosthetic body discussed in the previouschapter. Indeed, Bellmer was deeply influenced by Paul Schilder’s studyof the body image, as Sue Taylor’s recent work on Bellmer reveals(104–9). The most important influence was Schilder’s view that therecould be a symbolic substitution of one body part for another. Bellmertook full advantage of this insight, performing unnatural and grotesquerecombinations of body parts in his dolls and drawings. This seemsto be an instance of parallel between psychiatric or psychoanalyticdiscourse and artistic practice.As the mention of ‘word games’ in the above quotation suggests, the

bodily dimension and the symbolic or linguistic dimension are insep-arable for Bellmer. As Taylor says, ‘Figures of speech such as hyperboleand metaphor do not belong for Bellmer solely to the realm of liter-ature; he wants to apply them to the body’ (101). When someone witha toothache clenches his hand, for instance, it means that ‘attemptingto displace the pain, the body impulsively makes a kind of portrait orrepresentation of the tooth by means of a violent muscular contractionelsewhere in the anatomy’ (103). Corporeal expression is thus figur-ative. There is further evidence of Bellmer’s conflation of the bodilyand linguistic dimensions in the following remark: ‘The body can becompared to a sentence inviting one to disarticulate it for its trueelements to be recombined in a series of endless anagrams’ (quoted inChasseguet-Smirgel 21).Given these ideas, it was profoundly apt that it was Bellmer who illus-

trated a new edition of Georges Bataille’s Story of the Eye in 1946. Thisstory, originally published in 1928 with illustrations by André Masson,depicts a young couple’s extreme acts of sexual perversity and transgres-sion. The disintegration of the body is suggested by a perverse disloca-tion of the eyeball: towards the end of the story an eyeball is pluckedfrom a dead priest and inserted into the vagina of the female protag-onist. In the essay ‘The Metaphor of the Eye’, Roland Barthes argues thatsexual transgression in this story is matched by linguistic transgression.Two metaphorical chains – the chain of round objects (eye, egg, testicle)and that of liquid (tears, yolk, sperm or urine) – are crossed metonymic-ally to produce unconventional images, such as ‘breaking an eye’ insteadof ‘breaking an egg’. The simultaneous transgression of physical andlinguistic norms in the story must have appealed to Bellmer.Around the time he wrote Story of the Eye, Bataille was forming a

new conception of the body in terms of ‘formless’ (informe) and base

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 79

materialism in his essays (published mainly in his journal Documents).Denouncing conventional materialism as idealistic, Bataille turns to thelower organs like feet to subvert the usual hierarchic organisation ofthe body, in a way similar to Bakhtin’s argument about debasement bythe ‘material bodily lower stratum’ (Bakhtin 368–436). For instance, hemaintains that feet, associated with mud and usually despised, have aspecial attraction and that the big toe’s appearance ‘gives a very shrillexpression to the disorder of the human body, that product of the violentdiscordof the organs’ (‘TheBig Toe’,Visions of Excess22).He also displacesthe eye: ‘I imagined the eye at the summit of the skull like a horribleerupting volcano, precisely with the shady and comical character associ-ated with the rear end and its excretions’ (‘The Jesuve’, Visions of Excess74).2 Thus in Bataille’s view the body is provocatively disorganised andformless. Unsurprisingly, when discussing contemporary art in termsof Bataille’s concept of formless in Formless: A User’s Guide, Yve-AlainBois and Rosalind Krauss connect Bataille’s Story of the Eye and essaysof the same period to Deleuze and Guattari’s idea of organ-machinesthat are equated with each other on the body without organs (156).The list of modernists who addressed the disorganisation of the body

could be extended considerably. Despite their differences, these artistsshared with Beckett a conception of the body as fundamentally frag-mented, disintegrated, formless and subject to arbitrary reorganisation.Disintegration of the body at the general level necessarily entails dislo-cation of the sense organs and the senses themselves, which brings intofocus the phenomenon of synaesthesia. The Concise Oxford Dictionarydefines synaesthesia as ‘the production of a mental sense-impressionrelating to one sense by the stimulation of another sense’. It is a cross-connection between the senses, such as hearing colours or seeing sounds.This does not appear to be unusual as such phrases as ‘soft tone’, ‘sweetvoice’ and ‘loud colour’ are commonly used and similar metaphors canbe found in the literature of probably any age and culture. The relevantidea of sensus communis – the higher sense that synthesises the differentsenses – has a very long tradition in Western philosophy, dating backto Aristotle.3 Paul Schilder, who noted the potential interchangeabilityof one organ with another, also argued that ‘synaesthesia [� � �] is thenormal situation. The isolated sensation is the product of an analysis’(38). It is only natural that confusion of the organs in general shouldbe accompanied by that of the senses. However, the concept of synaes-thesia was relatively new when Schilder stressed its normality in his1935 book, The Image and Appearance of the Human Body. It becameparticularly important in medical studies and art in the late nineteenth

80 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

century. The following sections will explore how the development ofnew media technologies affected the senses and foregrounded synaes-thesia, and how Beckett’s work can be discussed in this light.The fact that Schilder argued for the normality of synaesthesia suggests

that it had been regarded as abnormal until that time. According toKevin Dann’s Bright Colors Falsely Seen, synaesthesia first became aserious subject of psychopathology in 1812. It was reported as an anom-alous experience of colour sensations associated with certain sounds andconcepts. After that it was continuously studied as colour hearing, butonly by members of the medical profession. Things changed drasticallywith the publication of Rimbaud’s sonnet ‘Vowels’ (‘Voyelles’, written in1871) in 1883.4 This famous sonnet, which starts with ‘A black, E white,I red, U green, O blue’, made synaesthesia ‘something of an intellectualfad’ in fin-de-siècle France (Dann 17). In A Season in Hell (written in 1873),Rimbaud says of this sonnet, ‘I regulated the form andmovement of eachconsonant, and, with instinctive rhythms, I prided myself on inventinga poetic language accessible some day to all the senses. I reserved transla-tion rights’ (193). Here ‘translation’ probably means translation betweenthe different senses. This wild attempt to attain fundamental deliriumthrough ‘the derangement of all the senses’5 strongly appealed to theartistic sensibility of late nineteenth-century Europe. It was especiallyin line with symbolists’ emphasis on musicality or visuality in poetry,as represented by Verlaine’s privileging of music and Mallarmé’s typo-graphic experiments. The popularity of ‘Vowels’ also drew attentionto Baudelaire’s sonnet ‘Correspondences’ (1857) as a great precursor ofthe trend. While symbolists were enchanted by the new possibilitiesof aesthetic sensibility, ‘Vowels’ was also linked to a topic that wasmuch discussed in the late nineteenth century – ‘degeneration’ – andthus entered into the major cultural debate.6 The growing interest insynaesthesia in turn stimulated medical research and many papers wereproduced on it. Thus science and art interacted with each other in theirrush to embrace synaesthesia. As Dann notes, ‘[w]hat medical sciencetended to see as pathological, or at least abnormal, the Romantic, cultiv-ator of the intensely personal, saw as sublime’ (23).7

Synaesthesia was just as important in early twentieth-centurymodernism as in fin-de-siècle symbolism. In Russia, many avant-gardeartists took an interest in it, especially because in that countrymodernism emerged from spiritualism and theosophy, which valuedsynaesthesia as a door to the transcendent spiritual world. For example,Wassily Kandinsky was obsessed with the correspondence between thesenses. Discussing the psychic effect of colours in Concerning the Spiritual

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 81

in Art (1911), he suggested that colours could appeal to senses otherthan sight through vibrations in the soul and cited medical reports ofthe experience of ‘tasting’ or ‘hearing’ colours (24). He once wrote afantasy opera, ‘The Yellow Sound’, in which he made links betweencolour, music and human movement.8 In a similar vein, Nikolai Kublin,a supporter of Russian Futurism, contrived his own synaesthetic alphabetin which phonemes, colours and meanings were connected. One of themost radical Futurists, Velimir Khlebnikov, contrived a similar universalalphabet, while the deeply theosophical composer Aleksandr Scriabincreated a symbology to link musical notes to colours and feelings.

Kevin Dann makes a sharp distinction between synaesthetic artistssuch as Rimbaud and Kandinsky, and true synaesthetes in the strictlydefined medical category. He argues that these artists were ‘invented’ assynaesthetes by those in the Romantic tradition who regarded synaes-thesia as offering the possibility of transcending the material, sensibleworld.Althoughsynaesthesiawas a sensiblephenomenon for true synaes-thetes, the artists or their interpreters tended to link it to the supersens-ible, transcendental world. Behind this prevalent Romantic error wasthe desire to regain the lost unity of experience and to transcend thematerial world in turn-of-the-century Europe, where there was a strongsense of the fragmentation and disintegration of urban life. The artistswere mistaken for synaesthetes and revered as advocates of a new truth.

One of the decisive factors in this fragmentation of life was the tech-nological advancement that took place in the late nineteenth century.For example, new technologies as prostheses expanded the capacityof the senses: photography and the cinema in the case of seeing, thephonograph and telephone in the case of hearing. The eye and theear were separately developed, as it were. Dann views synaesthesia asa countermove against this separation or fragmentation. Things werenot quite so simple, however, because the marked emergence of synaes-thesia, in the sense of new connections and interrelations between thesenses, might not have been possible without the separation or frag-mentation of the senses in the first place. Advanced capitalist societyin late nineteenth-century Europe not only fragmented human sensoryexperiences but also created an environment in which heterogeneousvalues, including different sensory channels, could be connected orexchanged.9 While many modernist artists were quick to explore theperceptive fields separately opened up by the new technologies, theyalso showed considerable interest in synaesthesia and created art thatappealed to more than one sense, thereby breaking down conventionalgenre distinctions.

82 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Marinetti seems to illustrate the coexistence of these two seem-ingly contradictory tendencies – the simultaneous separation and cross-connection of the senses – in the context of modernism. He extols thebody as a machine made up of metallic parts. In ‘Multiplied Man andthe Reign of the Machine’ (1911–15), he says that once man achieves therequired identification with matter, he ‘will be endowed with surprisingorgans: organs adapted to the needs of a world of ceaseless shocks’ (99).Such a man is like a machine and has no human feelings, no love: ‘Theseenergetic beings have no sweet mistress to visit in the evening, but eachmorning they love to check meticulously the perfect working of theirfactories’ (100). Marinetti calls such a man ‘the multiplied man’. Theimplication is that his body is made of multiple ‘factories’. Marinetti’surge to identify with matter or to becomematerial even goes as far as themolecular level. In ‘Technical Manifesto of Futurist Literature’ (1912),he says, ‘Be careful not to force human feelings onto matter. Instead,divine its different governing impulses, its forces of compression, dila-tion, cohesion, and disaggregation, its crowds of massed moleculesand whirling electrons’ (95). This seems to represent the extreme endof the tendency to fragment and disintegrate the materialised body.More importantly, however, the multiplicity of the body can lead toanarchic cross-connections of the senses. In ‘Tactilism’ (1924), Marinetticonceives a new art based on the sense of touch, which in fact entails afree interplay of the senses: ‘The distinction between five senses is arbit-rary. Today one can uncover and catalog many other senses./ Tactilismpromotes this discovery’ (119). In a subsection entitled ‘Toward theDiscovery of New Sense’, he says:

A visual sense is born in the fingertips.X-ray vision develops, and some people can already see inside their

bodies. Others dimly explore the inside of their neighbors’ bodies.They all realize that sight, smell, hearing, touch, and taste are modi-fications of a single keen sense: touch, divided in different ways andlocalized in different points.Other localizations take place. For instance: the epigastrium sees.

The knees see. The elbows see. All admire the variations in velocitythat differentiate light from sound. (120)10

It could be said that such anarchic confusion of the organs and sensesalso underlies his earlier statement in ‘Technical Manifesto’ that sound,weight and smell should be introduced into literature (96).

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 83

Marinetti is exemplary in the present context because he clearlydemonstrates that there is a necessary connection between the mech-anisation, fragmentation and arbitrary reorganisation of the body, andthat these entail confusion of the senses as well. With him in mind as amodel, I will next examine the relation between the new technologiesand the transformation of the senses in the late nineteenth century,thereby constructing a framework in which to discuss Beckett’s use oftechnological devices (prostheses) in terms of the prosthetic senses. I willconsider the work of three authors: Marshall McLuhan, Friedrich Kittlerand Jonathan Crary. In his classic study of media, McLuhan emphasisesthe newly made interconnections between the senses. Kittler, who couldbe regarded as a poststructuralist successor to McLuhan, puts more stresson the separation and autonomisation of the senses by late nineteenth-century technologies. In Crary’s study of the reconfiguration of the ideaof vision in the nineteenth century, we shall see how the two tendenciescoexisted. Their theories will be examined closely because, by showingthe ways in which the relation between technology, modernism and thebody (or the senses) can be considered, they will be useful to the morespecific discussions of Beckett’s prosthetic senses later in this book.

Technology and the transformation of the senses: threetheories

In Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man (1964), Marshall McLuhanat one point admits that technology brings about a separation of thesenses: ‘Most technology produces an amplification that is quite explicitin its separation of the senses. Radio is an extension of the aural, high-fidelity photography of the visual’ (333). His point, however, does notlie in this aspect. Contrary to the common assumption that televisionis primarily related to the visual sense, he argues:

TV is above all, an extension of the sense of touch, which involvesmaximal interplay of all the senses. For Western man, however, theall-embracing extension had occurred by means of phonetic writing,which is a technology for extending the sense of sight. All non-phonetic forms of writing are, by contrast, artistic modes that retainmuch variety of sensuous orchestration. Phonetic writing, alone, hasthe power of separating and fragmenting the senses and of sloughingoff the semantic complexities. The TV image reverses this literateprocess of analytic fragmentation of sensory life. (333)

84 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

The television image is thus said to function in the same way as non-phonetic writing, whose iconicity involves ‘sensuous orchestration’.This passage is characteristic in that it contains important ideas thatrecur throughout the book. According to McLuhan, Western man haslong been governed by the visual sense. This is because of the nature ofthe phonetic alphabet, as he indicates in the above passage, but withGutenberg’s art of printing, the centrality of the sense of sight becameeven more emphatic, and thus the ‘typographic man’ was born.11 Thetypographic man was not closely interrelated with others as in a tribalcommunity. Rather, he was ‘detribalized’, individualised and detachedfrom others. His knowledge and sensibility were also fragmented andspecialised. But with the advent of electricity and new communica-tion media in the late nineteenth century, people were relinked by theinstantaneous exchange or spread of information. They were ‘retribal-ized’ in the ‘global village’. Correspondingly, their sensibility was againintegral and unified, and the supremacy of the visual sense was replacedby an ‘interplay of all the senses’. For McLuhan, this means that thesense of touch became essential, because ‘ “keeping in touch” or “gettingin touch” is a matter of a fruitful meeting of the senses, of sight trans-lated into sound and sound into movement, and taste and smell’ (60).Using the term ‘synesthesia’ for the ‘interplay of all the senses’, McLuhanpoints out the effect of integration and reunification (as regards bothcommunity and individual sensibility) in respect not only of televisionbut also of telegraph, radio, telephone and other electric media. Heargues that ‘[e]lectricity offers a means of getting in touch with everyfacet of being at once, like the brain itself. Electricity is only incidentallyvisual and auditory; it is primarily tactile’ (249).McLuhan refers to modern art in the same context. He suggests that

synaesthesia or the sense of touch underlies abstract art:

This faculty of touch [� � �] was popularized as such by the Bauhausprogram of sensuous education, through the work of Paul Klee,WalterGropius, and many others in the Germany of the 1920s. The senseof touch, as offering a kind of nervous system or organic unity in thework of art, has obsessed the minds of the artists since the time ofCézanne. For more than a century now artists have tried to meet thechallenge of the electric age by investing the tactile sense with therole of a nervous system for unifying all the others. (107)12

Artists’ attempts to ‘meet the challenge of the electric age’ evenenabled them to anticipate the impact of later media such as television.

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 85

According to McLuhan, painters and sculptors ‘have been striving, eversince Cézanne abandoned perspective illusion in favor of structure inpainting, to bring about the very change that TV has now effectedon a fantastic scale’ (322).13 What Cézanne and other nineteenth-century artists did was to create a mosaic-like pictorial space that closelyresembled the television screen.14 Mosaic dissolved the sense of depthbased on perspective, which was in fact invented around the same timeas typography in the Renaissance. Both a perspective painting and aprinted page compel us to fix our point of view, thereby privileging thevisual sense and constituting linear and uniform space (172, 287–8). Asthe dominance of the printed book was encroached upon by electricmedia, perspective gave way to experiments with spatial representationwhich led to the abstract art of the early twentieth century. And bothelectric media and modern art called for synaesthesia or tactility.McLuhan thus emphasises the linkage between technology and

synaesthesia in modern art, but he does not elaborate on their preciserelation. He simply suggests that technology creates an environmentthat necessitates synaesthesia, and that artists respond to it more sens-itively than other people. It is easy to detect the naively Romantic ideaof the artist held by McLuhan, when he says, for example, ‘The seriousartist is the only person able to encounter technology with impunity,just because he is an expert aware of the changes in sense perception’(18). He is also innocently Romantic in another sense. According toKevin Dann, the Romantic interpretation of synaesthesia tends to reflecta simplistic view of history that goes as follows. Once there was unityof all the senses, but this can now be observed only in infants andprimitive people. In the materialistic, alienated contemporary world, itis totally lost. But in the future, the original condition will be restored(Dann 94–105). It goes without saying that McLuhan’s view that electricmedia were restoring the long lost synaesthesia perfectly fits this patternof paradise–fall–redemption. In the 1960s, there was a resurgence ofthe idea of synaesthesia as a way of transcending reality in counter-culture movements and popular occult mysticism. The huge success thatMcLuhan’s work enjoyed in the 1960s should be considered in this light.As far as the interpretation of synaesthesia is concerned, McLuhan wasjust one of the many authors who followed the Romantic view with thetripartite pattern. The difference may be that he connected synaesthesiadirectly to technology, which has often been condemned as a cause ofthe fragmentation and alienation of modern life.Marinetti, with his admiration for the machine and technology and

his privileging of tactility (which in fact means an interplay of all the

86 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

senses), appears to exemplify in an extreme form McLuhan’s formula-tion of synaesthesia in modern art of the electric age.15 This impressionis strengthened when we consider that Marinetti was not only infatuatedwith steely machines – cars, trains and aeroplanes – but also dreamt oftotal electrification of the world, to which communication technologysuch as the telephone and telegraph would contribute (see, for example,his ‘Electrical War’). It should be noted, however, that McLuhan neveremphasised the multiplicity of the body that formed the basis of theanarchic interplay of the senses in Marinetti.

WhereasMcLuhan thinks that the unification of human sensory exper-ience started in the late nineteenth century with the advent of electricmedia, FriedrichKittler emphasises that nineteenth-century technologiesdivided and separated people’s sensibilities and experiences, and that thisdivision lasted until electronic anddigital technologies came todominatethe world. In Gramophone, Film, Typewriter (1986), Kittler says, ‘Electricsdoes not equal electronics’ (2), because electric media remain in incom-patible channels and cannot unify our world and experience, contraryto McLuhan’s argument. He also considers that ‘[w]ithin the spectrumof the general data flow, television, radio, cinema, and the postal serviceconstitute individual and limitedwindows for people’s sense perceptions’(2). He singles out the gramophone, film and typewriter – which he calls‘ur-media’ (50) – to demonstrate his point in his Foucauldian archeo-logical research into the relation between technology and literature.

These three technologies put an end to the reign of the book whichstarted around 1800 (9–10). Departing again from McLuhan, whoconnects the book with the fragmentation of experience and sensib-ility, Kittler thinks that in this classical Romantic period (representedby Goethe), the book conferred upon both the writer and the reader atotal or unified imaginary experience.16 The acoustic and optical storagetechnologies (gramophone and film) and the writing technology (type-writer) disintegrated this totality of writing and reading:17 ‘The dreamof a real visible or audible world arising from words has come to an end.The historical synchronicity of cinema, phonography, and typewritingseparated optical, acoustic, and written data flows, thereby renderingthem autonomous’ (14). As regards the three technologies, McLuhannever fails to point out the unifying effects that electric media have,while acknowledging counter tendencies.18

Kittler relates the development of physiology to the separation ofexperience and sensibility brought about by the late nineteenth-centurytechnologies. The system in which human communication was ensured

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 87

by the reign of the book was destroyed when body and soul were subjectto physiological research. Kittler argues:

The hard science of physiology did away with the psychologicalconception that guaranteed humans that they could find their soulsthrough handwriting and rereading. [� � �] The unity of apperceptiondisintegrated into a large number of subroutines, which, as such,physiologists could localize in different centers of the brain andengineers could reconstruct in multiple machines. Which is what the‘spirit’ – the unsimulable center of ‘man’ – denied by its very defini-tion. (188, emphasis added)

Kittler’s idea that man could be reconstructed in ‘multiple machines’inevitably reminds us of Marinetti’s concept of ‘multiplied man’ madeup of multiple mechanical parts. The development of physiology incombination with technological applications in the nineteenth centurydivided and disintegrated the human body and soul, and Marinetti’sconcept was one of the ultimate outcomes of this process in the field ofart and literature. It is also important to note that physiological researchwas associated with the need to overcome disabilities. The typewriter wasintended to help the blind, and Edison, the inventor of the phonograph,was partially deaf. Kittler succinctly summarises the connection: ‘Blind-ness and deafness, precisely when they affect either speech or writing,yield what would otherwise be beyond reach: information on the humaninformation machine. Whereupon its replacement by mechanics canbegin’ (189). The last sentence could be paraphrased as ‘whereupon theprosthetic body can be born’. It seems that in the nineteenth century,physiology was reborn as a new type of science, due to a fundamentalchange intheconceptionofman–thetechnologisationorprosthetisationofman. JonathanCrary illuminates this change by focusing on vision.

Although Crary’s Techniques of the Observer: On Vision and Modernityin the Nineteenth Century (1990) does not mention Kittler, it parallelsthe latter’s approach in many ways. Both adopt Foucault’s methodof archeological research, which sharply punctuates history accordingto epistemological ruptures. For Kittler, the period around 1800 estab-lished the reign of the book linked to the classical idea of humanity,whereas the turn of the twentieth century was characterised by the totalcollapse of the former system due to the development of physiologyand technology. Crary also divides modern history into two periods,placing the turning point in the early nineteenth century, when there

88 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

was a fundamental shift in the conception of human vision. And justas Kittler, Crary foregrounds the importance of physiology in the laterperiod. According to Crary, the camera obscura model, in which adetached, disembodied metaphysical subject observes representationsof the outside world in the interior space of the mind, had dominatedthe discourse on vision since Descartes. But in the early nineteenthcentury, it gave way to a more physiological model that conceived ofvision being produced by unreliable subjective sensations in the body,thereby undoing the referential relation between the outer world andthe inner mind on which the camera obscura model was based. Whendemonstrating how vision became opaque and physical in this shift,Crary discusses experiments by physiologists that revealed that humansenses were dependent on the stimulation of nerves, which could betechnically manipulated to cause confusion of the senses. On the otherhand, he argues that these experiments were conducted in the contextof specialisation or separation of the senses. How can we explain thisparadoxical coexistence of two contradictory tendencies?Goethe’s Theory of Colours (1810) marked a departure from the camera

obscura model by paying attention to the colours that belonged to thecorporeal subjectivity of the observer. Crary states that this was the‘moment when the visible escapes from the timeless order of the cameraobscura and becomes lodged in another apparatus, within the unstablephysiology and temporality of the human body’ (70). This shift wasinseparable from the new physiological research into the human body,including the eye.19 Crary mentions two major consequences of thedevelopment of physiology in the first half of the nineteenth century:

(1) the gradual transferral of the holistic study of subjective experi-ence or mental life to an empirical and quantitative plane, and(2) the division and fragmentation of the physical subject intoincreasingly specific organic and mechanical systems. (81)

The second of these closely parallels Kittler’s description of man’sdisintegration into ‘multiple machines’ and, by extension, Marinetti’s‘multiplied man’. The representative physiologist is Johannes Müller,who ‘unfolded an image of the body as a multifarious factory-likeenterprise, comprised of diversified processes and activities, run bymeasurable amounts of energy and labor’ (88). It was but a step from thisview to Marinetti’s multiplied men, who ‘love to check meticulouslythe perfect working of their factories’. Along with the multiplicationof the body occurred the specialisation and separation of the senses.

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 89

Müller discovered that the senses were based on physiologically distinctnerves – that is, one kind of nerve was responsible for one specificsense. The senses were therefore physiologically separated. However,while Müller’s theory ‘asserted [� � �] that a uniform cause (for example,electricity) generates utterly different sensations from one kind of nerveto another’, he also ‘showed that a variety of different causes willproduce the same sensation in a given sensory nerve’ (90).Thus it became clear that a stimulus given to a sensory nerve had only

an arbitrary relation to the resultant sensation. As regards the eye, forexample, the sensation of light could be created by other stimuli, suchas electricity, chemical agents and so on. This meant that it was possibleto use electricity or chemicals to produce false sensory experiences. Forinstance, one physiologist ‘seriously pursued the possibility of electric-ally cross-connecting nerves, enabling the eye to see sounds and theear to hear colors, well before Rimbaud’s celebration of sensory dislo-cation’ (93). The reference to Rimbaud – obviously to his sonnet of thevowels – is telling because it suggests that physiology paralleled art in itsdiscovery of synaesthesia. We may also recall Kandinsky’s mention of amedical report on ‘hearing’ or ‘tasting’ colours. Separation of the senses,which appears to contradict synaesthesia, was in fact accompanied bythe very condition for synaesthesia: the discovery of the manipulabilityof nerves and sensory experiences. Separation of the senses, tied up withthe multiplication of the body, paradoxically engendered the possibilityof interrelations between them. Crary does not address this paradoxdirectly, but it haunts his account of nineteenth-century physiology.20

Citing a passage in which Helmholtz – Müller’s successor – comparesnerves to telegraph wires used for different purposes, Crary makes acomment that goes against the main theme of his chapter (the special-isation and separation of the senses):

Far from the specialization of the senses, Helmholtz is explicit aboutthe body’s indifference to the sources of its experience and of its capa-city for multiple connections with other agencies and machines. Theperceiver here becomes a neutral conduit, one kind of relay amongothers allowing optimum conditions of circulation and exchange-ability, whether it be of commodities, energy, capital, images, orinformation. (94)

Undoubtedly, Crary is recalling Baudrillard’s view of the sign inmodernity, which he refers to earlier in the book. The sign in modernityis severed from its referent and floats freely, making heterogeneous

90 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

values equivalent and indifferent – a condition best exemplified by theinfinite reproducibility of the photograph (11–13). In the same systemof ‘circulation and exchangeability’, the eye can be connected to theother sensory organs, and vision to the other sense perceptions – inother words, the possibility of synaesthesia emerges.Crary notes that physiologists’ discovery of the new visual field as

a ‘pure’ surface paralleled the new idea of vision held by artists suchas Ruskin, Cézanne and Monet – the idea of the ‘innocent eye’ freeof signification (95–6) – and he later discusses Turner as representingthe best artistic example of the new paradigm of vision (138–41). Hedoes not discuss synaesthesia in relation to these artists, but by showinghow the possibility of synaesthesia emerged in physiology, he illumin-ates the epistemological condition in which synaesthesia could appearin art – the condition in which the circulation and exchangeabilityof different values were dominant. It is important to note that it wasunder this same condition that technologies to do with vision, includingphotography and film, were invented. Once vision was set free fromthe camera obscura model and lodged in the subjective corporeality, itbecame not only autonomised and separated from the other senses butalso vulnerable to various techniques for controlling and modifying it(24).21 Crary mainly discusses now obsolete optical devices such as thestereoscope, paying less attention to photography and almost ignoringfilm.22 However, it is evident that film would never have been inventedwithout the physiological discovery of the retinal afterimage. UnlikeMcLuhan, who simplistically attributes synaesthesia to the emergenceof electric media, Crary illuminates how both the technologies of visionand synaesthesia became possible in the new paradigm of vision.

Despite differences in formulation, the three theories are allconcerned, directly or indirectly, with the way in which synaesthesiabecame prominent in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries,in tandemwith the growing influence of newmedia technologies on thehuman body and senses. The relation between technology and humansensory life was certainly not simple. The new media technologies nodoubt contributed to the fragmentation of the body and senses (Kittler),whilst at the same time foregrounding synaesthesia (McLuhan). Yetas Crary maintains with regard to vision, the new technologies andsynaesthesia were possible only after and because of the fundamentalepistemological shift in the early nineteenth century.It is undeniable in any case that the permeation of new media techno-

logies into human life went hand in hand with the prosthetisation of the

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 91

body and senses, or the production of the prosthetic body and the pros-thetic senses. The prosthetic body is made up of foreign body parts thatare akin to removable and exchangeable prostheses. It is a fragmentedbody, but fragmentation is tied up with the possibility of reorganisa-tion – the arbitrary recombination of body parts as prostheses. Theprosthetic senses are primarily the senses (the visual and acoustic sensesin particular) individually heightened by new technologies. But theyare also inseparable from synaesthesia because after all they are partof the prosthetic body and therefore subject to mutual confusion andexchange. Both the body and the senses are subject to fragmentation,equation and recombination at the same time, as if to follow the logicof capitalism.Inthepreviouschapters, IexaminedtheprostheticbodyinBeckett.Now

it is time to turn to theprosthetic senses inhiswork. Beckettwasoneof themany avant-garde artists who registered the impact of newmedia techno-logies on the body and senses and explored the perceptual and sensuousdimensions opened up by these technologies. His art seems to involve thedual tendencies of the senses in the age of advanced media technologyI have explored in this section: simultaneous separation and fusion. Heeffectively used audio and visual technologies to explore the auditory andvisual senses in their prosthetically heightened and isolated states.On theother hand, his art shows a deep concern with synaesthesia as part of theformless body. Leaving the former aspect for the subsequent chapters, Iwill now start to consider synaesthesia in his work. The final part onNot Iwill showhow the two tendencies coexist in that play.

Synaesthesia in Beckett’s early work

Beckett’s concern with synaesthesia is evident in his early work. Indiscussing Work in Progress in ‘Dante � � � Bruno . Vico . . Joyce’ (1929),he addresses the synaesthetic quality of James Joyce’s work: ‘It is notwritten at all. It is not to be read – or rather it is not only to be read. Itis to be looked at and listened to’; ‘[I]ts adequate apprehension dependsas much on its visibility as on its audibility’ (Disjecta 27, 28). Alongwith modernists such as Eisenstein and Moholy-Nagy, Beckett was oneof the many authors who noted the innovative potential of synaes-thesia in Finnegans Wake.23 This aspect of Joyce’s work has recentlybeen discussed in terms of the technologies and media that beganto permeate people’s lives and experiences from the mid-nineteenthcentury onwards. In Beyond the Word: Reconstructing Sense in the Joyce Eraof Technology, Culture, and Communication, Donald Theall, who further

92 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

develops McLuhan’s media studies, argues that Joyce’s work, especiallyFinnegans Wake, is the most important exploration of how sensibilitywas transformed in the age of new technologies and media. Just likeMcLuhan, he stresses that technological change and the subsequentemergence of new modes of communication evoked tactility, gestureand synaesthesia in art. Communication in the new technological ageworked on various senses simultaneously and therefore went ‘beyondthe word’ and the related privileging of the visual sense. Theall detailsthe link between the new technologies of communication and FinnegansWake, maintaining that ‘this enigmatic book is not only a polysemic,encyclopaedic book designed to be read with the simultaneous involve-ment of ear and eye, but it is also a self-reflexive book about the role ofthe book in the electro-machinic world of the new technology’ (12).In his essay on Joyce, Beckett does not directly address the technolo-

gical changes behind Joyce’s innovation in literary language. It wouldbe a mistake, however, to presume that in this formative period therewas nothing that anticipated Beckett’s later engagement with techno-logy. The imagery of the mechanised body in his early work (examinedin relation to sexuality in Chapter 1) ties him to the many ‘mechano-modernists’ who explored the aesthetic possibilities of the technologisedbody and perception. Beckett was also very interested in film making,and in 1936 he went so far as to write a letter to Eisenstein for permissionto work with him in Moscow (Knowlson 226).More generally, in his formative years Beckett was part of the envir-

onment in which art and literature sought renewal by engaging withnew technologies and media. The magazine transition, which serialisedJoyce’s Work in Progress and published some of Beckett’s earliest worksincluding his Joyce essay, was attentive from the outset to the experi-ments in visual art and literature, and featured various artists’ explor-ations of the artistic possibilities of new media such as photographyand film. Such explorations were regarded as inseparable from literaryexperiments that went beyond the word by involving all the senses. TheFebruary 1929 issue of transition (no. 15) carried artistic photographs byMan Ray and Moholy-Nagy. In the opening essay, the editor EugeneJolas gave an overview of the latest developments in painting, musicand architecture. With regard to painting, he acknowledged the impactof the camera as follows:

With the development of technology, the possibilities for enlargingthe magical have become automatically emphasized. The new use ofthe camera, with its light and dark contrasts, has made it possible to

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 93

create expressions of the enigmatic and marvellous, beyond all ourexpectations. (‘Super-Occident’ 14)

His main intention, however, was to stress the urgent need to revolu-tionise literature. In a tone that anticipates Beckett’s ‘German Letter of1937’ (to which I will return soon), Jolas insisted that literature shouldnot lag behind the other genres:

While these arts are going ahead, literature is still rooted in the ideasof the past. The reality of the universal word is still being neglected.Never has a revolution been more imperative. We need the twentiethcentury word. We need the word of movement, the word expressiveof the great new forces around us. Huge, unheard-of combinationsmust be attempted in line with the general tendency of the age. Weneed the technological word, the word of sleep, the word of half-sleep,the word of chemistry, biology, the automatic word of the dream,etc. With this must go the attempt to weaken the rigidity of theold syntactic arrangements. The new vocabulary and the new syntaxmust help destroy the ideology of a rotting civilization. (‘Super-Occident’ 15)

It is evident that Jolas was thinking mainly of Joyce’s Work in Progresswhen describing the features of the future word and literature. Hisreference to ‘the technological word’ as an important feature of thenew literature suggests a close link between literary experiments, asrepresented by Work in Progress, and the impact of technology on thearts. The general idea expressed here crystallised into a proclamationof the ‘Revolution of the Word’ in the subsequent issue (nos 16–17 inJune 1929).24 It was also in this issue that Beckett made his debut inthe magazine – or better, in the authentic literary circle in general –publishing ‘Dante � � � Bruno . Vico . . Joyce’ and ‘Assumption’.Although the proclamation does not refer to technology, it is clear that

Jolas believed that technology would help the revolution of the word. Inhis essay ‘Logos’ in the same issue, he mentioned the change of percep-tions brought about by film: ‘Poetry, using the words as mechanics, may,like the film, produce a metaphoric universe which is a sublimationof the physical world’ (16). Six years later he explicitly referred to theimportance of modern technology in his conception of revolutionaryliterature: ‘The mutation now going on, which is helped dynamicallyby the new technological means such as the cinema, the radio, andother mechanical forces, is about to create a linguistic interpenetration

94 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

that will doubtless have its effect on the final morphological processof modern languages’ (‘Workshop’ 104). He considered that the newliterary language should explore the irrational unconscious realm thathe believed to be ‘identical in all races throughout the world’ (103). Byreaching for such a universal substratum of the psyche, it would over-come the barriers of national languages, and modern technology wouldassist this process by linking the world into what McLuhan calls ‘a globalvillage’. Needless to say, ‘the cinema, the radio, and other mechanicalforces’ also facilitated the interpenetration of genres, which transitionwas aiming at from the outset.Beckett’s Proust (1931) also shows his interest in the new media tech-

nologies. He pays attention to the passages in Proust’s Remembranceof Things Past where the narrator marvels at the extraordinary realitythat the telephone and photography reveal. The voice (of the narrator’sgrandmother) on the telephone sounds strangely real because it is cutoff from the body. It is also ghostly because it is both present andabsent.25 Beckett immediately goes on to discuss the passage in Proustwhere the narrator closely inspects his grandmother, as if through thelens of a camera, and finds her virtually dead. These episodes in Proust’snovel show that the new media technologies could expand the visualand acoustic senses separately and reveal a reality that eludes normalperception.

Beckett’s Proust essay also suggests that he is responding to synaes-thetic sensibility. But it is less overtly linked to technology and thereforeis different in kind from that of Joyce and those in the transition circle.The work of involuntary memory that Beckett admiringly discusses isnothing other than synaesthetic in that it involves all the senses. Helists instances of involuntary memory in Remembrance of Things Past.They are induced not only by sight, as in ‘The steeples of Martinville,seen from Dr. Percepied’s trap’, but also by taste, smell, sound andtouch: ‘The madeleine steeped in an infusion of tea’, ‘A musty smell ina public lavatory in the Champs Elysées’, ‘The noise of a spoon againsta plate’, ‘He wipes his mouth with a napkin’ (36–7). The operation ofinvoluntary memory thus seems to cross the ordinary sensory division.Sometimes what we might call a general kinetic sense is involved, asin ‘He stoops to unbutton his boots on the occasion of his second visitto the Grand Hotel at Balbec’, and ‘Uneven cobbles in the courtyard ofthe Guermantes Hotel’ (37). The former suddenly evokes the kindnessof the narrator’s grandmother in the past, while the latter, making himstumble, carries him to the forgotten days he spent in Venice.

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 95

Later in the essay, Beckett argues that unlike the intellectual evoc-ation of the past (voluntary memory), which rejects as insignificant‘whatever word or gesture, sound or perfume, cannot be fitted into thepuzzle of a concept’ (72), involuntary memory springs from preciselythose elements and brings back ‘the total past sensation, not its echonor its copy, but the sensation itself’ to engulf the subject (72). In otherwords, involuntary memory revives the deeper realm of sensation thatincludes all the senses, even if it may be triggered by one particular sense.Merleau-Ponty, who emphasises the importance of the communion ofthe body and the world in our sensory experience, calls this realm ‘a“primary layer” of sense experience which precedes its division amongthe separate senses’ (Phenomenology 227). Following Paul Schilder, hemaintains that once we suspend our scientific attitude towards theworld, we find that synaesthetic perception – which emerges in thatprimary layer – is nothing exceptional: ‘Synaesthetic perception is therule, and we are unaware of it only because scientific knowledge shiftsthe centre of gravity of experience [� � �]’ (229). Involuntary memory isa deeply physical phenomenon that is rooted in the synaesthetic realmprior to sensory division. This is not unrelated to Beckett’s observationthat Proust does not record the surface reality but ‘searches for a relation,a common factor, substrata’. It means that Proust perceives a situationindirectly through ‘intermediate’ stimuli. Beckett argues:

Withdrawn in his cool dark room at Combray he extracts the totalessence of a scorching midday from the scarlet stellar blows of ahammer in the street and the chamber-music of flies in the gloom.Lying in bed at dawn, the exact quality of the weather, temperatureand visibility, is transmitted to him in terms of sound, in the chimesand the calls of the hawkers. Thus can be explained the primacy ofinstinctive perception – intuition – in the Proustian world. (83)

What Beckett calls ‘instinctive perception’ or ‘intuition’ here could alsobe described as synaesthetic perception, in which the auditory sense istransferred to the sense of heat. Though Beckett does not particularlyfocus on the question of the senses in his study, it can be surmised that inhis tenacious engagement with Proust’s world, he was made even moresensitive to the operation of the senses and the deeper, synaestheticrealm in the human experience.Let us now look at Beckett’s fiction for signs of synaesthetic sensibility.

Dream of Fair to Middling Women clearly shows that the young Beckettplaced language and literature in close relation to the visual and auditory

96 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

senses. In this novel, Belacqua tells his girlfriend the Alba about short-or long-sightedness in poetry, using the term ‘verbal retina’ (170). Whenthe Alba asks him whether a word can have a retina, Belacqua says, ‘Icould justify my figure, [� � �] if I could be bothered. Words shall put forthfor me the organs that I choose. Need I remind you how they relievedthemselves under Apollinaire?’ (171). It is fairly likely that Belacquais referring to Apollinaire’s visual poem calligramme. At another pointBelacqua tells the Mandarin about the enormous silence he discerns inRimbaud and Beethoven: ‘The terms of [their] statements serve merelyto delimit the reality of insane areas of silence, whose audibilities are nomore than punctuation in a statement of silences’ (102). It is well knownthat the young Beckett was infatuated with Rimbaud. He translatedRimbaud’s Drunken Boat into English around the same time as he wroteDream. Rimbaud’s ‘Vowels’, which sparked enthusiasm for synaesthesiain fin de siècle Europe, was also familiar to him. According to JamesKnowlson, for the Stuttgart television version of What Where, Beckettconsidered using colours for the different characters in accordance withRimbaud’s allocation of colours to vowels (686).26

Belacqua’s idea of visual and auditory literature culminates in apassage where he plans to write a book of his own. As I discussed inthe previous chapter in relation to the body’s boundaries, he wants hisbook to be invaded and disintegrated by silence, just as Rembrandt’spaintings and Beethoven’s music are in his view. He says of Beethoven:

I think of his earlier compositions where into the body of themusical statement he incorporates a punctuation of dehiscence,flottements, the coherence gone to pieces, the continuity bitched tohell because the units of continuity have abdicated their unity, theyhave gone multiple, they fall apart, the notes fly about, a blizzard ofelectrons; and then vespertine compositions eaten away with terriblesilences. (139)

Such conditions are ideal for Belacqua’s own book. Beckett reformulatesthis idea in the ‘German Letter of 1937’. Insisting that we should doeverything to discredit language by boring holes in it, he asks:

[I]s literature alone to remain behind in the old lazy ways that havebeen so long ago abandoned by music and painting? Is there some-thing paralysingly holy in the vicious nature of the word that is notfound in the elements of the other arts? Is there any reason whythat terrible materiality of the word surface should not be dissolved,

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 97

like for example the sound surface, torn by enormous pauses, ofBeethoven’s seventh Symphony [� � �]? (Disjecta 172)

It is therefore possible to argue that when Beckett was in the processof forming his artistic credos, he always thought of literature in closerelation to painting and music, or the visual and auditory senses. Thispoints to the fundamentally synaesthetic nature of his artistic sensib-ility. However, his uniqueness seems to lie in the fact that his idea ofpainterly or musical language was inseparable from his attempt to reachfor silence, as is clear in Dream and the ‘German Letter’. In symbolismand modernism, the pursuit of visuality and musicality in literaturewas often linked to the relegation of the communicative function oflanguage as a vehicle of messages, and from this emerged the opaquemateriality or ‘being’ of language. Beckett’s synaesthetic conception oflanguage and literature seems to go against this general tendency inits attempt to dissolve the ‘materiality of the word surface’ by meansof silence. Painting and music could become literature’s models onlybecause Beckett perceived silence in them.

Another important point in this connection is that Beckett was alsointerested in the phenomenon of ‘coenaesthesis’, which is comparableto synaesthesia.27 The Oxford English Dictionary defines this as follows:‘The general sense or feeling of existence arising from the sum of bodilyimpressions, as distinct from the definite sensations of the special senses;the vital sense’. Roughly put, while synaesthesia is a confusion of alreadyarticulated senses, coenaesthesis is a general sense prior to the articu-lation of specific senses. But the two might be related to each otheras both are in opposition to the generally held assumption that eachsense is clearly divided. Moreover, coenaesthesis, as ‘the sum of bodilyimpressions’, could be a kind of matrix from which synaesthesia canarise. In order for synaesthesia to be possible, there must be a generalsensory realm in which the different senses are mediated. The Proustianinvoluntary memory, which I have just examined, is a case in point.It could be said that it works through coenaesthesis precisely, thoughit may be triggered by one specific sense. Coenaesthesis, then, equalswhat Merleau-Ponty means by synaesthesia: ‘the realm prior to sensorydivision’. In a sense, it is a matter of emphasis: either we highlightthe manifest cross-connection of the senses or the hidden prior sensoryrealm upon which this cross-connection is based.28

Beckett probably became familiar with the word coenaesthesis whenreading the English translation of Max Nordau’s Degeneration (1895).

98 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Originally published in German in 1892, this book caused a considerablesensation among European intellectuals of the day by enhancing the finde siècle anxiety that European civilisation was degenerating. Beckett’sDream Notebook registers numerous notes he took from this book. Item[664] records the general meaning of this term, noting that it is a dimsense of the ego devoid of consciousness in the cerebral state. Item [666],which refers to coenaesthesis in the prenatal period, reveals Beckett’spersistent obsession with the womb. Building on these notes, Beckettuses this term twice in Dream. When Belacqua arrives in Paris aftera long and exhausting journey, he receives a strange sensation fromthe dawn dusk that surrounds him: ‘But it was only a dim impression,no more than the tumultuous coenaesthesis (Bravo!) of the degeneratesubject’ (32). Here Beckett makes clear the allusion to Nordau (‘thedegenerate subject’), and the insertion of ‘Bravo!’ seems to imply hisawareness of the inappropriate heaviness of this obscure technical term.Later in the novel, there is a description of Belacqua’s doomed attemptto bring about the blissful state of the ‘wombtomb’. It includes thefollowing passage: ‘in every imaginable way he flogged on his coen-aesthesis to enwomb him, to exclude the bric-à-brac and expunge hisconsciousness’ (123). Just like item [666] in the Notebook, this passagereflects Beckett’s concern with the link between coenaesthesis and thewomb. This link is only natural because in the intrauterine state, wherethere cannot be any articulate perception of the inner or outer world,coenaesthesis must be the predominant sensation. It is only dimly feltand fundamentally antithetical to cerebral consciousness.29 Coenaes-thesis strongly appealed to Beckett because it evoked the state of the‘wombtomb’.

Beckett’s two notes about coenaesthesis are taken from the chapter onthe psychology of ‘ego-mania’ in Nordau’s Degeneration. Nordau main-tains that the distinction between the ‘Ego’ and the ‘non-Ego’ is anillusion because each organism is after all a part of the whole universe.The advance of humanity lies in reaching the conception of the ‘not-I’or the external world, after overcoming both the infantile preoccupa-tion with the internal organic process – that is, coenaesthesis – and theclear consciousness of an individual ego. Nordau says:

Development advances from the unconscious organic ‘I’ to the clearconscious ‘I,’ and to the conception of the ‘not-I.’ The infant probablyhas coenaesthesis even before, in any case after, its birth, for it feels itsvital internal processes, shows satisfaction when they are in healthyaction, manifests its discomfort by movements and cries, which are

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 99

also only a movement of the respiratory and laryngeal muscles, whenany disturbances appear there, perceives and expresses general statesof the organism, such as hunger, thirst and fatigue. (251–2)

This is the passage that induced Beckett’s note on coenaesthesis beforebirth (item [666]). In Nordau’s view, the insane or degenerate personhas not departed from the infantile state. He is an ‘ego-maniac’ whocan hardly perceive the external world. Using this framework, Nordauin Book III (‘Ego-Mania’) goes on to denounce major artists of his time,including Baudelaire (for smelling colours) and his followers (for hearingcolours) (cf. 296). For him, those artists were pathologically regressiveand therefore degenerate. At another point, Nordau refers to Rimbaud’s‘The Vowels’ (139) and denounces colour hearing in the symbolists’poems as madness, before presenting the devastating conclusion that‘[t]o raise the combination, transposition and confusion of the percep-tions of sound and sight to the rank of a principle of art, to see futurity inthis principle, is to designate as progress the return from the conscious-ness of man to that of the oyster’ (142).Without using the term, Nordau thus dismisses synaesthesia as an

alarming reversion to the state of a lower creature, while modern-ists in the twentieth century, including Beckett, actively exploredand exploited the possibilities of the sensory disorder opened up byBaudelaire and Rimbaud. Beckett did not take any note of Nordau’sdiscussions of colour hearing. It is possible to say, however, that inNordau’s view there is an implicit link between synaesthesia and coen-aesthesis because he discusses the synaesthetic sensibility (as representedby colour hearing) of Baudelaire and his followers in the framework ofego-mania, which is closely linked to coenaesthesis. Both synaesthesiaand coenaesthesis indicate regression to the earlier psychic state. Theirlink to regression is plausible even leaving aside Nordau’s discussions,because in the undeveloped psychic state the body is disorganised andthe organs, including those dealing with the senses, are not totally differ-entiated. It seems certain that Nordau’s description of the regressivestate in respect of synaesthesia and coenaesthesis hit a chord in Beckett’sself-analytical mind because of its relevance to his obsession with theintrauterine period.Apart from this, there may be other reasons why Beckett studied

Nordau’s book so seriously, despite its superficial denunciation ofcontemporary art.30 TheDreamNotebook shows that at this time Beckettwas avidly reading books on sexual perversity and eccentricity.31 Hemight have been similarly interested in the way in which Nordau

100 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

analysed art pathologically, linking it to perversity and degeneration.Also, the young Beckett’s misogyny (see Chapter 1) might have beenrelevant. The idea of degeneration that Nordau and others propagatedwas closely related to the fear of women in the late nineteenth century.William Greenslade provides an overview of this context as follows:

Fear and anxiety extended to sexuality, particularly fear of femalesexuality by men. This took extreme forms as in Otto Weininger’spolemics, or the misogyny of Schopenhauer and the paranoia ofStrindberg. Images from art and literature at the fin de siècle [� � �] showhow fear of loss of control led to distorted projections of attractionand threat in the destructive figure of the vampire or parasite. Imagesof reversion to lower states of animality signified the uncontrollablemystery of female desire. (18–19)

Beckett’s early work clearly manifests such anxiety about female sexu-ality. It is likely that his well-known enthusiasm for Schopenhauer was atleast partly due to the latter’s misogyny. Like other modernists, Beckettactively explored the delirium of the mind that Nordau denounced asdegenerate. However, in terms of misogyny, the young Beckett mighthave been in line with Nordau and what he represented.Beckett continued to use the term coenaesthesis. In More Pricks

than Kicks, Belacqua’s feeling is likened to ‘the coenaesthesis of theconsultant when he finds the surgeon out’ in ‘Love and Lethe’ (99),and Smeraldina’s mental state is described as ‘a teary coenaesthesis’ in‘Draff’ (175). Molloy says ‘coenaesthetically speaking of course’ whendescribing his physical conditions (54). And in ‘Three Dialogues’, Beckettuses an almost identical term when commenting on Tal Coat: ‘In anycase a thrusting towards a more adequate expression of natural exper-ience, as revealed to the vigilant coenaesthesia’ (Disjecta 138). Fromwhat we have seen so far, it is not surprising that in The Painted Word:Samuel Beckett’s Dialogues with Art, Lois Oppenheim quotes the last ofthese passages. She does so in order to buttress her main argument thatBeckett’s art criticism reveals his Merleau-Pontyian conception of theworld, which emphasises the intertwining of the self and the world inpre-objective experience and thus overcomes objectifying thought (102).When discussing Beckett’s Proust, I noted that involuntary memory isrooted in a general sensory realm prior to sensory division, and as suchis congenial to Merleau-Ponty’s idea of the essential interplay of thesenses. Oppenheim detects in Beckett’s art criticism a resurfacing of theMerleau-Pontyian sensibility expressed in Proust.

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 101

As I argued earlier, synaesthesia can be regarded as part of the generaleconomy of the body in pieces, in which the bodily organs are dividedand recombined. And yet, it seems that it inevitably foregrounds theprimary dimension of coenaesthesis as something like its shadow. Ifthe Joycean technology-related synaesthesia directly reflects the logic ofdivision and recombination, the Proustian involuntary memory repres-ents the primordial coenaesthetic realm. It is noteworthy that the youngBeckett was exposed to and interested in both.

Synaesthesia in Beckett’s later work

Beckett’s later advance into genres such as theatre, radio, film and tele-vision enabled him to experiment with the interplay of language, visionand music that he so passionately called for in his early years. It iswell known that when he directed his own plays, he often behavedlike a conductor of an orchestra or a painter. One of the most strikingtestimonies is Billie Whitelaw’s following comment. While Beckett wasdirecting her, she felt ‘like a moving, musical, Edvard Munch painting –one felt like all three – and in fact when Beckett was directing Footfalls,he was not only using me to play the notes, but I almost felt that he didhave the paintbrush out and was painting [� � �]’ (quoted in Knowlson624). James Knowlson, in his biography of Beckett, repeatedly pointsout that many of the paintings that had impressed Beckett ‘resurfacedwhen he came to create his own visual images for the stage or to realisehis plays on the stage as his own director’ (256). He also notes that‘[w]hile directing his own plays, musical terms like “piano”, “fortis-simo”, “andante”, “allegro”, “da capo”, “cadenza” tripped lightly offhis tongue at rehearsals’ (655). In Knowlson’s view, ‘ “[c]onducting” isa more appropriate word for what he was doing as a director. Sittingbehind him, Rosemary Pountney noticed, as the actors spoke their lines,that his left hand was beating out the rhythms like Karajan’ (668). Thereis no doubt that Beckett’s original vision, which he subsequently triedto realise on the stage, was both musical and painterly. In this sense,his fundamental attitude towards literature remained unchanged fromhis younger days when he wrote Dream of Fair to Middling Women andthe ‘German Letter of 1937’. It is to this synaesthetic quality of Beckett’sart that Gilles Deleuze responds (in ‘The Exhausted’), when he discernsa special kind of language (‘language III’), which is open to visual andauditory dimensions. He finds this language in Beckett’s later work, thetelevision plays in particular, but he also connects it to the ‘German

102 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Letter’ and Belacqua’s conception of new literature in Dream of Fair toMiddling Women (ECC 158, 164, 172–3).When we consider Beckett’s use of technology, we need to be aware

that an artificially isolated sense – the obvious ‘prosthetic sense’ – isstill related to synaesthetic sensibility at a deeper level. It is notable thatbefore Beckett began to combine sound technology (recorded voice) andvisual technology (the camera) effectively in Eh Joe (1966), he experi-mented with each technology separately. With his radio dramas suchas All That Fall (1957) and Embers (1959), he first explored how sound,given in isolation from vision, could still evoke vision in the mind, dueto the synaesthetic linkage between the two sensory channels. MartinEsslin says, ‘Concentrated listening to a radio play is [� � �] more akinto the experience one undergoes when dreaming than to that of thereader of a novel: the mind is turned inwards to a field of internalvision’ (177). Therefore the radio was a suitable medium for the innov-ative twentieth-century literature that explored ‘the inner landscape ofthe soul’ (178). The same was true of the silent film, the possibilitiesof which Beckett seems to have believed in so strongly that his onlyfilm – Film (1965) – was almost totally silent. He may have been inter-ested in the synaesthetic sensibility that enabled the audience to have‘acoustic experiences’ when viewing a silent film. Even after Beckettbegan to combine sound and visual technologies, he tried hard tocoordinate sound and vision to be faithful to his original synaestheticconception.I will discuss Beckett’s involvement with visual technology and sound

technology in detail in the next two chapters. At the moment, it is to benoted that even in his prose works there are some peculiar instances ofsynaesthesia.32 In The Unnamable, for instance, the question of languageis largely reduced to that of being forced to hear the voice or noise. Butthe narrator’s visual perception, particularly of dim lights, runs parallelto his hearing. A ‘vice-exister’ Worm ‘does not suffer from the noisealone, he suffers from the grey too, from the light’ (368). And hearingand seeing can sometimes be mixed. At one point the narrator says,‘Decidedly this eye is hard of hearing. Noises travel, traverse walls, butmay the same be said of appearances? By no means, generally speaking.But the present case is rather special’ (364). This is a world where thedistinction between vision and hearing has little meaning. Accordingly,the narrator wonders whether silence is grey or black (368–9). Thisis probably related to the novel’s evocation of regression to the earlypsychic stages, especially the intrauterine period. The space of Companyis characterised by a similar correlation between sound and light: ‘By the

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 103

voice a faint light is shed. Dark lightens while it sounds. Deepens whenit ebbs’ (25). The French text makes the link even more explicit: ‘La voixémet une lueur’ (Compagnie 24).33 As I will show later, Not I reproducesthe simultaneous perception of voice and light in the above-mentionedpassage in The Unnamable.It is therefore certain that synaesthetic sensibility kept running at a

deep level in Beckett’s art. The fact that he always thought of liter-ature in close relation to music and painting suggests that his aestheticview lay in the realm prior to division of the senses and the media.The images of disintegration, punctuation and surface piercing in hisearly work, which were equally connected to literature, music andpainting, also suggest that his sensibility was coenaesthetic or tactilebefore being specifically visual or acoustic. This does notmean, however,that Beckett’s work is amenable to actual mixed-media collaboration.In this regard Beckett makes a sharp contrast to modernists such asJean Cocteau, whose Parade, with Picasso’s designs and Satie’s music, isa prime example of mixed-media collaboration in modernism.34 Thereare quite a few indications of Beckett’s aversion to mixed-media collab-oration. One of the earliest examples can be found towards the endof Proust where Beckett denounces opera as corrupting the immateri-ality of music with words (92). This conviction does not seem to havefaltered even in his later career. In the case of the set of Waiting forGodot, for instance, he argued against appropriation of theatre set designby painting and rejected the Wagnerian collaboration of arts.35 ForBeckett, Wagner’s Gesamtkunstwerk was nothing but a naïve assemblageof media.It is well known that Beckett tried to control everything as director

of his own plays and tended to be intolerant of their adaptation. Hetyrannically forced his actors and actresses to conform to his vision,which was both musical and painterly. It is plausible that because heregarded his vision as absolute, he did not want his chosen mediumto be contaminated by other media. Therefore, even if his vision wassynaesthetic and involved musical or painterly elements, he wouldstick to literature, the art of words. Of course he went back andforth between theatre and prose in his later career, but he neverbelieved that actual music or paintings were suitable for expressing hisvision.36

Finally, I want to analyseNot I as a play that interestingly illustrates thepoints made in this chapter. The play spotlights a woman’s mouth. Theeerie impression that one body part has been cut off and isolated is evenstronger in its television version (first produced in 1975 and broadcast

104 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

in 1977), which shows a close-up of a mouth pouring forth torrents ofwords. But however bewildering the mouth in close-up may seem, itis nothing new if we think of the photographic and cinematographicexperiments of the 1920s. First, there was a prevalent concern withthe fragmented body around the turn of the twentieth century. Thephotographic technique of close-up was an ideal means to present afragmented body with isolated body parts, and early photographersand cinematographers relished it. The surrealist photographers, espe-cially Man Ray, produced many photographs that cut off and closed upon body parts.37 And Fernand Léger and Dudley Murphy’s film BalletMécanique (1924), for instance, frequently shows a close-up of a woman’smouth and eyes. In this experimental film, the repetitive movements ofboth machines and people are presented in the same plane, so that weare impressed with the interpenetration of the machine and the human(the mechanisation of the human or humanisation of the machine).38

The fragmentation of the body is in keeping with this feature becausethe bodily organs can easily be identified with mechanical parts, justas in Marinetti. Not I also shows the simultaneous fragmentation andmechanisation of the body.In Not I, Mouth says that ‘she’ is feeling a dull roar or buzzing and a

ray like moonbeam in the dark. This could be regarded as a reproductionof the passage in The Unnamable, where the narrator is suffering simul-taneously from the voice and the dim light. In that scene, the visualand auditory senses are cross-connected to produce a synaesthetic sense(‘Decidedly, this eye is hard of hearing’), which suggests regression toa primordial psychic state. It is possible to discern vestiges of this situ-ation in Mouth’s narrative. Five times it mentions the buzzing in closeconnection with the beam, as in the following line: ‘for she could stillhear the buzzing � � � so-called � � � in the ears � � � and a ray of light cameand went’ (CDW 377). It is as if the buzzing could not be mentionedwithout reference to the beam. Mouth also says that the buzzing isoccurring in the skull: ‘all the time the buzzing � � � so-called � � � in theears � � � though of course actually � � � not in the ears at all � � � in theskull � � � dull roar in the skull’ (378). Inside the skull, which is often aspatial analogue of the mind in Beckett’s work, sensory division mightindeed be immaterial. Despite the technical limitations, the stage versionof Not I goes as far as possible to approximate this original synaestheticsituation and to involve us in it. We share the same situation as Mouthin that just as ‘she’ hears buzzing and sees a ray, we hear Mouth’sflow of words as a kind of buzz and see a beam spotlighting it inthe dark, even if the presence of Auditor helps us to detach ourselves

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 105

from this involvement. Moreover, the spotlight can create the illusionthat light is coming from Mouth. Then, voice and light might indeedbe confused and approach the synaesthetic condition in The Unnamable(and in Company, where voice emits light).There are subtler correspondences to be noted between Mouth’s situ-

ation and ours. As I discussed in the previous chapter, Mouth imaginesthe body to be a machine, and with detachment describes the openingand shutting of the eyelids and the movements of the lips, cheeks, jawsand tongue in the act of speaking, as though they were external andunfamiliar mechanical processes. These organs are conceived as pros-theses. It may be said that corresponding defamiliarisation of the organstakes place for the audience as well: seeing and hearing are both defamil-iarised by the unfamiliar sight of a mouth in isolation and the unfamiliarsound of Mouth’s gibberish. In particular the eye is estranged by beingforced to concentrate on an unusual sight. Because the eye cannot appre-hend the sight adequately, we cannot help being conscious of the act ofseeing itself or the eye itself. As Enoch Brater suggests, we may even feelconscious of the camera-like quality of our eyes.39 As regards the mouthand the act of speaking, even if we are not induced to experience theirforeignness directly, the view of a speaking mouth will at least make usrealise that the act of speaking is a rather peculiar phenomenon. Thesedefamiliarising effects are enhanced in the television version, where thehuge Mouth occupies the entire screen.But this is not all. As is often pointed out, Mouth on the television

screen can remind us of the vagina – the ‘godforsaken hole’ at the begin-ning of Mouth’s narrative – and unsettle us.40 This is not only becausethe mouth and the vagina are similar in shape, but also because we areput into the position of a voyeur who obscenely watches a particularpart of the female body. As sexual desire is evoked (if only vaguely) inthis way, our gaze is brought down to its sheer physicality. This is acrucial point in view of the fact that in the Beckettian prosthetic bodythe organs as prostheses are often confused with and exchanged foreach other. In Mouth’s narrative, there is a suggestion that the streamof words is equated with vomit or excrement, as when, urged to speak,‘she’ goes to the ‘nearest lavatory’ to ‘start pouring it out’ (382). Consid-ering the frequent equation of the mouth and the anus in Beckett, theanalogy with excrement is not far-fetched, as noted in the previouschapter. If we pay close attention to the text, we can see that Mouth’sdescription of the opening and shutting of the eyelids is similar to themovements of the mouth that we are watching.41 Thus the mouth easilylends itself to association with other orifices. Our eyes are confronted

106 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

with the general confusion of the organs, which is characteristic of theBeckettian prosthetic body.I started with the primordial synaesthetic situation in which the eye

and the ear, vision and hearing are mixed. Then, using the techniqueof close-up in the television version, Beckett makes our eyes into asort of camera eye that intensifies our vision in isolation. This worksto stress the separation of hearing and seeing. However, what emergesafter all is the involvement of the eye in the general confusion of theorgans. It appears as though we have returned to the original primor-dial situation. I examined earlier how in the nineteenth century thepossibility of synaesthesia arose while new technologies served to dividethe senses, and how modernism in art and literature registered boththe separation and the fusion of the senses. The television version ofNot I illustrates how these two seemingly contradictory tendencies arecombined. Here the camera eye, the prosthesis that expands the capa-city of vision in isolation, encounters confusion of the organs, whichwould entail confusion of the senses as well. In other words, prosthesisin the ordinary sense is involved in a peculiar physical condition inwhich the organs themselves are confused or exchanged like so manyprostheses. Not only does Not I defamiliarise the organs such as the eyeand mouth, it also attempts to involve us in the eeriness of the formlessbody.In evoking sexual desire in the gaze, Beckett of Not I is moving into

the territory of his one-time chess partner, Marcel Duchamp. In her TheOptical Unconscious, Rosalind Krauss demonstrates how carnal and phys-ical the visuality in Duchamp’s art is. This is most explicit in the case ofEtant donnés, which makes us peep at the female genital organ througha hole in a door. But more relevant in the present context is the enter-prise called ‘Precision Optics’, to which Duchamp was committed in the1920s and 1930s. This involves turning discs (‘rotoreliefs’) whose variouspatterns evoke erotic optical illusions. Krauss describes how Duchampengages our eyes in the general confusion of the organs, evoking sexualdesire in the process:

The rhythm of the turning discs is the rhythm of substitution as,at an iconic level, various organs replace one another in an utterlycircular associative chain. First there is the disc as eye; then it appearsas breasts; this then gives way to the fictive presence of a uterinecavity and the implication of sexual penetration. And within thispulse, as it carries one from part-object to part-object, advancing andreceding through the illusion of this three-dimensional space, there

The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia 107

is also a hint of the persecutory threat that the object poses for theviewer, a threat carried by the very metamorphic rhythm itself, as itsconstant thrusting of the form into a state of dissolve brings on theexperience of formlessness, seeming to overwhelm the once-boundedobject with the condition of the informe. (137)

The similarity to Not I (the television version in particular) is striking.Vision is confronted with a confusion of the organs that leads to anunderlying sense of formlessness.As Krauss makes clear, Duchamp made use of the optical devices that

nineteenth-century physiologists employed to explore the physicalityof vision – those devices that Jonathan Crary discusses. Duchamp’senterprise can be situated ‘at a kind of threshold or bridge betweena nineteenth-century psychophysiological theory of vision and alater, psychoanalytic one’ (Krauss 135). Duchamp also challengedthe modernist assumption (represented by Clement Greenberg) thatthe visuality required by modernist painting was instantaneous anddevoid of physicality, just as with the older camera obscura model.Although Beckett did not explicitly refer to the kinds of optical devicethat Duchamp used, the comparison between him and Duchampilluminates the nature of the gaze in his work, and induces us tosituate his work in the context of visuality delineated by Crary andapplied to art criticism by Krauss. As I will discuss in the nextchapter, Beckett’s presentation of the eye always involves the physiolo-gical dimension, even when the eye seems to be equipped with acamera lens.Marcel Duchamp’s work certainly provides a prominent instance

of the formless body in modernism which I discussed earlier inthis chapter.42 Indeed, Hans Bellmer, whom I highlighted, mentionsDuchamp’s rotoreliefs in his essay ‘Notes on the Subject of the BallJoint’ (quoted in Taylor 214). Understandably, Bellmer is impressed withthe apparent confusion of breast and penis (see Taylor 121). The form-less, disintegrated body and its corollary – synaesthesia – are importantundercurrents in modernism.43 This chapter has considered Beckett’sconcern with synaesthesia in relation to these modernist undercurrents,marking its link to the prosthetic body. In the prosthetic body, the bodyparts are isolated and alienated like removable prostheses. The prostheticsense is the sense that is heightened in isolation by technology. But justas the prosthetic body is also a disorganised body in which the organscan be confused, the prosthetic sense is subject to anarchic recombina-tion and from this emerges synaesthesia. I have examined this structure

108 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

as a historical process and situated Beckett’s work in it. Bearing in mindthat the individual prosthetic senses are closely related to the realm ofsynaesthesia or the formless body as in the case of Not I, I will now turnto the two prosthetic senses in Beckett’s work: prosthetic vision with thecamera eye and the prosthetic voice mediated by sound technology.

4The Camera Eye

In the early twentieth century, when modernism flourished, the newlyinvented media technologies were permeating human life. The senseswere more and more mediated by these technologies, and what I callthe ‘prosthetic senses’ emerged. The senses were not simply technolo-gically heightened but profoundly transformed in quality. Vision wasno doubt heightened by photography, film and X-ray, but at the sametime, the quality of human vision changed significantly. This chapteraims to situate Beckett’s art in the broad cultural context in which sucha change in human vision occurred. Beckett was certainly one of themost important modernists who explored the new possibilities openedup by the camera eye. The camera eye is so representative of prosthesisfor vision that it can almost be considered synonymous with prostheticvision. I am going to examine how the camera eye as prosthesis is incor-porated into Beckett’s work. In the process, a new type of interplaybetween the inside and the outside will come in sight as an aspect ofthe prosthetic body.This chapter will first examine Beckett’s engagement with cinematic

art. Noting the bifurcation of human vision into the technological andthe physiological in the age of technology, it will then turn to Film andcompare this with Vladimir Nabokov’s novella The Eye. These two worksexemplify the point at which not only visual perception but also self-consciousness was represented with the camera eye. Next, the splittingof the self in Film will be connected to the theme of the double, withwhich a group of silent films were preoccupied, and Beckett’s televi-sion plays will be discussed in this light. Since Beckett’s camera piecesare mostly concerned with inner vision (vision of the inner mentalspace), due attention will be given to the image of the inner eye thatis prevalent in Beckett from the trilogy onwards. The final section will

109

110 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

analyse Ill Seen Ill Said, which seems to synthesise Beckett’s concernswith vision.

Beckett and the cinema

For a discussion of the features of the camera eye in Beckett’s art, itwould be appropriate to start by considering the relationship Becketthad with the cinema. Although a full exploration of this important butpoorly researched subject is beyond the scope of this book, it may bepossible at least to investigate the general cultural background in whichthe cinema impinged on Beckett’s artistic progress.1 In his biography ofBeckett, James Knowlson reports that as an undergraduate in Dublin,Beckett enjoyed the early silent films featuring Buster Keaton andCharlieChaplin (57). Later, in 1936, when Beckett was desperate to establishhimself as a writer, he seriously studied the cinema. Knowlson writes:

He had always been very interested in cinema. And at this timehe borrowed many books on the subject, reading about VsevolodPudovkin and the theoretician, Rudolf Arnheim and going throughback numbers of Close-Up. He even seriously considered going toMoscow to the State Institute of Cinematography, writing a letter toSergei Eisenstein in which he asked him to take him on as a trainee.He thought that the possibilities for the silent film had been far fromexhausted [� � �]. (226)

Knowlson then cites a letter in which Beckett states that despite thearrival of the talkie, the silent film would keep its independent position.The information here is obviously insufficient to give a coherent ideaof what Beckett thought of the cinema.2 However, it is noteworthy thathe believed in the possibilities of the silent film.It is well known that the appearance of the talkie in 1927 ignited

a very heated debate among film critics. (Rudolf Arnheim was one ofthose critical of the talkie.) The film magazine Close Up (1927–33), theback issues of which Beckett read, was deeply involved in the debatefrom the outset. In October 1928, it published a significant statementon the sound film written by Eisenstein, Pudovkin and Alexandrov.These Soviet film makers maintained that because montage was themost important technique in the film, sound should be used to rein-force the effect of montage on the viewer – that is, sound’s ‘pronouncednon-coincidence with the visual images’ was necessary, and therefore ‘anew orchestral counterpoint of sight-images and sound-images’ should be

The Camera Eye 111

created (Donald et al. 84). One of the editors of the magazine, KennethMacpherson, first denounced the sound film as a regression to theatre,but he soon changed his position and admitted its value – an indica-tion of how confused critics were at the time. In an overview of thedebate, James Donald emphasises that not sound as such but synchron-ised speech was the issue:

The emphasis on language, it was argued, would inevitably be boughtat the expense of the inner speech that was supposedly invoked andconveyed by the art of silent montage. It would disrupt the integrityand coherence of film in the same way as intertitles and subtitles haddone. (Donald et al. 79)

It could be argued that this objection derived from the belief that thevisual autonomy of the silent film should remain intact. It was fearedthat the introduction of synchronised speech would make film regressto theatre. It should be noted, however, that the sound film was notexactly a reversion to theatre, although it may have appeared so onthe surface. The silent film presented a soundless world by separatingvision from hearing and excluding the latter. This separation entailednot just new ways of seeing but also new ways of hearing. As SaraDanius argues, ‘to apprehend the absence of sound is also to rediscoversound, in effect to reinvent it – in its pure and abstract form’ (149).The silent film contributed to the technological separation and reinven-tion of sound ‘in its pure and abstract form’, which had already beenunder way since the mid-nineteenth century owing to the inventionof various acoustic technologies. In the early twentieth century, theseparate technological heightening of vision and hearing was consider-ably advanced. Therefore, the sound film should be described not as aregression to theatre, but as a newly invented means of recombining thetwo separated sensory channels. Awareness of the artistic potential ofthis disjunction seems to underlie the above-quoted pronouncement bythe Soviet film directors, who advocated the non-coincidental, contra-puntal use of visual image and sound.Judging from Beckett’s interest in the possibilities of the silent film,

it would not be far-fetched to suppose that he was conscious of thedebate on the talkie. The literary magazine transition might have beenanother source of inspiration for his concern with film. It was one of themagazines that devoted serious attention to film, and as Michael Northsays, ‘the most active years in the publication life of transition, 1927–1933, coincided with an extended crisis in the avant-garde’s relation to

112 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

film [� � �]’. During these years, transition itself became a kind of ‘logo-cinema’, ‘a hybrid object, not only multi-lingual but visual as well asverbal’ (65).3 Examining Eugene Jolas’ ‘logocinematic’ poetry, Northconcludes, ‘The synesthetic portmanteau words on which Jolas’ maturepoetry depends so heavily are certainly indebted to Finnegans Wake, butthey are also attempts to produce a verbal montage that would mimicthe juxtapositional syntax of modern film editing’ (70). As I discussed inthe previous chapter, Beckett must have been conscious of the synaes-thetic, cross-generic experiments in transition. But probably because hebelieved that he could not slavishly follow Joyce’s path, he did notrevel in the kind of verbal montage that characterised Jolas’ poetry. Hemay have been more interested in the synaesthetic effect produced bythe separation of vision from hearing. When viewing a silent film, weimagine sound (including speech and music) in our mind due to thesynaesthetic linkage between the two senses. In the silent film we ‘see’sound, as it were. The fact that Beckett believed in the possibilities of thesilent film suggests that he was attracted by the workings of the deepersynaesthetic sensibility exerted by the artificial isolation of vision.4 Inany event, he later explored these possibilities when he produced Film.Before discussing this film, however, I want to turn to Beckett’s fictionbecause even if he did not make his prose explicitly cinematographic,the influence of the camera eye on his prose work is worth considering.

Alan Spiegel, in his Fiction and the Camera Eye, examines how the cine-matographic form in the novel developed – it was initiated by Flaubert,greatly sophisticated by Joyce, and diversely employed by many post-Joycean novelists including the French New Novelists. He argues thateven before the invention of film at the end of the nineteenth century,a certain visual consciousness that could be called cinematographicexisted and significantly shaped the texture of the novels of Flaubert andhis successors. The invention of film was the culmination of this generaltendency (xii).5 But after Joyce’s time – that is, after filmwas invented – itbecame difficult for the novelist to escape from the influence of thecinematographic form. The camera eye is put on the novelist’s vision,whether he is conscious of it or not. Then what is the precise natureof the camera eye? It evidently expands the capacity of our vision asprosthesis and introduces us to hitherto unknown aspects of the world(what Benjamin calls ‘unconscious optics’). Because of this, it couldsignificantly transform our entire world view if it infiltrates our vision.Spiegel cites the famous passage in Proust’s Remembrance of Things Past,in which the narrator sees his grandmother with a photographer’s eye

The Camera Eye 113

and keenly realises that she is different from his image of her. Spiegelsays that ‘Proust reaffirms the first and oldest function of the camera as asemiautotelic device that mechanically records and reproduces whateveris present within its field of vision’ (85).As noted in the previous chapter, the young Beckett was just as

sensitive to this photographic eye as he was to another technology inProust’s novel, the telephone. In Proust, immediately after he admiringlydiscusses the significance of the telephone scene, Beckett turns to thecamera eye:6

His gaze is no longer the necromancy that sees in each preciousobject a mirror of the past. The notion of what he should see has nothad time to interfere its prism between the eye and its object. Hiseye functions with the cruel precision of a camera; it photographsthe reality of his grandmother. And he realises with horror that hisgrandmother is dead, long since and many times [� � �]. (27)

Because habitual memory does not intervene, he is obliged to seehis grandmother with ‘the cruel precision of a camera’, which evokesdeath. The camera destroys the familiar human dimension and revealsa striking reality. Beckett’s own fiction contains some evidence of theinfluence of the photographic gaze he analyses here. Spiegel distin-guishes four features of the camera eye: adventitious detail, the anatomyof motion, depthlessness, and montage. It is not difficult to findexamples of these features in Beckett’s fiction.7 Among them, depth-lessness seems to be the most conspicuous. Spiegel defines this asfollows:

Since the photographic image depicts its subject only in terms ofits physical surface, it tends to stress the subject’s purely structural,geometric, and material properties. Furthermore, the camera eyetends to de-emphasize and flatten out the depth of field that thehuman eye ordinarily perceives; to foreground and thus equalizeeverything in the visual field – people, objects, and surroundingenvironment – on the same flat, two-dimensional plane. (88)

When such a photographic gaze is directed at human beings, they areoften dehumanised and presented as automata, from which the seer orthe reader is distanced and alienated (cf. 145–6). The following passagefromDream of Fair to MiddlingWomen could be regarded as an example ofdepthlessness. In the quasi-masturbation scene (analysed in Chapter 1),

114 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Belacqua is recollecting how his girlfriend Smeraldina waved to himwhen her ship was leaving the Carlyle Pier:

It might have been a tuft of grass growing the way she ripped it off herlittle head and began to wave it with an idiotic clockwork movementof her arm, up and down, not to flutter it like a handkerchief, butgrasping it in the middle to raise it and lower it with a stiff arm asthough she were doing an exercise with a dumb-bell. (4)

What is supposed to be an emotional, or even tearful scene of parting ishere rendered comical in Bergson’s sense because Smeraldina’s wavingaction is described without emotion as a mechanical repetition, as ifin accordance with Belacqua’s mechanised quasi-masturbation. A verysimilar scene appears more than two decades later in From an AbandonedWork (1958). The narrator is describing his mother waving to him:

Then I raised my eyes and sawmymother still in the window waving,waving me back or on I don’t know, or just waving, in sad helplesslove, and I heard faintly her cries. The window-frame was green, pale,the house-wall grey and my mother white and so thin that I couldsee past her (piercing sight I had then) into the dark of the room, andon all that full the not long risen sun, and all small because of thedistance, very pretty really the whole thing, I remember it, the oldgrey and then the thin green surround and the thin white against thedark, if only she could have been still and let me look at it all. No,for once I wanted to stand and look at something I couldn’t with herthere waving and fluttering and swaying in and out of the window asthough she were doing exercises, and for all I know she may have been,not bothering about me at all. (CSP 130, emphasis added)

Again, a supposedly emotional scene is completely flattened out by adescription that is devoid of depth, although this narrator does soundmore self-conscious. Each item of the visual field is reduced to a colour –‘the old grey [the house wall] and then the thin green surround [the win-dow frame] and the thin white [his mother] against the dark [the room]’.And the mother’s waving is reduced to a mechanical exercise, just asin the passage in Dream. The apparent use of the camera eye to effectdepthlessness in these instances enhances the impression of apathyor fundamental discommunication between human beings, which theyoung Beckett emphasised in Proust: ‘For the artist [� � �] the rejectionof friendship is not only reasonable, but a necessity. [� � �] [A]rt is the

The Camera Eye 115

apotheosis of solitude. There is no communication because there are novehicles of communication’ (64).8

InMurphy, Beckett’s awareness of the cinema is explicit in a descriptionof Ticklepenny: ‘Ticklepenny as though thrown on the silent screen byGriffith in midshot soft-focus sprawling on the bed’ (108).9 And thefollowing description of Mr. Endon’s eyes would be impossible withoutthe camera eye:

In shape they were remarkable, being both deep-set and protuberant,one of Nature’s jokes involving sockets so widely splayed thatMr. Endon’s brows and cheekbones seemed to have subsided. And incolour scarcely less so, having almost none. For the whites, of whicha sliver appeared below the upper lid, were very large indeed and thepupils prodigiously dilated, as though by permanent lack of light.(139–40)

This passage is followed by a detailed inspection of the iris, the lids, ‘thered frills of mucus’. Mr. Endon’s eyes are subject to an extremely minutemicroscopic scrutiny that would not arise in ordinary human perceptionof the other’s eyes. The eyes are reduced to sheer material properties ina depthless visual field, as if they were inanimate objects. In a sense,such a treatment of Mr. Endon’s eyes may be appropriate because heis a grave psychiatric patient who cannot ‘see’ in the ordinary sense ofthe word. Murphy ‘see[s] himself stigmatised in those eyes that did notsee him’ (140) as if Mr. Endon’s eyes were mirrors. Murphy, unseen byMr. Endon, sadly realises that he cannot achieve Mr. Endon’s perfectapathy, to which he aspires. The microscopic scrutiny of the eye in thisscene is later revived with a real camera eye in the striking openingclose-up of Buster Keaton’s eye in Film.

After Beckett became familiar with the operations of the camera eye byproducing Film (1965) and television plays starting with Eh Joe (1966), itis plausible that he was more conscious of cinematographic techniqueseven when writing prose. Hence it is natural that some of his late proseincorporates terms suggestive of cinematography. In Company, as theobject of vision is switched, we read: ‘Dissolve to your father’s strainingagainst the unbuttoned waistband’ (58). In Ill Seen Ill Said, the verb‘dissolve’ is similarly used and the more explicit term ‘close-up’ alsoappears. But in order adequately to analyse his later works involving thecamera eye, it is necessary to consider some other aspects of the relationbetween visual technology and literature, thereby exploring the culturalcontext in which the Beckettian eye emerged.

116 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

The camera eye/the naked eye

Famously, Walter Benjamin wrote in ‘The Work of Art in the Age ofMechanical Reproduction’ (1936), ‘The camera introduces us to uncon-scious optics as does psychoanalysis to unconscious impulses’ (237).The analogy he draws between psychoanalysis and the camera eye is farfrom fortuitous. The modern invention of visual technology was fromthe outset strongly related to the irrational psychic realm explored bypsychoanalysts. Friedrich Kittler argues that the phenomenon of thedouble (doppelgänger), one of the subjects of psychoanalytic enquiry,is a particularly suitable subject matter for film because the body onthe screen is nothing but the ghostly double of the actor’s body. In theRomantic period, the double was an important theme in the world ofimagination guaranteed by the book, but this structure was dismantledin the modernist period by both psychoanalysis and film. Kittler says,‘Psychoanalysis clinically verified and cinema technically implementedall of the shadows and mirrors’ (‘Romanticism – Psychoanalysis –Film’ 95), thereby ousting the theme of the double from the book.10

The film magazine Close Up, which Beckett read, also published articleson the close connection between psychoanalysis and film. According toLaura Marcus, this magazine, ‘whose project was substantially informedby psychoanalytic thought and theory, played a significant role in thedevelopment of this symbiotic relationship’ between the two (Donaldet al. 240). For instance, film was considered analogous to dream andfantasy, and the trivial detail it showed was compared to the sympto-matic gestures by the analysand that revealed his or her unconscious.11

Given this general paradigm, in which the camera eye is intertwinedwith the irrational, dream-like realm of the unconscious, it is littlesurprise that surrealists actively explored the unconscious by means ofphotography and cinematography. In an examination of the photo-graphy of surrealists, that of Man Ray in particular, which defamiliarisesthe human body by fragmenting or distorting it, Rosalind Krauss arguesthat ‘the surrealist photographers were masters of the informe’ (‘CorpusDelicti’ 60). The camera eye is confronted with and even involved in theformless body. Or in other words, it discovered a new, unfamiliar bodyand was fascinated with it. As discussed in the previous chapter, Beckett’sNot I can be squarely situated in this paradigm. The extraordinary close-up of Buster Keaton’s eye at the beginning of Film, which accentuatesthe strangeness of the physical eye and defamiliarises our normal ideaof the eye and seeing, could also be regarded as an offshoot of surrealistphotographers’ discovery of the unfamiliar body.12 Here it is possible to

The Camera Eye 117

discern two connected factors: the technology of the camera eye, whichisolates and enhances our vision as prosthesis; and a new discovery ofthe body, the formless body in particular in the case of avant-gardeart. Vision seems to be anchored to these apparently opposing poles:the camera eye and the flesh. Beckett’s Ill Seen Ill Said is typical in thiscontext. The eye in it ‘breathes’ or ‘digests’ – an indication of palpablephysicality – while it uses ‘close-up’, as if equipped with a camera.Sara Danius maintains that with the advent of technologies of vision,

human vision was divided into two separate sectors – the more andmore abstract and inaccessible field of vision explored by technology,and the physiological ‘naked eye’:

[A] powerful discrepancy emerged between, on the one hand, visualmeans of representing domains that had been inaccessible to the eyeand, on the other, the naked eye itself, a discrepancy that provokeda new conception of their respective theoretical tasks. Yet, the verynotion of the naked eye, in all its physiological contingency, wasan invention, too, since the terms through which it was articulatedhad been altered. Indeed, the historically strong form of the notionof the naked eye became operative after the successful introductionof technoscientific apparatuses such as those designed by Marey andRöntgen. (19)

It is plausible that because technology introduced pictures that wereremote from our ordinary visual perception, the naked eye began tosurface in a kind of compensatory reaction. But these two domains –the technological and the physiological – are not really antitheticalbut interlocked with each other. Paradoxically, the naked eye is in factinfiltrated by technology because ‘technologically mediated matricesof perception are prone to becoming internalized by the habits of thesensorium’ (Danius 194). A good example is Proust’s attitude towardsphotography and film. Proust valued unmediated visual experiences,while at the same time resorting to chronophotography in articulatingsuch experiences.13 While human vision was technologised (not onlywith the extension of its capacities by technology but also with itsinternalisation of technology in the way that Danius describes), tech-nology exploited the newly discovered physicality of the human eye.We can recall Jonathan Crary’s argument that around the turn of thenineteenth century, human vision began to be conceived as embodiedand corporeal, and that various optical devices were invented to exploitthe physiological nature of the eye, thus preparing the way for film.14

118 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

The simultaneous accentuation of technological vision and physiolo-gical vision was, needless to say, linked to the correlation between thecamera eye and the formless body, as typically seen in surrealist photo-graphy and the television version of Beckett’s Not I. As the concept ofthe naked eye came to the fore with the arrival of new visual techno-logies, the formless body – susceptible to manipulation – also emergedand was explored by the camera eye. And here the naked eye coulditself be part of the formless body and involved in its manipulation, asin Bataille’s Story of the Eye. In sum, it could be said that because pros-thesis not only infiltrated vision but also foregrounded its physicality,the prosthetic sense in this regard was in fact more than the technolo-gically mediated sense and pertained to the new interlocking of the twoterms: technological vision and physiological vision, or the camera eyeand the naked eye.Bearing this observation in mind, we can start from the point at which

Danius leaves off. In her schema, Joyce (after Thomas Mann and Proust)represents the culmination of the technologisation or prosthetisationof the senses. However, it is possible to propose a subsequent phase –a phase in which technology permeates not only sense perception butalso a more incorporeal and intangible realm such as self-consciousness.As far as vision is concerned, this would mean that self-consciousness isrepresented as a self-reflexive gaze equipped with the camera eye. Such aphase is explored in at least two works that bear interesting comparison:Vladimir Nabokov’s novella The Eye (1930) and Beckett’s Film (filmed in1964), whose original title was also The Eye.15

Nabokov’s The Eye was written in Russian in 1930 and appeared in aRussian émigré review in Paris in the same year. Its English translationby Dmitri Nabokov, in collaboration with the author, was published in1965. Just like Nabokov himself when he wrote the novella, the narratoris a Russian émigré living in Berlin (in 1924–25). He commits suicideafter being humiliatingly attacked by a man whose wife has had anadulterous relationship with the narrator. But even after his death, heremains in the same environment, as if he were still alive and nothinghad significantly changed. He takes interest in a family who lives in thesame apartment building. He falls in love with a girl in the family, Vanya.He is also curious about the identity of a man named Smurov, who isa frequent visitor to the family home. The narrator secretly investigateswhat other people think of Smurov, but his search for the true Smurovis fruitless. Eventually it turns out that Smurov is none other than thenarrator himself.

The Camera Eye 119

As a Russian émigré in Berlin, the narrator is conscious of the possib-ility of being spied on by Russian agents (cf. 26). This factor couldbe discussed in terms of the policing eye of society, but what is moreimportant in the novella is the narrator’s obsessive self-scrutiny – thepolicing eye internalised in an individual’s psyche. Even before suicide hedivulges his obsession: ‘Yet I was always exposed, always wide-eyed; evenin sleep I did not cease to watch over myself, understanding nothingof my existence, growing crazy at the thought of not being able to stopbeing aware of myself [� � �]’ (7). After death he becomes a pure conscious-ness liberated from the body, but even in this phantom-like state, theself-scrutinising gaze dominates: ‘I saw myself from the outside, treadingwater as it were, and was both touched and frightened like an inexperi-enced ghost watching the existence of a person whose inner lining, innernight, mouth, and taste-in-the-mouth, he knew as well as that person’sshape’ (23, emphasis added). He is reduced to a phantom eye observinghimself (in Smurov) and other people. At one point he explicitly sayswith a common pun, ‘I – the cold, insistent, tireless eye’ (66). Whenhe finds the true Smurov hopelessly elusive, he realises that ‘all thesepeople I met were not live beings but only chance mirrors of Smurov’(89). He concludes with an explicit reference to cinematography:

Whenever I wish, I can accelerate or retard to ridiculous slowness themotions of all these people, or distribute them in different groups,or arrange them in various patterns, lighting them now from below,now from the side � � � For me, their entire existence has been merelya shimmer on a screen. (90)

After all, everything is just a creation of his imagination. Even Vanya,‘like all the others, existed only in my imagination, and was a meremirror [� � �]’ (91).But more importantly, Smurov is also nothing but a mirror of the

narrator, though he does not say so explicitly. If the narrator watcheshimself in Smurov, it means that Smurov is his mirror image. This issuggested in two scenes involving a mirror, scrupulously placed towardsthe beginning and the end of the novella. Immediately before hissuicide, the narrator notes his mirror image: ‘A wretched, shivering,vulgar little man in a bowler hat stood in the center of the room, forsome reason rubbing his hands. That is the glimpse I caught of myselfin the mirror’ (17). After he is rejected by Vanya towards the end ofthe novella, he goes into a flower shop, where a side mirror attractshis attention: ‘As I pushed the door, I noticed the reflection in the side

120 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

mirror: a young man in a derby carrying a bouquet, hurried toward me.That reflection and I merged into one’ (97). For the narrator, all peopleincluding Smurov are mirror images of himself. He says, ‘I do not exist:there exist but the thousands of mirrors that reflect me’ (103). After all,then, Smurov or the narrator is nothing but an image on the screen justlike other people.Certainly, he could be like an ordinary embodied being who feels pain,

as when he is rejected by Vanya.16 And other people are not actuallyunder his control, even though he thinks that they are all created by hisimagination. This ambiguity somewhat awkwardly provides a narrativedrive, creating suspense about Smurov’s identity or Vanya’s real inten-tion. However, at the end of the novella, the narrator wholeheartedlycelebrates the state of being a detached, phantom-like eye:

And yet I am happy. Yes, I am happy. I swear, I swear I am happy. Ihave realized that the only happiness in this world is to observe, tospy, to watch, to scrutinize oneself and others, to be nothing but abig, slightly vitreous, somewhat bloodshot, unblinking eye. I swearthis is happiness. (103)

The phrase ‘slightly vitreous, somewhat bloodshot’ is revealing becauseit looks like an illustration of my earlier topic: the bifurcation of humanvision into the technological and the physiological in the early twen-tieth century. The fact that the self-scrutinising gaze (representing self-consciousness) is described as vitreous is perfectly in line with thecinematographic terms that the narrator employed earlier (90) whendescribing other people, and by implication, himself.17 The theme ofthe self-scrutinising gaze was in fact not new. Victor Hugo’s poem ‘LaConscience’, which describes a man (Cain) haunted by the gaze ofconscience until after death, is a good example of self-consciousnessrepresented as a gaze.18 But Nabokov’s The Eye shows that in 1930 thistheme inevitably registered the impact of new visual technologies.On the other hand, the eye is also ‘bloodshot’. This may indicate

that the phantom-like eye can be embodied, just as the narrator attimes seems to regain the corporeal dimension and experience uncom-fortable things (like Vanya’s rejection) that his imagination cannotcontrol. It may also suggest the limits of subjective vision. The narratorcannot grasp himself totally because the truth of himself is nothing butscattered mirror images. His view of himself is dependent on others’views of him.19

The Camera Eye 121

As should be clear by now, there are striking similarities betweenNabokov’s The Eye and Beckett’s Film. In Film the subject is split betweenE (Eye) and O (Object). While E chases O, O tries to escape from E’s gaze,as well as from all other eyes. As Beckett clearly states, this work is basedon Berkeley’s principle, Esse est percipi (Being is being perceived). O issearching for ‘non-being’ by avoiding being perceived. He escapes fromE but he also removes all the eyes (including animals’ and a paintedgod’s) that can see him in a deserted room. But in the last scene, Oconfronts E and seems to realise that E’s gaze is nothing but his own. It issuggested that ‘[a]ll extraneous perception suppressed, animal, human,divine, self-perception maintains in being’, and that ‘[s]earch for non-being in flight from extraneous perception breaks down in inescapabilityof self-perception’ (CDW 323).Just like Nabokov’s novella, Film is about self-consciousness presented

as a self-scrutinising gaze equipped with the camera eye – in this case,literally. In this sense, Film can be considered as an extension of The Eyethat illustrates the infiltration of technology not only in vision but alsoin self-consciousness. The two works are also structurally similar in thatthe divided self eventually turns out to be one. The suspense created bythe splitting of the self into doubles (perceiver and perceived) is resolvedat the end. But of course, it is nomore than a structural similarity becausethe endings of the two works give different impressions of the status ofthe eye. The narrator of The Eye celebrates and affirms the state of beinga detached perceiving eye, whereas Film ends with the characteristicallyBeckettian irony that any attempt to escape from being perceived isdoomed. In other words, the former ends with an affirmation of theperceiving eye, while the latter stresses the inescapable agony of beingperceived.20 In both works the state of non-existence is regarded aspositive, but in different ways. In The Eye, the narrator says, ‘I do notexist: there exist but the thousands of mirrors that reflect me’ (103). Butthis comment leads straight to the final affirmation of being a perceivingeye. He has already achieved the state of non-existence – no surprise in asense because he is supposed to be dead – and at the same time he enjoysbeing an eye. In Film, by contrast, the state of non-existence or non-being remains an unattainable ideal because of the persistence of self-perception. And given that many of Beckett’s characters keep on talkingeven after death, it is unlikely that death will guarantee their entranceto the state of non-existence. Finally, because Film strictly focuses on therelation between the perceiving self and the perceived self, the questionof how other people mirror the protagonist is out of the scope. TheEye is still far more realistic than Film in that the narrator’s relations

122 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

with others generate dramatic elements and sustain the narrative. Filmis stripped of realistic elements that could generate a tangible drama,and concentrates almost entirely on the relation between O and E in anexperimental visual space.21

Apart from these similarities and differences, there are factors in Filmthat suggest that, like The Eye, it belongs to the paradigm character-ised by the coexistence of the physical eye and the technological eye.First, the abnormally magnified eye (with numerous viscous wrinkleson the eyelid, the eyeball looking like an uncommon precious stone,and the acts of blinking) in the opening close-up strongly evokesthe strange physicality of the human eye, which tends to be disem-bodied in the traditional linkage between vision and intellect. Withthe aid of the camera eye, Beckett defamiliarises this body part in themanner of surrealist photographers who discovered new attractions ofthe human body.Second, Beckett is at pains to differentiate O’s vision from E’s. He even

says, ‘This seems to be the chief problem of the film, though I perhapsexaggerate its difficulty through technical ignorance’ (CDW 331). Theeventual solution was to make O’s vision fuzzy and show two types ofvision alternately. Even though it is equipped with the camera eye, O’svision is supposed to be an embodied one. In other words, through O’sfuzzy vision we are induced to see nothing but what O as an embodiedhuman being would see. In contrast, E’s clear vision is a disembodiedone that is capable of normally impossible observation: E can see himself(O) from the outside, just as the narrator of The Eye can. In a sense, E’svision is objective (or potentially unlimited) while O’s is subjective (orlimited). Seeing oneself objectively from the outside requires mirrors orthe camera eye which can store an image for later viewing. In the caseof Film, the camera eye makes normally impossible vision (E) possible,while an attempt ismade to preserve the subjective or physical limitationof an embodied eye (O). In this way Beckett’s distinction between O’sand E’s visions can be interpreted with reference to the bifurcation ofhuman vision into the technological and the physical.

The double and self-reflexivity

Another important thing to note about The Eye is that Nabokov chosethe world after death as the stage for this drama of the self-scrutinisinggaze. This is natural because the narrator commits suicide at the begin-ning, but it is not unrelated to the cinematographic nature of his gaze.Here it will be useful to recall the close connection between modern

The Camera Eye 123

media technologies and the world of death and ghosts. As FriedrichKittler succinctly reminds us:

[T]he invention of the Morse alphabet in 1837 was promptly followedby the tapping specters of the spiritistic seances sending theirmessages from the realm of the dead. Promptly as well, photographicplates – even and especially those taken with the camera shutterclosed – furnished reproductions of ghosts or specters, whose black-and-white fuzziness only served to underscore the promise of resemb-lance. Finally, one of the ten applications Edison envisioned for hisnewly invented phonograph in the North American Review (1878) wasto record ‘the last words of dying persons.’ (Gramophone 12)

According to Kittler, the phenomenon of the double (doppelgänger) isquintessentially cinematic because a person on the screen is nothingbut a ghostly double of the actor. He also draws our attention to the factthat many German silent films self-referentially dealt with the themeof the double.22 As ‘media have always been advertising themselves’,this means that ‘films are filming filming’ (Gramophone 155). In thiscontext, Kittler refers to Nabokov’s earlier novel Mary (1926), in whichthe protagonist ‘goes to themovies with his girlfriend, unexpectedly seeshis “doppelgänger” (following his brief engagement as a movie extramonths earlier), and feels “not only shame but also a sense of fleetingevanescence of human life”’ (150). It is clear that The Eye fully developsthe theme of the double in cinematography already touched upon inMary. The narrator is practically a phantom eye watching everythingincluding himself (his double) on the screen. It can be inferred that thisnovella is founded on the uncanny feeling that the early viewers of filmmight have had when they saw ghostly doubles of actors on the screen.The technology of reproduction will go on showing the doubles, irre-spective of whether the actors are alive or dead. Prosthesis as exteriorityintroduces the dimensions of death and ghosts in this manner. Giventhis connection between death and the cinema, Nabokov’s recourse tothe postmortem world becomes more intelligible. If the narrator is butan image on the screen, it is only natural for him to be dead.

The comparison between The Eye and Film helps us to realise that Filmalso deals with the theme of the double in relation to the cinema. InFilm, E is watching his double, O, literally with the camera eye. To beprecise, E is always watching O from behind (at an angle not exceeding45 degrees, the ‘angle of immunity’ that relieves O from the ‘agony ofperceivedness’) until, in the final scene, he stares at O from the front.

124 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

This last scene has alternate shots of E’s and O’s identical faces (thoughwith different expressions), and thus creates a strong impression of thedoubles mirroring each other. On the surface, Film does not seem tosuggest a nexus between death or ghosts and the double in the cinema –the nexus that Kittler emphasises and The Eye evokes. Certainly, O’sviolent destruction of photos depicting seven stages of his life mightindicate rejection of life and, given his old age, its approaching end.But it is no more than a subtle hint. In the final scene, O dozes off in arocking chair before being surprised by E’s stare in front of him. The useof the rocking chair, which in Murphy and Rockaby seems to functionas a vehicle for attaining the state of the ‘wombtomb’, might also beregarded as a suggestion of death.23 The rocking, which stops as O fallsasleep, is ‘revived by start’ when O discovers E’s gaze, and finally itdies down after the confrontation. Nevertheless, the strong impressionof sudden disruption that the confrontation gives is at odds with thefinal cessation of the rocking, which would otherwise suggest a peacefulend (or entry into the ‘wombtomb’) as in the ending of Rockaby. It isthematically emphasised that the persistence of self-perception will notgrant a peaceful end.

In fact, however, the nexus between death or ghosts and the doublewas clearly in Beckett’s mind when he wrote the first draft, which is nowkept in the Beckett Archives at theUniversity of Reading (MS1227/7/6/1).In a brief note in the eleventh page, he suggests Schubert’s ‘Doppel-gänger’ as possible music for the film, citing German phrases.24 HereBeckett is in fact conflating two songs by Schubert. The German phrasesare from his ‘Der Tod und Das Mädchen’ (D531), based on MatthiasClaudius’spoem,whichdescribesDeathadvancingona frightenedyounggirl.25 ‘DerDoppelgänger’, the thirteenthpiece in Schwanengesang (D957),is based on Heinrich Heine’s poem about a lonely man, who sees hisspectral double when he revisits the house of his former sweetheart.It is impossible to know exactly how Beckett associated these two

songs with Film. Yet given the fact that the basic motif of the splitbetween the seer and the seen was already in the first draft (see Gontarski105), it is possible to hazard an interpretation of the link between thetwo songs and that basicmotif. ‘Der Doppelgänger’, with its theme of theghostly double, upholds the view that E and O are mutual doubles. Thenit foregrounds the cinema’s function to project ghostly doubles onto thescreen, which Kittler emphasises and Nabokov’s The Eye evokes. E andO may be somewhat ghostly like the narrator of The Eye from the start.And as the theme of the double in Heine/Schubert is transferred to themedium of film, this interpretation appears to be in accord with Kittler’s

The Camera Eye 125

idea that film and psychoanalysis appropriated the Romantic theme ofthe double from the book. If we consider ‘Der Tod und Das Mädchen’,however, another interpretation is possible: E (as Death) is bringingdeath to O. Since death is not very successfully evoked at the end of Film,this interpretation in effect accentuates the lethal quality of E’s gazewith the camera eye. The gaze here is exactly what Beckett discussed inProust: a gaze ‘with the cruel precision of a camera’ (Proust 27), whichdestroys the familiar human dimension and evokes death.In fact, generally speaking, the camera eye could be associated with

death in two ways: in being reproduced, its image or vision presentsthe ghostly double of objects; or its mechanical precision kills humanfamiliarity. In both cases, the prosthesis that enhances human visualcapacity also opens up inhuman, deathly dimensions. Beckett’s refer-ence to the two songs by Schubert might be taken to correspond tothese two relations between the camera eye and death. In the completedFilm, the second point seems to be more impressive than the first one.And the lethal gaze of E soon leads to the aggressive camera eye in EhJoe. On the other hand, the suggestion of the Romantic theme of thedouble tempts us to place Film in the context of the early twentieth-century German silent films in which the double was favoured. Beckettbelieved in the possibilities of the silent film, and it can be surmisedthat the connection between the double, death and film, which wasexplored in earlier silent films, re-emerged in his own film. Film isentirely silent, except for ‘sssh!’, and features the silent film star BusterKeaton. Moreover, Film is set in ‘about 1929’ – that is, just two yearsafter the talkie was introduced and silent films lost ground. In a senseFilm is a silent film that pays homage to the genre of the silent filmmore than three decades after it was superseded by the talkie.26

After Film, Beckett did not return to cinematography per se butproduced five television plays. The camera of television is no differentfrom that of the cinema in respect of projecting the ghostly double, andBeckett’s television plays indeed appear to make use of this potential.Also, the camera eye continues to be interiorised and explore intric-acies of the mind or consciousness imagined as an inner space.27 InEh Joe (1966), the camera eye gradually closes in on Joe as a female voiceaccuses him of past wrongs, especially his desertion of a woman. Thisplay is a departure from Film in that it combines the camera eye witha recorded voice just like the talkie. Beckett’s preference for the silentfilm over the talkie suggests that he pursued the purity of visual exper-iences and the entailed evocation of sound by synaesthetic connectionbetween the two senses. Likewise, his radio dramas such as All That Fall

126 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

(1957) and Embers (1959) conjured up vision with the isolated acousticsense. In Eh Joe, Beckett no longer pursues the purity of either visual oracoustic experiences but recombines the two sensory channels, whichhe explored separately. Synaesthetic sensibility is suggested this time bythe close collaboration between the camera eye and the voice. (Carryingon the recombination, the television version of Not I later mediatesbetween Eh Joe and Ghost Trio.)Nonetheless, Eh Joe takes upmany aspects of Film. The camera eye that

gradually corners Joe in collaborationwith the voice (not simultaneouslybut alternately) is similar in its aggressiveness to E in Film. This time it isprovided with affective substance because, like the voice, it is consideredto represent Joe’s conscience. Joe’s mind, haunted by dead people’svoices, is explicitly spatialised. The female voice says, ‘You know thatpenny farthing hell you call your mind� � � . That’s where you think thisis coming from, don’t you? � � � That’s where you heard your father� � � .Isn’t that what you told me? � � � Started in on you one June night andwent on for years� � � . On and off� � � . Behind the eyes � � � ’ (CDW 362–3,emphasis added). If the voice is heard in the space ‘behind the eyes’, it isplausible that the camera eye closing in on Joe represents his inner eye,thus indicating his split self. The camera eye and the voice may not beexactly Joe’s double – they are not so symmetrically contrasted to Joe asE is to O in Film – but they are at least part of Joe’s split self. His self seemsto be disintegrated and filled with uncontrollable memories materialisedin other’s voices, just as Henry’s self is in the earlier radio play Embers.According to the voice, Joe has already throttled dead people’s hauntingvoices (including his parents’) in his head, and she is the ‘last of them’(CDW 365). Just as the voice is ghostly, then, the collaborating gaze ofthe camera eye might have a ghostly quality.The ghostly motif in Ghost Trio (1977) is explicit in the title that comes

from the Beethoven piano trio used in the play. It inherits from Eh Joethe collaboration of the camera eye and a female voice (V) inspecting amale figure (F), but it is more simple and ambiguous with less specificityof personal past. After the voice and the camera inspect the room (‘Pre-action’), the voice says what F does before F actually does it (‘Action’).It seems that F is waiting for a woman while playing music on hiscassette recorder from time to time. In the final part (‘Re-action’), onlythe camera follows F and the surroundings and predicts F’s movement.At the end, a boy appears, shakes his head and leaves, as if to suggest thehopelessness of F’s waiting in a manner that is reminiscent ofWaiting forGodot. In this play, the camera and the voice are not loaded with specificemotional substance as in the case of Eh Joe. The relation between F,

The Camera Eye 127

the woman he expects, and the female voice is left highly ambiguousand does not allow any unitary interpretation. Yet, if we make much ofthis play’s continuity with Eh Joe, it is difficult to rule out the possibilitythat the camera represents F’s self-consciousness: F watching himself(his ghostly double) in an imagined mental space. The play � � � but theclouds � � � (1977) is even simpler and shorter. The camera alternatelyshowsM (‘Near shot from behind ofman sitting on invisible stool bowedover invisible table’) and M1 (‘M in set’). M’s voice, V, makes M1 (evid-ently M’s double) rehearse his recollection just as a director directs anactor. M wants M1 to wait for a woman (whose face is shot as W) exactlyas he did in the past, but there is a suggestion that the woman neverappeared. Thematically, therefore, it is a continuation of Ghost Trio – avain hope of seeing a woman. The difference is that because the camerais behind M, it observes how M sees M1. Unlike Eh Joe and Ghost Trio,which simply present a gaze (the camera) and a seen object (Joe and F),this play reveals that M’s gaze at M1 is also seen (by the camera). In aword, the camera here is one level higher than in the previous two playsand in consequence there are three parties rather than two (the camerawhich sees M who sees M1). The camera might be objectively recordinghow M recollects his past by using his double. It is also possible thatthe camera represents self-consciousness – M’s self-consciousness thatis conscious of how M recollects his past (M1).28 The camera in Nachtund Träume (1983) also presents a tripartite relation. It shows both adreamer (A) and his dreamt self (B) from a meta-level. This play has novoice but uses Schubert’s song of the same title. Because a consciousnesscannot grasp both the dreaming self and the dreamt self, the camerahere may not be a representation of self-consciousness but an objectiveobserver. It is remarkable that such an observing camera eye is incor-porated to represent the split self in the act of dreaming. Except forQuad (1982), which concentrates on the geometrical patterning of fourfigures’ walk, Beckett’s television plays are thus all concerned with thetheme of the double. They explore the inner mental space by meansof the camera eye, carefully coordinating visual image and sound (thevoice and music). The theme of death or ghosts, closely related to thetheme of the double, could also show itself as in Eh Joe and Ghost Trio.

However, the theme of the double or the split self is so prevalentin Beckett’s work that it does not have to be connected only to hisfilm and television plays which use the real camera eye. It is moreappropriate to say that Beckett made full use of the potential that filmand television have for evoking the double and death. The split of the

128 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

self into two visual perceptions in Film exemplifies the self-reflexivity ofvision or the inseparability of seeing and being seen, which is a mani-festation of the larger theme of the split self in Beckett’s work. Thecamera eye was useful to Beckett because the prosthetically heightenedvision can represent the split between the seeing self and the seen selfmore sharply. The prosthesis of the camera eye works as exteriority and,evoking death in connection with the double, marks the self-divisionmore clearly. This means that prosthesis is incorporated into the innerworld of self-consciousness. But it could also be said that the inner worldis exteriorised by prosthesis in being represented by it.If the camera eye is used to deepen the exploration of the split self, we

need to examine the nature of the originary self-reflexive inner visionthat is to be equipped with the camera eye. Beckett’s work is full ofimages of the inner eye. As opposed to the physical eye (‘the eye offlesh’ in Ill Seen Ill Said ),29 it is a kind of mind’s eye that watches thespatially imagined mental world. The metaphor of the mind’s eye istraditional and common, but in Beckett, it gains special significance.30

Objects or scenes can be evoked to the mind’s eye by imagination andthat happens often in Beckett’s work. But what distinguishes Beckett’smind’s eye is its highly self-reflexive exploration and analysis of thestructure of the mind. Devoid of ordinary objects or scenes to be seen,the mind’s eye or the inner eye is confined to a closed mental space,and therefore inevitably becomes self-reflexive.In Beckett’s world, the eye itself is a kind of prosthesis. That is, it can

be removed as though it were a mechanical part of the body. Nothingessentially wrong happens if the eye is removed, as in The Unnamable.The narrator of that novel imagines himself to be ‘a great smooth ball[� � �], featureless, but for the eyes, of which only the sockets remain’(307). All his organs have fallen off. However, this does not mean impov-erishment of his sensory life, because what matters more to him arehis inner senses, which are referred to in Texts for Nothing as ‘the eyestaring behind the lids, the ears straining for a voice not from without’(CSP 85). The operation of these inner senses is closely related to thefact that space in Beckett’s work is often the space inside the skull.The image of the inner eye can be traced back at least to Molloy. At

the beginning of the novel, Molloy says that he saw two persons, A andC (B in the French version). While talking about hills, which each ofthem must have seen, Molloy mentions ‘other eyes’:

But now he knows these hills, that is to say he knows better, and ifever again he sees them from afar it will be I think with other eyes,

The Camera Eye 129

and not only that but the within, all that inner space one never sees,the brain and heart and other caverns where thought and feelingdance their sabbath, all that too quite differently disposed. (10)

‘[O]ther eyes’ see ‘the within’ – that is, the ‘inner space’ of ‘thoughtand feeling’ – which ‘one never sees’ in the ordinary way of seeing.31

The world of the mind, which can never be spatialised since it has no‘extension’ in Descartes’ sense, is here spatialised and made visible tothe inner eye. Malone also has ‘other eyes’. He says, ‘Then, live longenough to feel, behind my closed eyes, other eyes close’ (Malone Dies196). Malone explicitly imagines his space to be the inside of the skull:‘sometimes it seems to me I am in a head and that these eight, no,six, these six planes that enclose me are of solid bone’ (222). If we canspatialise the inside of the skull in this way, it is easy to imagine theinner eyes that ‘see’ it after the ordinary outer eyes close. Malone says:

And if I close my eyes, close them really, as others cannot, but as Ican, for there are limits to my impotence, then sometimes my bed iscaught up into the air and tossed like a straw by the swirling eddies,and I in it. Fortunately it is not so much an affair of eyelids, but as itwere the soul that must be veiled, that soul denied in vain, vigilant,anxious, turning in its cage as in a lantern, in the night withouthaven or craft or matter or understanding. (222)

This ‘soul’ remains ‘vigilant’, whatever happens to the (outer) eyelids,‘turning in its cage as in a lantern’.32 In The Unnamable too, the spaceis often imagined to be the inside of the skull, and accordingly, theimage of the inner eye occurs. The narrator says, ‘How all becomesclear and simple when one opens an eye on the within, having ofcourse previously exposed it to the without, in order to benefit by thecontrast’ (345). But in the world of The Unnamable, where consciousnessendlessly refers to itself in an enclosure and no external referent istruly conceivable, only the inner eye matters and the outer eye canfall out without causing problems. Hence the narrator’s remarks suchas ‘the eye stays open, it’s an eye without lids, no need for lids here,where nothing happens, or so little [� � �]’ (362), and ‘with closed eyesI see the same with them open, namely, wait, I’ll say it, I’ll try andsay it, I’m curious to know what it can possibly be that I see, withclosed eyes, with open eyes, nothing, I see nothing [� � �]’ (395). This isa world where it does not matter whether the eyes have lids or not, orwhether they are open or closed. ‘Nothing’ is to be seen in any case.

130 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

The visual images that the narrator sometimes sees are nothing butephemeral figments, just as his words are. The inner eye may only feelthe dim grey light with which the narrator often says he is afflicted.33

‘But this livid eye, what use is it to him? To see the light, they call thatseeing [� � �]’, says the narrator with regard to his surrogate Worm (369).The stress on this impoverished visual condition no doubt underliesBeckett’s preoccupation with blindness, as is instanced in Pozzo, Hamm,Mr. Rooney, and A in Rough for Theatre I. As if to universalise the priorityof inner vision, the blind man Hamm says to Clov, with ‘propheticrelish’, ‘One day you’ll be blind, like me. You’ll be sitting there, a speckin the void, in the dark, forever, like me’ (CDW 109).34

The references to the inner eye also illustrate the self-reflexivity ofvision. Because the inner eye has no external referent, it is often directedto itself – it sees itself. As a result, seeing becomes closely connected tobeing seen. Beckett frequently foregrounds the inseparability of seeingand being seen with the image of the inner eye.35 Ill Seen Ill Said is typicalin that the eye watching an old woman is itself being inspected. In TheUnnamable, the narrator constantly feels that he is being looked at byothers. And his eye needs to be seen by others: ‘This eye, curious how thiseye invites inspection, demands sympathy, solicits attention, imploresassistance [� � �]’ (378). The following statement sums up the situation:‘I sometimes wonder if the two retinae are facing each other’ (303).

Needless to say, Film directly portrays this situation, especially in thefinal scene where E and O mirror each other. With the prosthesis of thecamera eye, Film dramatises the situation explored in The Unnamableand other works in relation to the inner eye – the situation in whichthe subject is split between seeing and being seen. Given the conceptualframework of Film, the opening close-up of the eye (which directlyderives from Murphy’s microscopic inspection of Mr. Endon’s eyes) andthe last close-up of E’s and O’s mirroring faces indicate that the cameraeye intervenes in the inner split of the subject between seeing and beingseen. Of course, even if vision is heightened by the camera eye, it cannotliterally display the inner space of the mind or the skull. But as discussedearlier, Beckett continued to present the double in the spatially imaginedmental space with the camera eye in most of his television plays.

In Beckett’s work with the camera eye, the inner eye is equated withand represented as the outer eye equipped with a camera lens. This canbe described both as interiorisation of the camera eye and as prostheticexteriorisation of the inner eye. Beckett was not satisfied just with refer-ring to the inner eye in his fiction and stage plays. He attempted torepresent inner vision by the use of the camera eye, though inner vision

The Camera Eye 131

is unrepresentable and therefore such an attempt is ultimately doomedto failure. Here we find another type of interplay between the inside andthe outside that characterises the prosthetic body. The former chapterswere concerned with the interaction between the body and its outside(prosthesis). What is at stake here is the interplay between mind andprosthesis: the inner eye works as the camera eye and vice versa. This ispossible because the mind is spatially imagined and the prosthesis canbe more easily incorporated there.Long Observation of the Ray (written in 1975–76 but left unfinished)

interestingly weaves some of the motifs I have discussed so far. In anenclosed chamber (a cube in the earlier drafts and a sphere in the laterones), a dim ray is inspecting the inner surface, while the ray itself isbeing observed by an eye linked to the mind. At first sight this structurelooks very like that of the camera obscura in that a ray is observed ina dark, enclosed space. But the vital difference is, of course, that herethere is no hole to let in light from the outside. The source of the rayis postulated inside the chamber.36 Since there is no external referent,what becomes questionable is the relation between the ray inspectingthe inside and the eye (and the mind) observing the ray. As seen above,the inner eye of The Unnamable is self-reflexive and caught up in thecircularity of seeing and being seen in the inner space of the mind.Long Observation of the Ray seems to imply that the ray and the eye aretwo agents involved in the same circularity of seeing and being seen.In ‘Between Theatre and Theory’, Steven Connor suggests that the rayitself theatricalises the operations of the eye and the mind that observethe ray (90). That is, the ray is inseparably intertwined with the eye likeits mirror image. Indeed in the final draft (MS2909/6 at the ReadingUniversity Library), the ray’s inspection is almost equated with the eye’sinspection.

The self-reflexivity or redoubling of vision here reminds us of the newparadigm of vision discussed by Jonathan Crary. The camera obscuradepended on a stable referential relation between the outside (the seenobject) and the inside (the seeing eye or mind). But after this modelcollapsed in the early nineteenth century, vision became subjective andcorporeal. According to Crary, ‘rather than a privileged form of knowing,[vision] becomes itself an object of knowledge, of observation’ (Tech-niques 70). Given Crary’s formulation, it appears that Long Observationof the Ray is demonstrating a state of the camera obscura after its basicconditions are nullified. It is a curious amalgam of the old and newregimes for vision. Of course, when Crary says that vision itself cameto be observed, he is referring to the fact that vision became an object

132 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

of physiological research. But the self-reflexivity of vision in Beckett isnot devoid of a physical dimension. It is often foregrounded in tandemwith the physicality of the eye. Steven Connor notes:

In their different ways, all of Beckett’s ‘eye-pieces’, Play, Film, TheLost Ones, Long Observation of the Ray and Ill Seen Ill Said (otherscould be added to this list), subject the predatory, inquisitory eye toinspection, revealing its vulnerability and its inescapable physicality.[� � �] [T]he eye of Long Observation of the Ray is both authoritative [� � �]and physically weak – an eye that must ‘strain’ as the mind ‘struggles’.(‘Between Theatre and Theory’ 93)

The eye cannot be purely intellectual or metaphysical, as is oftensupposed in the Western philosophical tradition. It is pulled down toits own physicality in Beckett.I noted earlier that the intertwining of the camera eye and the physical

eye, which became prominent after the invention of new visual tech-nologies, is also discernible in Beckett. Now the physicality of the eyeis foregrounded again, this time in terms of the self-reflexivity of visionthat pertains to inner vision. Although the inner eye is by definitionimmune to any physicality, its ‘physical’ nature can be evoked paradox-ically in connection with self-reflexivity. After all, even the inner eyeis obliged to operate like the outer eye by positing a physical space. AsConnor argues (94), it cannot but be situated in a particular physicalspace (such as ‘behind the eyes’) and is therefore subject to physicallimitations from the outset. Thus it is no surprise that it is sometimesdescribed as if it were the physical ‘eye of flesh’. By extension, it couldalso be equipped with a camera lens that enhances vision, as in Filmand the television plays.In Beckett’s case, it seems that the intense interior exploration of

self-reflexive vision in a spatially imagined mental space underlies thedimension in which the camera eye and the naked eye are juxtaposed.Because the inner eye can operate as though it were the outer eye, it canbe described as physical or equipped with a camera lens. The distinctionbetween the inner eye and the outer eye or the camera eye tends to beblurred in consequence. It may be said that herein lies the importantfeature of the prosthetic body: interplay between the interior mind andthe exterior prosthesis. This is possible only because the mind is spatiallyimagined despite its intrinsic unrepresentability in spatial terms. In thenext section, I will further explore the relation between the inner eye,the camera eye and the physical eye, by analysing Ill Seen Ill Said. In this

The Camera Eye 133

short prose piece there is a condensed synthesis of the problematics ofvision in the former works, so that it is proper and necessary to analyseit before concluding this chapter.

Ill Seen Ill Said

Ill Seen Ill Said starts with a description of how an old woman sees Venus:

From where she lies she sees Venus rise. On. From where she lieswhen the skies are clear she sees Venus rise followed by the sun. Thenshe rails at the source of all life. On. At evening when the skies areclear she savours its star’s revenge. At the other window. (7)

The word ‘On’, which punctuates this description with typically Beck-ettain repetition, suggests that the narrator is self-consciously goadinghimself to keep narrating. Throughout the work this self-consciousnessis repeatedly suggested by words such as ‘quick’, ‘careful’ and ‘enough’.After describing the woman’s movements and positions, the first frag-ment ends like this: ‘Save for the white of her hair and faintly bluishwhite of face and hands all is black. For an eye having no need of lightto see. All this in the present as had she the misfortune to be still ofthis world’ (7–8). The eye ‘having no need of light to see’ is nothing butwhat I have been calling the inner eye, and it is sometimes expresslyopposed to the outer eye, ‘the eye of flesh’. The suggestion of death inthe final sentence also permeates the entire work.There are at least three levels in the narrative: the self-conscious

narrator; the eye, which observes the woman and her surroundingsintensely but is in turn followed, inspected and described by thenarrator; and the woman. The narrator describes the eye as follows: ‘Theeye glued to one or the other window has nothing but black drapes for itspains’; ‘Riveted to some detail of the desert the eye fills with tears’; and‘She is there. Again. Let the eye from its vigil be distracted a moment’(12, 17, 19). In this manner, the narrator is in a position to supervisethe eye, which vigilantly observes the woman and the environment.Sometimes, however, it seems that the narrator and the eye merge witheach other. For example, one fragment starts like this: ‘But quick seizeher where she is best to be seized’ (15). Evidently the narrator is givingadvice to himself.37 But since ‘seize’ virtually means ‘observe’ or ‘watch’,it sounds as though the narrator were putting himself in the position ofthe eye. More generally, the narrator often gives visual descriptions asthough he were the observing eye. The eye seems to be the narrator’s

134 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

visual consciousness projected onto a third-person agent. The narratorcreates the impression that the eye, not himself, is observing the woman.This is similar to the use of the third person in Not I and Company.Like a ghost, the woman appears and disappears suddenly. In the

eleventh fragment, we read: ‘But she can be gone at any time. From onemoment of the year to the next suddenly no longer there. No longeranywhere to be seen. Nor by the eye of flesh nor by the other. Then assuddenly there again. Long after’ (17). Here the distinction between theinner eye and the outer eye (‘Nor by the eye of flesh nor by the other’)is in fact nothing more than illusory, as I will show in a moment. Thefact that the woman can appear and disappear at any time is enoughto suggest that she is imaginary. Later on the narrator makes it explicitthat she is a fictional being whose existence is completely at his will,just like the characters in Malone’s stories:38 ‘No shock were she alreadydead. As of course she is. But in the meantime more convenient not.Still living then she lies hidden’ (41).

However, the narrator questions the ‘reality’ of his narrative, instead ofbeing content to treat everything as imaginary and fictitious: ‘Already allconfusion. Things and imaginings. As of always. Confusion amountingto nothing. Despite precaution. If only she could be pure figment. Unal-loyed. This old so dying woman. So dead. In the madhouse of the skulland nowhere else’ (20). The use of the subjunctive (‘If only she couldbe pure figment’) suggests some reality in respect of the existence of thewoman and the other things. At a mid-point he sounds as though hehas decided that everything is fictive: ‘Not possible any longer exceptas figment. Not endurable. Nothing for it but to close the eye for goodand see her. Her and the rest. Close it for good and all and see her todeath. [� � �] Close it for good this filthy eye of flesh’ (30). Apparently thenarrator wants to close the outer eye forever and see the woman with theinner eye, thereby concentrating purely on the fictive world. Later thisquestion is taken up again: ‘Such the confusion between real and – howsay its contrary? No matter. That old tandem. Such now the confusionbetween them once so twain’ (40). The narrator seems to be weary ofthe age-old binary opposition. The implication is that the binary oppos-ition does not matter any more in his world. The distinction betweenthe outer eye and the inner eye, and the distinction between reality andfiction (or imagination) are both untenable andmeaningless. Given thatthe woman is nothing but a product of the narrator’s imagination, thisworld is considered to be imaginary and the eye the inner eye. Indeedwhat is supposed to be a ‘real’ view of the outside is only derisivelymentioned: ‘In the outward and so-called visible. That daub’ (38). But

The Camera Eye 135

curiously, the imaginary world is described as though it were real toa certain extent (hence the narrator’s ‘confusion’), and the inner eyebecomes indistinguishable from the outer eye. This is why the eye inthis work is highly ambiguous. For instance, we read in one fragment,‘Here without having to close the eye sees her afar’, and soon after, ‘Theeye closes in the dark and sees her in the end’ (34, 35). Closed or open,the eye sees her anyway. While the eye is described as ‘having no need oflight to see’ (7–8, 23), it is also referred to as ‘this filthy eye of flesh’ and‘the vile jelly’ (30, 52). Moreover, the eye is often oddly physical – it ‘fillswith tears’, ‘breathes’, ‘digests its pittance’, and is ‘glutted’ (17, 22, 23,24). The inner eye is given the features of the physiological outer eye, andas a consequence the distinction between them is rendered meaningless.Interestingly, the woman also seems to have an inner eye: ‘Eyes on

the horizon perhaps. Or closed to see the headstone’; ‘Head haught nowshe gazes into emptiness. That profusion. Or with closed eyes sees thetomb’ (29, 37). In a detailed observation of her eyes, we read: ‘Gapingpupil thinly nimbed with washen blue. No trace of humour. None anymore. Unseeing. As if dazed by what seen behind the lids. The otherplumbs its dark. Then opens in its turn. Dazed in its turn’ (39). ‘Theother’ wouldmean the inner eye, and again the non-distinction betweenthe two kinds of eye is suggested as both are dazed. If the woman alsohas an inner eye, the possibility arises that she is the narrator’s double.But unlike other works that deal with the double, Ill Seen Ill Said givesonly a tenuous impression of the link between the narrator and thewoman. The woman is too detached and objectified to be connectedto the narrator’s self-consciousness in any way. She and the narratorcannot be connected in the way in which E and O in Film, Joe andthe camera/voice in Eh Joe and F and V in Ghost Trio are connected.In � � � but the clouds � � � , it seems that M1 represents M’s memory ofhimself, which M rehearses in his mind. But the woman in Ill Seen IllSaid does not appear to be even an image in memory. She is far morelike the narrator’s ‘figment’, completely at his disposal.On the other hand, in Ill Seen Ill Said, there are many suggestions of

the use of the camera eye. It may be difficult to argue that the womanis the narrator’s double on the screen, but the eye’s aggressive or lethalpower, implied in phrases such as ‘Till under the relentless eye [thegrass] shivers’ and ‘Close [the eye] for good and all and see her to death’(29, 30), is reminiscent of the prosthetically strengthened gaze in Film(E’s gaze) and Eh Joe. There are also very concrete visual details, as ifthe real camera eye were being used.39 Perhaps this is partly why thenarrator wonders whether his objects might not be real. One of the most

136 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

striking visual details is that of the buttonhook. The eye, filled withtears, observes:

Before left for the stockings the boots have time to be ill buttoned.Weeping over as weeping will see now the buttonhook larger thanlife. Of tarnished silver pisciform it hangs by its hook from a nail.It trembles faintly without cease. As if here without cease the earthfaintly quaked. The oval handle is wrought to a semblance of scales.The shank a little bent leads up to the hook the eye so far still dry. (18)

This is a minute description that Alan Spiegel would call the ‘adventi-tious detail’ by the camera eye. The phrase ‘the buttonhook larger thanlife’ implies that it is not a sight by normal human vision. At the sametime as the eye’s physicality is marked (‘weeping’, ‘still dry’), the eyefunctions like the camera eye. The final sentences of the descriptionmake clearer the function of the camera eye with the word ‘close-up’:‘Close-up then. In which in defiance of reason the nail prevails. Longthis image till suddenly it blurs’ (19). These sound like directions for thecamera. In other places, the woman’s face (25–6), her eyes (39, 57–8)and a dial (45–6) are given minute descriptions (the last instance withthe word ‘close-up’). The close-up of the woman’s eye is an outcome ofthe eye’s desire to look into her eyes. The woman’s eyelids are said to‘occult the longed-for eyes’ (25). The narrator says, ‘Quick the eyes. Themoment they open’ before observing her eyes closely (39). Needless tosay, these confrontations between two eyes are extensions of Murphy’sgaze into Mr. Endon’s eye and the opening close-up of Keaton’s eyein Film.

Another instance of the coexistence of the camera eye and the physicaleye can be found in the description of the twelve men to whom theeye turns, ‘weary of the inanimate’. They surround the woman like thetwelve disciples of Jesus Christ. One of them is described as follows: ‘Darkgreatcoat reaching to the ground. Antiquated block hat. Finally the facecaught full in the last rays. Quick enlarge and devour before night falls’(22–3). ‘Quick’ is the narrator’s advice to himself when he puts himselfin the position of the eye. ‘Enlarge’ is evidently a technical term for thecamera work. ‘Devour’ can simply mean ‘take in greedily with the eyesor the ears’ (The Concise Oxford Dictionary), but given that the eye is sooften physical and physiological, it would not be far-fetched to supposethat it is another indicator of the eye’s physicality. The juxtaposition of‘enlarge’ and ‘devour’, then, neatly encapsulates the coexistence of theeye’s two apparently contradictory features.

The Camera Eye 137

The woman’s movement is also subject to an observation that is asso-ciable with the camera eye. The following is the description of her meal:

At last in a twin movement full of grace she slowly raises the bowltoward her lips while at the same time with equal slowness bowingher head to join it. Having set out at the same instant they meethalfway and there come to rest. Fresh rigor before the first spoonfulslobbered largely back into the slop. Others no happier till time topart lips and bowl and slowly back with never a slip to their startingpoints. As smooth and even fro as to. Now again the rigid Memnonpose. With her right hand she holds the edge of the bowl. With herleft the spoon dipped in the slop. (35)

This is a totally ‘depthless’ portrayal of human movement, of the kinddetected in Beckett’s prose earlier in this chapter. The reduction to thepurely mechanical enhances the impression of the woman’s non-humanquality. It is equally possible to say that the eye observing the woman isnot human. Before the quoted passage, we read, ‘The eye closes in thedark and sees her in the end.With her right hand as large as life she holdsthe edge of the bowl resting on her knees’ (35). The phrase ‘as large aslife’ implies that the ordinary proportions of normal human vision canbe distorted, as the passage on the buttonhook shows. Such distortionmay not be unnatural in the imaginative space where fidelity to ‘reality’is abandoned. Yet it is to be noted that Beckett could surreptitiouslyintroduce the camera eye, with its possibility (minute visual details) andlimitation (distortion of normal vision).In this way, the physical eye and the camera eye appear in tandem in

Ill Seen Ill Said. In the television version ofNot I, the camera eye was facedwith the formless body and in effect was involved in its uncanny sense.In Ill Seen Ill Said, there are hints of the formless body: the eye is said to‘breathe’ or ‘digest’. But here the same eye can be both physical like thisand prosthetic from the start. This is possible because in the explorationof the inner world with the inner eye, the distinction between the innerand the outer is nullified. The inner eye, then, is no different from theouter eye, which can be either physical or equipped with a camera. Thecorrelation between the physical eye and the technological eye emergesonly with the third factor: the inner eye exploring the inner world.

5The Prosthetic Voice

This chapter considers the voice in Beckett’s work in terms of the conceptof prosthesis. In Beckett’s case, the inner eye discussed in the previouschapter is inseparable from the inner ear, as suggested in Texts forNothing: ‘the eye staring behind the lids, the ears straining for a voice notfrom without’(CSP 85). But whereas the correlation between the tech-nological and the physical is significant in Beckett’s prosthetic vision, itdoes not seem to be so in his engagement with sound technologies. Inother words, a notion such as the physiological ear or the ‘ear of flesh’does not appear to be important. This is because the ear as an organ isnot highlighted as often as the eye. Instead of the ear itself, the voice isthe chief component in Beckett’s concern with the auditory sense.Chapter 2 showed how in Beckett’s work the bodily organs are like

detachable prostheses and as such can be confused with each other. Inthis economy, where the boundaries of the body are constantly prob-lematised, the orifices and the bodily flows running through them arehighlighted as important sites of interaction between the inside and theoutside. The voice is one of those flows and can be equated with tearsor excrement. It is also figured as an enveloping veil (Didier Anzieu’sconcept of the ‘sound envelope’) that should be torn apart in order toreach silence. In either case, it is possible to regard the voice as a kindof prosthesis in that it is both inside and outside the body, somethingthat belongs to but is alien to the body.In this chapter, however, I intend to link the Beckettian voice to

prosthesis in a different way. In order to consider the prosthetic sensein terms of the auditory sense, I will focus on what I call the ‘pros-thetic voice’. This is the voice that is mediated by machines or tech-nology – the voice coming from the tape recorder, telephone or radio,for example. Just as in the case of visual technologies, the sound

138

The Prosthetic Voice 139

technologies invented and developed from the late nineteenth centuryonwards profoundly transformed sensory perceptions, and their impactis variously inscribed in the art and literature of modernism includingBeckett’s work. But what is unique in his case? The focus in this chapterwill be primarily on the relation between the prosthetic voice and theinner voice (heard in the skull). This will necessarily entail an examina-tion of the relation between the voice ‘not from without’ and that ‘fromwithout’.1

In his essay ‘Echo’s Bones: Myth, Modernity and the VocalicUncanny’, Steven Connor argues that while inheriting the Romanticidea of the voice, modernism replaced it with what he calls a sense ofthe ‘vocalic uncanny’. He argues that ‘the modernist desire for originand presence is vexed and pestered by the suspicion of belatedness andabsence’ (215). In other words, the values historically associated with thevoice, such as ‘presence; life; redemption; truth; and the human subject’,are diminished as ‘the vocalic uncanny focuses upon the moments ofseparation, spacing, and distance within the excursive exercise of thevoice’ (234, 215). This shift was closely related to the invention ofvarious acoustic technologies. The phonograph, for example, broughtdeath into the voice by separating it from its origin and letting the deadspeak (227). Connor suggests that Beckett exemplifies this link betweenthe ‘vocalic uncanny’ and sound technology, which was already evidentin the works of such modernists as T. S. Eliot, James Joyce and VirginiaWoolf. We are easily reminded of Krapp’s Last Tape, in which the use ofa tape recorder successfully stages an uncanny resurrection of the youngKrapp in the presence of the old Krapp.However, even when sound technologies are not actually used or

mentioned, the voice in Beckett’s work has a curious affinity with themechanically mediated voice – the prosthetic voice. The voice in TheUnnamable, for example, has a structure that can be fruitfully likenedto the voice of the telephone or gramophone, though it seems to bethe inner voice in the skull. The actual use of a tape recorder in Krapp’sLast Tape can be seen as continuous with this fundamentally prostheticnature of the Beckettian voice. I am going to discuss this prostheticvoice with reference to Derrida’s ideas on telecommunication and tele-technology, which are remarkably relevant but hitherto little exploredin Beckett criticism. In the same context, I will also consider the themeof the ghost, which was touched upon in the previous chapter inrespect of visual technology. The final section will highlight an aspect ofBeckett’s voice that eludes the Derridean approach. Mainly with regardto his radio dramas, it will be emphasised that Beckett had to resort to

140 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

sound technology because of the impulse to externalise and materiallyrepresent, as faithfully as possible, the situation of the interior mindthat is already spatialised. This discussion will develop the argumentsin the previous chapter about the spatial representation of the mind, acrucial feature of Beckett’s work.

Beckett, Derrida, telecommunication

The narrator of The Unnamable hears himself speak all the time, thoughhe can never be sure whether the voice he is hearing is really his: ‘[t]hevoice being heard, the voice which could not be mine, [� � �] and yetwhich could only be mine’ (400) – he repeats this kind of remark. Hecannot help feeling that the voice he is hearing comes from the other,not from within himself. He is alone but at the same time he feelshe coexists with the other. The other is called ‘delegate’, ‘vice-exister’and ‘surrogate’, and is even given the proper names Basil, Mahood andWorm. The other is inseparable from the narrator, even if it is just a‘puppet’ to be fended away. For example, Mahood’s voice constantlymingles with his voice: ‘It is his voice which has often, always, mingledwith mine, and sometimes drowned it completely’ (311). Indeed, thenarrator tells long stories, assuming that Mahood is narrating them. The‘vice-existers’ can usurp the narrator’s identity: ‘Mahood. Before himthere were others, taking themselves for me [� � �]’ (317). Consequently,the narrator wonders, ‘What if we were one and the same after all, as heaffirms, and I deny?’ (317). When he renamesMahood asWorm, he says,‘Perhaps he too will weary, renounce the task of forming me and makeway for another, having laid the foundations’ (340, emphasis added).Therefore, these ‘vice-existers’ are necessary to ‘form’ the narrator’s self,although they are also alien to it. This ambiguity is present in a numberof places where the other, whether singular or plural, is figured asa higher authority (‘master’ or ‘tyrant’) that observes the narrator orcompels him to speak on. In the self-enclosed system where the othercan be the self, this authority can also be the victim of its power – astructure that is made explicit in the inseparable couple of the tormentorand the tormented in How It Is.A number of critics have discussed how the situation in The Unnamable

can be illuminated with reference to Derrida. Here a brief reference toDerrida’s Speech and Phenomena (1967) will suffice to make a point that isrelevant to our discussion.2 According to Derrida, Husserl’s phenomen-ology is based on the assumption that the subject is present to itselfin its pure interiority. The subject is guaranteed absolute proximity to

The Prosthetic Voice 141

itself by the operation of ‘hearing oneself speak’, in which speakingand hearing take place simultaneously in the living present. But in fact,the seeming purity of self-presence is always already contaminated byimpurity or split by exteriority. The subject cannot be present to itselfwithout difference from itself, without the possibility of being supple-mented. It harbours an outside within itself from the beginning. In otherwords, it is exposed to ‘différance’, which is ‘the operation of differingwhich at one and the same time fissures and retards presence, submittingit simultaneously to primordial division and delay’ (88).The Unnamable is in a sense a record of how the subject is inescap-

ably submitted to this différance. The subject in the novel can neverbe guaranteed presence to itself, but is always differentiated from itself.That is why the narrator feels that his own voice is coming from theother. For instance: ‘I shall transmit the words as received, by the ear,or roared through a trumpet into the arsehole, in all their purity, andin the same order, as far as possible. This infinitesimal lag, betweenarrival and departure, this trifling delay in evacuation, is all I have toworry about’ (352). The ‘infinitesimal lag between arrival and depar-ture’ suggests that différance is at work, at least in its temporal sense,between hearing (‘arrival’) and speaking (‘departure’) in the operationof ‘hearing oneself speak’. Because of this différance the narrator’s selfcannot coincide with itself, and this causes him to feel that the other isspeaking instead of him. Here is a similar passage: ‘A second later, I’ma second behind them, I remember a second, for the space of a second,that is to say long enough to blurt it out, as received, while receivingthe next, which is none of my business either’ (371). In this passage too,the narrator is reduced to a secondary position of receiving and thenrepeating (‘blurt it out’) a message sent ‘a second’ before by the other(‘they’). The operation of ‘hearing oneself speak’ is fissured by ‘a second’.This structure also appears in How It Is in the form of recurrent phrasessuch as ‘I say it as I hear it’ and ‘I quote’.In these two instances, one might wonder why the narrator first hears

his voice as though it were coming from outside, instead of speaking firstand then hearing. The priority of hearing over speaking here suggeststhat the subject is so disintegrated that it cannot take any initiative.3

If the originary moment is that of hearing, it means that there is nooriginary moment at all, because hearing is necessarily a secondary act,and also because with the total breakdown of subjectivity in The Unnam-able, the hearing ‘I’ will be no more originary or self-sufficient than thespeaking ‘I’.4 There is no origin or destination, and words and voicessimply keep drifting. This is reminiscent of the third andmost pleasurable

142 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

zone of Murphy’s mind, where he savours ‘the sensation of being amissile without provenance or target’ (66).5 The Unnamable is a descrip-tion of consciousness in such a fundamental state ‘without provenanceor target’, although there is never-ending agony in it instead of pleasure.

But how does all this link to the prosthetic voice, as defined at thebeginning of this chapter? The voice of the narrator of The Unnamableis coming from outside rather than from within. This situation can belikened to that of hearing our own voice on a tape recording – ourvoice coming from outside, from an external machine. Of course, itwould be impossible to reproduce the narrator’s situation faithfully withrecording technology, because whereas it is inevitable that a recordedvoice should come after a real voice, the narrator paradoxically hearshis voice before speaking. However, the similarity is worth noting. Amechanically reproduced voice is dislodged from its origin. It is cut offfrom the subject and the body of the owner of the voice, and it can evensurvive his death. The voice in The Unnamable is also cut off from itsonly possible owner, the narrator, and keeps drifting without origin ordestination. It can be said that just as when we hear our own recordedvoice, the narrator’s voice is both his and not his, both inside andoutside himself. The narrator’s voice is in this regard like a mechanicallymediated prosthetic voice. The telephone, which was invented aroundthe same time as the gramophone, is another machine that dislodgesa voice from its origin.6 If we use the word ‘telephone’ in the broadsense of ‘the voice from afar’ (tele-phone), we could also call the voicein The Unnamable ‘telephonic’. And given the fact that the narrator isconstantly interacting with his own voice, it is possible to argue that heis telephoning himself.7 In any event, devices such as the tape recorderand telephone remove a voice from its origin and create distance orexteriority in the voice, which is normally assumed to be fully presentto the subject in the ‘logocentric’ tradition of Western thought. To theextent that the narrator of The Unnamable feels that his voice is dislodgedfrom himself and coming from outside, his voice bears comparison withthis mechanically mediated prosthetic voice. In order to clarify thispoint, let us now turn to the nexus between telecommunication andtechnology in Derrida’s thought.The idea of telecommunication was very important in Derrida’s

conception of speech, writing and language throughout his long career.In an early essay ‘Signature, Event, Context’ (1971), he contends that incommunication by writing, the absence or even death of both the senderand the addressee is structurally inscribed because writing cannot bewriting without the possibility of its being repeated in their absence, or

The Prosthetic Voice 143

even beyond their death. Writing is thus cut off from the consciousness,intention or authority of the sender and addressee, and abandoned to‘its essential drift’. Derrida goes on to claim that exactly the same appliesto spoken language, which is traditionally considered inseparable fromits origin; that is, the speaker’s ‘live’ consciousness or intention. Spokenlanguage is also subject to the possibility of being repeated in or graftedonto a totally different context, regardless of the referent, signified orintention in the actual context in which it is uttered. In this sense, aphonic sign is a grapheme (10). In both written and oral communica-tions, iterability (‘iter’ meaning both repetition and alterity) underminesthe elements of presence. It could be said that, for Derrida, all commu-nication is telecommunication in the sense that the immediate presenceof neither the sender nor the addressee is essential to it. In other words,the death of the subject is inscribed in any communication.8

Interestingly, Derrida uses a mechanical metaphor to explain thestructural absence of the sender of the written sign: ‘To write is toproduce a mark that will constitute a sort of machine, which is productivein turn, and which my future disappearance will not, in principle,hinder in its functioning, offering things and itself to be read and tobe rewritten’ (8, emphasis added). It is implied that, for Derrida, themark (both written and spoken) is something mechanical or inanimate,as opposed to an ‘animated’ presence – of the subject’s intention, forexample.9 We could call the mark in this sense prosthetic. Just like aprosthesis, it is both inside and outside the subject. All communicationhas something prosthetic structurally inscribed in it.It is no surprise that Derrida takes great interest in the voice of the

gramophone or telephone, which exemplifies the essence of commu-nication as he understands it because it is manifestly cut off from thepresence of its origin. In ‘Ulysses Gramophone’ (1984), Derrida discussesJoyce’s Ulysses expressly in reference to the gramophone. This lengthy,tortuous essay circles around ‘yes’ in Molly’s monologue, which Derridaanalyses with his own theoretical apparatus.10 Or perhaps it would bebetter to say that he takes liberties with some details of Ulysses in order totest and develop his own ideas. Early in the essay, Derrida pays attentionto the use of communication media such as letters, postcards, type-writers, telegraphs and the telephone in Ulysses. In his discussion of thetelephone, there is a significant passage that is worth quoting at length:

It is repeatedly said that the phone call is internal.‘Mr. Bloom � � �made for the inner door’ when he wants to ring; then‘the telephone whirred inside,’ and finally, ‘Mr. Bloom phoned from

144 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the inner office.’ So, a telephonic interiority: for before any appliancebearing the name ‘telephone’ in modern times, the telephonic techneis at work within the voice, multiplying the writing of voices withoutany instruments, as Mallarmé would say, a mental telephony, which,inscribing remoteness, distance, différance, and spacing [espacement]in the phone, at the same time institutes, forbids, and interferes withthe so-called monologue. At the same time, in the same way, fromthe first phone call and from the simplest vocalization, from themonosyllabic quasi-interjection of the word oui, ‘yes,’ ‘ay.’ A fortiorifor those yes, yeses which speech act theorists use as an illustration ofthe performative and which Molly repeats at the end of her so-calledmonologue, the ‘Yes, Yes, I do’ that consents to marriage. (271–2,parenthesis original)

First, Derrida is saying that the voice is distanced from itself within itself.He seems to be developing, under the rubric of ‘telephonic interiority’,his idea in Speech and Phenomena that the supposedly pure interiorityguaranteed by the phenomenological voice is in fact distanced fromitself, subject to ‘différance’. When he says that ‘a mental telephony[� � �] at the same time institutes, forbids, and interferes with the so-calledmonologue’, it probablymeans that themonologic operation of ‘hearingoneself speak’ is ‘instituted’ by the anterior différance, but that preciselybecause of this différance the coincidence of ‘hearing’ and ‘speaking’ is‘forbidden’ and ‘interfered with’. This ‘telephonic interiority’ is linkedto ‘yes’, especially the ‘yeses’ in Molly’s monologue. ‘Yes’ seems to bean indicator of ‘telephonic interiority’. Later in ‘Ulysses Gramophone’,Derrida repeats his argument in ‘Signature, Event, Context’ to charac-terise ‘yes’.

In order for the yes of affirmation, assent, consent, alliance, of engage-ment, signature, or gift to have the value it has, it must carry therepetition within itself. [� � �] This essential repetition lets itself behaunted by an intrinsic threat, by an internal telephone whichparasites it like its mimetic, mechanical double, like its incessantparody. (276)

That ‘yes’ is haunted by its ‘mechanical double’ means that it ishaunted by its other: ‘Yes indicates that there is address to the other’(299). Because of this address, which is anterior to any meaning orsignification,11 ‘A priori [yes] breaches all possible monologue’ (299).

The Prosthetic Voice 145

This is a rephrasing of Derrida’s critique of Husserl, where the mono-logic operation of ‘hearing oneself speak’ is revealed to be inhabited bythe other due to différance. I have already noted that the voice in TheUnnamable is subject to différance in the same way as the phenomenolo-gical voice Derrida critiques in Speech and Phenomena. Derrida’s explicitassociation of différance with telephony (or ‘telephonic techne’) givesus more solid ground for regarding the voice in The Unnamable as tele-phonic and prosthetic. Accordingly, it may be possible to say that ‘yes’in Derrida’s sense – an indicator of ‘telephonic interiority’ and addressto the other – is implicitly at work in the novel. As I will discuss later,this illuminates the fact that How It Is, which in many ways is an exten-sion of The Unnamable, ends with a curious proliferation of ‘yeses’ thatcannot but remind us of Molly’s monologue.

Communication over distance: The Unnamable and How It Is

The narrator of The Unnamable does not feel that the voice he is hearingis his, though it can only be his. This alone entitles us to call hisvoice telephonic in the Derridean sense of the word. But in order toaccentuate the distance or spacing inscribed in the narrator’s innervoice by the telephonic structure, I will turn to the instances in whichthe narrator imagines he is (tele)communicating with the other overdistance.The narrator attributes the voice to the other but he can never be

confident that it is not his own. The origin of the voice cannot be locatedeither inside or outside him. While he says ‘it issues from me’ (309), healso asks ‘where it can possibly come from’ (391), without getting anyanswer. At one point he makes some resolutions:

Assume notably henceforward that the thing said and the thing heardhave a common source, resisting for this purpose the temptationto call in question the possibility of assuming anything whatever.Situate this source in me, without specifying where exactly, nofinicking, anything is preferable to the consciousness of third partiesand, more generally speaking, of an outer world. (393–4)

The fact that he is obliged to make such resolutions indicates notonly that the hearing and speaking in ‘hearing oneself speak’ areineluctably differentiated from each other, but that he cannot situatethe source inside him. We are reminded of what Derrida calls the‘essential drift’ in communication, which has no fixed origin or

146 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

destination. In The Unnamable, ‘words [are] falling, you don’t knowwhere, you don’t know whence [� � �]’ (386). The narrator himself seemsto be drifting as words: ‘I’m all these words, all these strangers, thisdust of words, with no ground for their settling, no sky for theirdispersing [� � �]’(390).It should be noted, however, that the narrator feels there is some

communication between him and the other. Thinking he has beenforced to learn about human beings by his ‘delegates’, he wonders,‘But when, through what channel, did I communicate with thesegentlemen?’ (299). Realising that he is ‘a prey to communications’(338),he says:

Faint calls, at long intervals. Hear me! Be yourself again! Someone hastherefore something to say tome. But never the least news concerningme, beyond the insinuation that I am not in a condition to receiveany, since I am not there, which I knew already. I have naturallyremarked, in a moment of exceptional receptivity, that these exhorta-tions are conveyed tome by the same channel as that used byMahoodand Co for their transports. (339)

This passage suggests that there is distance within the narrator’s innerworld, over which communication takes place between the narrator andthe other (including ‘Mahood and Co’). The other is also called ‘mypurveyors’ (354). The following remark implies that what is happeningto the narrator is conceived in terms of postal communication: ‘Whatdoesn’t come to me from me has come to the wrong address’ (353).However, we should recall that, unlike ordinary communicators, boththe sender and the addressee here are ephemeral or illusory. In thisnovel, any distinction between the other (be it singular or plural) and theself cannot but be ephemeral because the other can also be the self (thevoice, after all, is his), as the narrator admits on a number of occasions.12

What I have been calling ‘the narrator’ of the novel is nothing buta stage where the nominal system has completely broken down andpronouns (I, we, he and they) and nouns (Basil, Mahood, Worm) areperpetually confused because of the unclear distinction between the selfand its other.13 In other words, no stable positionality can be estab-lished to uphold the nominal system. Any distinction between fixedpositions, which could become two poles of communication, comes tonothing in the novel. Hence the similarity to Derrida’s idea of tele-communication, according to which a message drifts without origin ordestination.

The Prosthetic Voice 147

Distance is variously imagined by the narrator. When he thinks he isobserved by the other with authority (the master), a messenger traversessome distance to make a report about him:

[T]hey have to be ratified by the proper authority, that takes time, he’sfar from here, they bring him the verbatim report of the proceedings,once in a way, he knows the words that count, it’s he who chosethem, in the meantime the voice continues, while the messengergoes towards the master, and while the master examines the report,and while the messenger comes back with the verdict, the wordscontinue [� � �]. (373)

This hierarchical structure – narrator/messenger/master – is an exten-sion of the hierarchy of Moran/Gaber/Youdi in Molloy, and Didi andGogo/boys/Godot in Waiting for Godot. In The Unnamable, the hierarchyis incorporated into the internal ‘space’ of the subject. This is madepossible by the internal distance within the subject – the fissure impliedin Derrida’s concept of ‘telephonic interiority’ or ‘mental telephony’.14

On other occasions, the narrator imagines that he (as Worm) is observedthrough a hole by the other. ‘They’ look at him, ‘gluing one eye to thehole and closing the other’ (359). But at the same time, they are also‘launching their voices’ through a hole (362). Both the vision and thevoice of the other traverse some distance through a hole.15 And the holeis vividly imagined as an actual physical existence. It seems for examplethat ‘they have made other holes through which to pass their arms andseize him’ (360).What is notable in these examples is that the distance within the

subject is literalised and imagined as an actual physical distance tobe traversed. How It Is carries over this and other important motifs inThe Unnamable, despite the significant stylistic change that determinesBeckett’s later prose. How It Is begins this way: ‘how it was I quote beforePim with Pim after Pim how it is three parts I say it as I hear it/voiceonce without quaqua on all sides then in me when the panting stops tellme again finish telling me invocation’ (7). ‘I quote’ and ‘I say it as I hearit’ both suggest that this novel continues the situation in The Unnam-able, where the narrator has no initiative of speaking and is hearinghis voice as though it were coming from outside. ‘[V]oice once withoutquaqua on all sides then in me’ implies that the source of the voicecannot be fixed – it can be outside or inside – just as in The Unnamable.These phrases are indicative of the basic framework of the novel and arerepeated over and over again.

148 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

In Part One (‘before Pim’) the narrator crawls in the mud towardsPim; in Part Two (‘with Pim’) he torments him in many ways; in PartThree (‘after Pim’) he is abandoned by Pim and Bom is crawling in themud towards him. Much of Part Three is devoted to a considerationof how these movements of the narrator, Pim, Bom and others can bepictured as a whole. It is suggested, for example, that the narrator waswith Bom before Part One: ‘when I hear or in fact it says that beforegoing towards Pim part one I was with Bom as Pim with me part two’(125). It seems that the following pattern is repeated: Bom and I / Pimand another; I abandon Bom and journey towards Pim (Part One); Bomand another / Pim and I (Part Two); I am abandoned by Pim and Bomjourneys towards me (Part Three). From the narrator’s point of view, itis a series of ‘couple’ – ‘journey’ – ‘couple’ – ‘abandon’. There are alwaysa tormentor and a victim in the ‘couple’ phase. The narrator tormentsPim and is supposedly tormented by Bom.In The Unnamable, the narrator at one point imagines that the other

comes to torment him: ‘[h]e’ll come and lie on top of me, lie beside me,my dear tormentor, his turn to suffer what he made me suffer, mine tobe at peace’ (384). The exchangeability of the roles of tormentor andvictim is suggested in another passage, where the narrator says, ‘Perhapsthere is only one of them, one would do the trick as well, but he mightget mixed up with his victim, that would be abominable, downrightmasturbation’ (364). It is because the distinction between the narratorand the other is illusory that the roles of tormentor and victim can beeasily exchanged. In How It Is, the narrator is Pim’s tormentor and Bom’svictim, and this distinction seems to be more stable and secure thanin The Unnamable. However, at the end of the novel, it is emphaticallyrepeated that there is nothing but the narrator’s voice. For example, weread: ‘yes this voice quaqua yes all balls yes only one voice here yesmine yes’ (158). Here again How It Is continues the basic structure ofThe Unnamable with regard to the narrator and the other – Pim, Bomand others are the narrator’s illusory ‘vice-existers’; they are postulatedto suggest the internal distance (or différance) within the subject; thevoice coming from outside is after all his; tormenting is nothing but self-tormenting. The difference is that unlike the chaotic confusion in TheUnnamable, How It Is has a more neatly ordered structure as regards therelation between the narrator and the other. Accordingly, the descrip-tion of the narrator’s situation or his relation with Pim is also moresustained and stable. Probably this is related to the stylistic change fromthe heated torrents of words to the sober, quasi-poetical arrangementof words.

The Prosthetic Voice 149

How is the motif of communication over distance dealt with in HowIt Is? The distance the narrator traverses to journey towards Pim canbe viewed as a literalisation of the internal distance within the subject.In Part Three, a certain transmission of rumour over ‘millions of us’ isimagined. The narrator imagines he is not only with Pim and Bom butalso with many others: ‘millions millions there are millions of us’ (123).Then an image appears in which all of them form a closed circle: ‘as forexample our course a closed curve and let us be numbered 1 to 1000000then number 1000000 on leaving his tormentor number 999999 insteadof launching forth into the wilderness towards an inexistent victimproceeds towards number 1’ (127). In this circle there is transmission ofrumour:

number 814327 may speak misnomer the tormentors being muteas we have seen part two may speak of number 814326 to number814328 who may speak of him to number 814329 who may speakof him to number 814330 and so on to number 814345 who in thisway may know number 814326 by repute (130)

This process can be neatly reversed: ‘rumour transmissible ad infinitumin either direction’ (130). Each of the million assumes the role of eithertormentor or victim in relation to his neighbour, and each has to traversea distance to journey towards his neighbour, just like the narrator jour-neying towards Pim. It is important to note here that the transmissionof rumour from one to another parallels or mirrors the narrator’s own‘quotation’ of the other’s voiced speech. The narrator suddenly remem-bers that he is repeating and quoting the other’s words, as if to indicatethe parallel: ‘all these words I repeat I quote on victims tormentorsconfidences repeat quote I and the others all these words too strong Isay it again as I hear it again murmur it again to the mud [� � �]’ (130).Then, immediately the narrator says, ‘but question to what purpose’,and reasons that ‘when number 814336 describes number 814337 tonumber 814335 and number 814335 to number 814337 for examplehe is merely in fact describing himself to two lifelong acquaintances’(131). As in The Unnamable, the division into a million is in fact nodivision at all. Whether there is no one but the narrator or there aremillions, it amounts to the same thing. That is why an image soonappears of all of them ‘glued together like a single body’ (132). In thiscase, ‘linked thus bodily together each one of us is at the same timeBom and Pim tormentor and tormented pedant and dunce wooer andwooed speechless and reafflicted with speech’ (153).

150 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

Towards the end of the novel, a higher authority is imagined. Heappears as someone in charge of sacks of food, which each of the inhab-itants of this world has to take up and carry during his journey (135).This authority, called ‘an intelligence somewhere’, is thought to be thesource of the voice and stories (150, 151). But predictably, this hypo-thesis of a higher being is soon relinquished: ‘a formulation that wouldeliminate him completely and so admit him to that peace at least whilerendering me in the same breath sole responsible for this unqualifiablemurmur’ (157).The novel ends with insistent claims, interspersed with ‘yes’, that

everything has been false and that there has been nothing but thenarrator and his own voice. To give one instance: ‘there was somethingyes but nothing of all that no all balls from start to finish yes thisvoice quaqua yes all balls yes only one voice here yes mine yes whenthe panting stops’ (158). At first sight, this ‘yes’ appears to endorse thenarrator’s admission that after all he is alone and that everything he hasnarrated is ‘balls’ – the admission suggesting that finally the narrator’sself is united with itself and that the other is thrown out of scope. Yetthings are not so simple. In the final paragraph we read: ‘good goodend at last of part three and last that’s how it was end of quotationafter Pim how it is’ (160). The phrase ‘end of quotation’ suggests thatuntil the very end the entire narrative has been a quotation. This meansthat all the words have come from the other instead of being originatedby the narrator. All the words are uttered somewhere ‘between’ theself and the other, which are ineluctably intertwined and cannot becompletely distinguished, just as in The Unnamable.16 As long as thisstructure involving the other persists, there cannot be any unificationof the self.It would be more fruitful, then, to link ‘yes’ here to the intrinsic

alterity haunting the self rather than to unification of the self. As alreadynoted, the curious proliferation of ‘yes’ in the final pages of the novelinevitably reminds us of Molly’s monologue in Ulysses. It could be takento mark what Derrida calls ‘telephonic interiority’, which refers to theway in which the subject is submitted to différance and inhabited bythe other as a ‘telephonic techne ’. The ‘yes’ of affirmation is possibleonly because of the fundamental alterity to which it is addressed. LikeThe Unnamable, it is evident that How It Is concerns itself with the wayin which the subject is infected with the other and is fissured withinternal distance, over which the originary response to the other (‘yes’)is possible. At least as far as these points are concerned, the ‘yes’ thatDerrida discusses seems to apply to the ‘yeses’ at the end of How It Is.

The Prosthetic Voice 151

The prosthetic voice and the ghostly

Communication can establish itself without the presence of the senderand the addressee, and Derrida finds not only the mechanical but alsodeath structurally inscribed in it. The mechanical and death both standin contrast to the live, animate presence of the subject or its intention.The prosthetic voice makes the deathly dimension even more manifest.It is cut off from its ‘live’ origin. The gramophone in particular canpreserve a voice almost eternally, regardless of the speaker’s presence,even beyond his death, as if to confirmDerrida’s idea of communication.The dead can really speak from it. When we hear the recorded voice ofsomeone, it is in a sense like an uncanny resurrection of the dead. Thevoice drifts in the ghostly realm between life and death.In his later years, Derrida made explicit reference to the ghostly or

the spectral. In Specters of Marx (1993), the motif of the ghostly or spec-tral is linked to the idea of doing justice to or taking responsibility fora ghost as the other, and this is developed extensively in the discus-sion of Marx and Marxism. But since deconstruction radically calls intoquestion any kind of presence in favour of différance, trace, supplement,absence or death, it is from the start familiar with the realm of ghosts.Just as ghosts, it blurs the distinction between presence and absence,past and present, life and death. However, the same could be said ofcontemporary teletechnology. By recording the present and reproducingit anytime anywhere, for example, teletechnologymakes it manifest thatthe present is divided from itself, instead of being identical to itself. AsI will discuss in the next section, Derrida’s idea of the ghostly and thespectral is inseparable from his growing concern about the teletechno-logy that now permeates our life.17

The conjunction between technology and the ghostly has a solidhistorical background. In reference to Friedrich Kittler, I have alreadynoted that in the nineteenth century, when new media technologieswere invented and developed, technology was generally imagined to beclosely related to the dead and the ghostly. The link between spiritu-alists’ séances and sound technology from the late nineteenth centuryonwards is well documented.18 For example, Edison, the inventor of thegramophone, became engrossed with the possibility of recording deadpeople’s voices.19 The telephone also became a medium through whichthe dead could send messages.20 Or it could create a deathly distancebetween two persons, as in the scene in Proust‘s Remembrance of ThingsPast where the narrator telephones his grandmother. Her voice soundsto him so different that he cannot recognise it as hers. In Proust, Beckett

152 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

notes: ‘He hears it also as the symbol of her isolation, of their separation,as impalpable as a voice from the dead. The voice stops. His grand-mother seems as irretrievably lost as Eurydice among the shades’ (27).The unfathomable void that separates him from his grandmother is aspace of death and the dead. The distance inscribed in the structure oftelecommunication opens up this ghostly space where no one is present.Beckett, who did not miss the significance of this scene, subsequentlyexplored the ghostly realm that was neither life nor death, making manyof his characters inhabit it. Sound technology as well as visual techno-logy served his purposes fully, with its evocation of the dead and theghostly.Also notable in the present context is the fact that the young Beckett

was very interested in the myth of Narcissus and Echo. Echo bearsresemblance to the prosthetic voice in the sense that both are cut offfrom the body as the origin of the voice, and therefore are ghostly.In Ovid’s Metamorphoses, the nymph Echo is destined to repeat otherpeople’s last words. When she is rejected by Narcissus whom she loves,dejection withers her body until only her voice and bones remain. Herbones turn to stones and she lives on only as a voice like a ghost, whileNarcissus falls hopelessly in love with his own image reflected in thewater and dies of despair. As well as entitling his collection of poems‘Echo’s Bones’, Beckett wrote a story with the same title for inclusion inMore Pricks than Kicks. It was intended to be the final story in the volume,but it was rejected by the publisher and has not yet been published. Inthis story, which itself has a ghostly status, Belacqua still hangs aroundin this world after his death. At the end, it is revealed that his tombcontains some stones, and therefore a link between Belacqua and Echois explicitly made.21

Thomas Hunkeler interprets Beckett’s work in terms of an oscillationbetween Narcissus (= identity) and Echo (=difference or repetition).However, he argues that these two figures, which are both present inBeckett’s early work, do not make a contrast but are inextricably related.For instance, Narcissus seeing his own image in the water is not exactlyan emblem of identity because the image is nothing but an illusion, justas in Lacan’s mirror stage.22 The figure of Narcissus does not guaranteeself-identity but in fact undermines it in favour of difference, just like thefigure of Echo. Hunkeler observes that the ‘principle of Echo’ rather thanthe myth of Echo governs Beckett’s work after World War II (214). Thatis, Narcissus and Echo are no longer present in the later work, but themotifs concerning Echo – difference, repetition, supplement and so on –are developed in the radical exploration of language and subjectivity.

The Prosthetic Voice 153

With regard to the trilogy, Hunkeler concludes that Beckett gave theform of Echo to the subject that suffers from exteriority (237–8). Hisstudy is more Lacanian than Derridean, but reading this observation, wecould say that what he means by the principle of Echo could be safelyparaphrased as Derrida’s ‘différance’. With such a broad interpretationof Echo, it can be argued that the features of the prosthetic voice in TheUnnamable and How It Is, as discussed in the previous section, indicatenone other than the principle of Echo.As regards The Unnamable, however, the narrator’s affinity with Echo

can be marked more simply: they are both destined to repeat or quotethe other’s words. The difference is that whereas Echo repeats otherpeople’s words, the narrator of The Unnamable repeats his own words,which he feels are coming from the other. Nevertheless, it is possiblethat, as Didier Anzieu notes, Echo may also be repeating herself inher interior speech, so that she cannot tell whether the words comefrom herself or other people.23 In that case, Echo’s deed curiously coin-cides with the major feature of what Kittler calls the ‘discourse networkof 1900’ in Discourse Networks, 1800/1900. Kittler argues that in the‘discourse network of 1900’, language becomes automatised and repeatsitself endlessly, dissociated from the human subject. He finds an exem-plary model in the neurotic patient Daniel Paul Schreber, who publishedhis famous Memoirs of My Nervous Illness in 1903. Schreber was afflictedwith alien voices that, as a way of torturing him, interfered with histhoughts by repeatedly reminding him that all his thoughts, sentencesand personal possessions were written down somewhere.24 Since wordsand phrases were stored and repeated endlessly, regardless of his inten-tion, the distinction between his own words and others’ became mean-ingless. The ‘ownership of discourses’ was totally nullified. Noting thedirect link between Schreber’s case and data-storage machines suchas the gramophone, Kittler argues, ‘Data-storage machines are muchtoo accurate to make the classical distinctions between intention andcitation, independent thought and the mere repetition of somethingalready said. They register discursive events without regard for so-calledpersons’ (300). In our context, Schreber could be regarded as a mechan-ised version of Echo, who cannot distinguish her speech from that ofothers. Or it may be more accurate to say that Echo is ‘literally’ mech-anised here because Echo’s voice, cut off from its origin, resembles theprosthetic voice from the outset. In any case, Echo is obliged to presentherself as a recording machine in the age of modernism.Kittler goes on to mention the significance of noise in Dadaist

performances, suggesting that modernism was based on a mechanised

154 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

or automatised language that disregarded the authenticity of humanspeech in favour of the unarticulated, ‘which is the background of allmodern media’ (302). Literature became a simulacrum of madness, asrepresented by Schreber’s paranoid machine. The relevance of this viewto Beckett’s work is obvious. In The Unnamable and How It Is, Beckettpresents an automatised language that does not distinguish speech fromquotation. Mouth in Not I and Lucky in Godot are more explicitlypresented as (broken) machines that keep on speaking, or rather givingout words as noises. And in a sense, Krapp’s Last Tape suggests thathuman memory can be substituted by a tape recorder.Kittler’s ‘discourse network of 1900’ is characterised by the replace-

ment of human communication by the play of data-storage machines:that is, it heralds the death of Man. It is intrinsically congenial to therealm of the dead and the ghost. To return to The Unnamable, it could besaid that just like Echo, the prosthetic voice in the novel is by definitionghostly. I have already noted that all the ‘characters’ in it, including thenarrator himself, are ephemeral, non-originary and insubstantial. Theyare like ghosts. Worm is described as something that is never present butstill functions, just like Derrida’s ‘trace’: ‘Worm will vanish utterly, as ifhe had never been, which indeed is probably the case, as if one couldever vanish utterly without having been at some previous stage’ (376–7).What applies to Worm will apply to all the ‘characters’ including thenarrator. All of them live in a limbo-like space where neither life nordeath is possible: ‘Come into the world unborn, abiding there unliving,with no hope of death [� � �]’; ‘No, one can spend one’s life thus, unableto live, unable to bring to life, and die in vain, having done nothing,been nothing’; ‘But what’s all this about not being able to die, live, beborn [� � �]’ (349, 361, 378). And ‘they’ who are supposed to be producingthe voice are called ‘these voluble shades’ (378). The narrator of Texts forNothing, which is basically an extension of The Unnamable, states: ‘Andthe voices, wherever they come from, have no life in them’ (CSP 81). InHow It Is, the voice becomes calmer and more like a murmur. MauriceBlanchot says of this voice, ‘One might say that speech turns into a softspecter of speech, at times nearly appeased’ (331).Even in Waiting for Godot, ‘dead voices’ emerge that seem to be

continuous with the voices in the novels:

Estragon: In the meantime let’s try and converse calmly, since we’reincapable of keeping silent.

Vladimir: You’re right, we’re inexhaustible.Estragon: It’s so we won’t think.

The Prosthetic Voice 155

Vladimir: We have that excuse.Estragon: It’s so we won’t hear.Vladimir: We have our reasons.Estragon: All the dead voices.Vladimir: They make a noise like wings.Estragon: Like leaves.Vladimir: Like sand.Estragon: Like leaves. (CDW 57)

In this impressive dialogue, it is suggested that – just like Schreberwho needs to say something loudly to drown the alien inner voices25 –Vladimir and Estragon continue talking in order to avoid thinking aboutand hearing the dead voices, which ‘talk about their lives’ since ‘[t]o havelived’ and ‘[t]o be dead’ are ‘not enough for them’ (CDW 57). Thinking isequated with hearing the dead voices. Thinking means hearing oneselfspeak in the inner consciousness, and the voice in this situation is putin the camp of the dead and ghosts, just as in The Unnamable. Thispassage seems to hint at a continuity between Waiting for Godot andthe exploration of the inner consciousness in The Unnamable.26 Thisshould come as no surprise as Godot was written immediately before TheUnnamable, though the two works are not often discussed in connection.We may also add that the structure in which the dead voices inevit-ably come up, unless they are suppressed by conversation, prefiguresthat in How It Is, where the voice is heard ‘when the panting stops’.In The Unnamable, where there is no room for talking or panting toquench the dead voices, there is nothing to do but grapple with themendlessly.

Deconstruction is congenial to ghosts because it unsettles the distinc-tions between presence and absence, past and present, life and death. Atthe same time, it favours the metaphor of technology and machine inorder to indicate the inanimate, death or space structurally inscribed inthe ‘live’ and ‘self-present’ subject. Beckett seems to be engaged with thesame theoretical conjunction of the ghostly and the prosthetic.27 I haveso far focused on how the voice in The Unnamable and How It Is couldbe described as telephonic (in the sense of Derrida’s ‘telephonic interi-ority’ or ‘mental telephony’) and therefore prosthetic, while it is neces-sarily linked to the ghostly dimension. However, there is an intrinsicproblem with this kind of attempt to discuss Beckett in the light ofDerrida’s theory. Since Derrida discusses the structure of communica-tion in general, we could gain the impression that Beckett is just anillustration of his highly general theory, and therefore run the risk of

156 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

losing sight of the uniqueness of Beckett’s work. Also, I have yet totouch upon Beckett’s media works, which involve actual machines andtechnologies. The next section will displace the Derrida–Beckett parallelsI have pursued so far.

The interpenetration between the material and theimmaterial

In his work Derrida often refers to technology as one of the mostimportant factors in deconstruction. His late works, such as Specters ofMarx (1993), Archive Fever (1995) and Paper Machine (2001), pay seriousattention to the fact that contemporary society is permeated by mediatechnologies. The interviews with Bernard Stiegler reproduced in Echo-graphies of Television (1996) are particularly noteworthy because theyextensively reveal his ideas of the impact of media technologies. (Theinterviews were themselves conducted before the television camera.) Inthe interviews, Derrida repeats a thesis of his earlier work – the essentialself-division of the present – to address the question of contemporaryteletechnology. He does so by referring to the more recent concept ofspectrality. Teletechnology conjures up the spectral or ghostly dimen-sion of the self-division of the present. By reproducing the recordedpresent any time, anywhere, teletechnology makes manifest the anteriorself-division of the living present, ‘which bears its specter within itself’(51). But self-division exists anyway in speech and writing. Then whatis the specificity of contemporary teletechnology that makes it differentfrom writing in general? When Stiegler aptly asks this question, Derridaanswers:

[T]his specificity, whatever it may be, does not all of a suddensubstitute the prosthesis, teletechnology, etc., for immediate ornatural speech. These machines have always been there, they arealways there, even when we wrote by hand, even during so-calledlive conversation. And yet, the greatest compatibility, the greatestcoordination, the most vivid of possible affinities seems to beasserting itself, today, between what appears to be most alive, mostlive [� � �], and the différance or delay, the time it takes to exploit,broadcast, or distribute it. (38)

Thus Derrida claims that speech and writing already have ‘machines’within them and that teletechnology is merely their extension. He thenconsiders the compatibility between what appears to be live and the

The Prosthetic Voice 157

différance. What is believed to be live can be transported over a greatdistance (both spatially and temporarily) by teletechnology, and thiscoexistence of ‘the closest and the farthest away’ is the specificity ofcontemporary teletechnology in Derrida’s tentative answer.28 But hehastens to add:

This polarity already existed, with the [� � �] most ‘archaic’ or most‘primitive’ writing, but today it is taking on a dimension out of allproportion with what it was before. Of course, we should not define aspecificity by a quantitative difference. And so we would have to findstructural differences – and I think there are some, for example, thisrestitution as ‘living present’ of what is dead – within this accelerationor amplification, which seems incommensurable, incomparable withall that preceded them for millions of years. (39)

After all Derrida does not spell out ‘structural difference’ here as thistopic is left unexplored. We are left with the suspicion that it is a matterof ‘acceleration’ or ‘amplification’ of something that existed from thestart. In this way, Derrida’s idea of teletechnology is haunted by thepossibility that it is ultimately subsumed in his idea of communicationin general. Derrida’s point about the self-division of the present holdseven without actual teletechnology. We could recall here that in ‘UlyssesGramophone’ he states that ‘before any appliance bearing the name“telephone” in modern times, the telephonic techne is at work withinthe voice’ (271). The voice is always already telephonic regardless ofthe actual existence of the telephone. In this framework, the actualityof teletechnology inevitably has only a secondary status as a sort ofsurplus, an engagement with which the internal logic of his theory doesnot necessitate. Herein lies the difficulty Derrida faces in elucidating thespecificity of contemporary teletechnology.

In Embodying Technesis, Mark Hansen criticises several twentieth-century thinkers including Derrida for reducing the ‘robust materiality’of actual technology to the mere figure of a machine – an operation hecalls the ‘machine reduction of technology’. He says:

Poststructuralists and contemporary cultural critics alike tend toinvoke technology not for its own sake but as an enabling means anda material support for a more pressing account of subject constitu-tion, whether on ontogenetic or strictly empirical grounds. In caseafter case, technology is invoked as a concrete placeholder for the

158 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

alterity that has become, at least in the postmodern academic scene, acompulsory component of any respectable account of subjectivity. (5)

Hansen rigorously examines how technology is metaphorised, textual-ised and reduced to a mere support for theoretical concerns with other-ness by such thinkers as Heidegger, Freud, Derrida, Lacan, Deleuze andGuattari. His view helps us to understand the quality of the references totechnology and the machine in Derrida’s work. For example, we notedearlier the following comment in ‘Signature, Event, Context’: ‘To writeis to produce a mark that will constitute a sort of machine, which isproductive in turn, and which my future disappearance will not, inprinciple, hinder in its functioning, offering things and itself to be readand to be rewritten’ (8, emphasis added). By using a mechanical meta-phor in this manner, Derrida may be running the risk of figuralisingthe machine too much and therefore turning away from the actuality oftechnology. The term machine is used merely to note the ‘relative exter-iority’ (Hansen’s term) within the subject the deconstruction of whichis his primary concern. It goes without saying that the same applies tothe metaphor of the telephone in ‘Ulysses Gramophone’. We may alsocall into question Derrida’s frequent use of the term prosthesis. As Ipointed out in the Introduction to this book, ‘prosthesis’ is often madeequivalent to the highly abstract concept ‘supplement’ and is therebydeprived of its actual physical connotations.It seems that as long as we follow Derrida’s idea of teletechnology, we

cannot fully address the actuality of technology or Beckett’s engagementwithteletechnology.Thismayexplainwhymostof theDerrideancriticsofBeckett confine themselves to discussinghis fiction andneglect hismediaworks.29 In the case of his fiction, especially the trilogy, Derrida’s theorycan offer an illuminating interpretative framework. However, the uniquequality of Beckett’smediaworks seems to demand a different perspective.Hence it is now necessary to depart fromDerrida and investigate the rela-tion between the voice in The Unnamable and How It Is and the actualprosthetic voice in Beckett’s works that involve teletechnology.

Earlier, I discussed how in The Unnamable and How It Is the distancewithin the subject – the distance linked to Derrida’s ‘telephonic inter-iority’ – is literally represented in spatial terms. In The Unnamable thevoice that drifts without any fixed origin or destination is representedas information transmitted through the narrator. The transmissionof information is also imagined as the conveyance of message by amessenger who traverses some distance to report to the higher authority

The Prosthetic Voice 159

about the narrator. This theme is carried over to How It Is, in whichthe narrator says, ‘I say it as I hear it’, and an infinite chain of peopleconveying information (‘rumour’) is imagined in Part Three. What isremarkable about these examples is that the distance within the subject,the Derridean concept that is supposed to be abstract and resist any kindof spatial representation, is given a concrete and literal analogue in theform of a spatial distance over which human figures transmit informa-tion. This interpenetration between the cerebral and immaterial realmof the mind and its material embodiment is one of the most importantfeatures of the Beckettian imagination.In a revealing comment on Beckett’s spatial representation, Ellen

Frank draws attention to the tradition in which the mind is architectur-ally represented:

We persist, it seems, in feeling that the mind has no extension – touse Descartes’ term – and when we seek to describe it, we translateit into metaphors which, of necessity, do have extension. In otherwords, ‘mind’ without the analogue is shaky, threatening on the onehand to disappear into a puff of abstraction or, on the other, to soreduce itself to essentials as to be matter no longer, but only energy(a chemical, electrical brain). (234–5)30

Then she discusses Beckett’s Murphy, in which Murphy’s mind finds ananalogue in his padded cell. Frank says, ‘Beckett never lets an abstrac-tion “exist” without a concrete, literal parallel or equivalent: thus [� � �]the padded cell for schizoids in Magdalen Mental Mercyseat becomesthe extended equivalent, the architectural analogue, to Murphy’s mind’(236–7). The same principle must underlie the fact that the mind is oftenrepresented as the inside of the skull in Beckett’s work. Here we findthat ‘distance’ or ‘spacing’ in the abstract Derridean sense is literalisedand given concrete representation. Needless to say, Beckett’s stage andmedia works carry this literalisation forward by materialising the imma-terial ‘space’ of the mind in actual space, instead of simply describingit with words. There is remarkable ease with which the inner voice infiction can be transferred to the material voice in plays, and this bringsabout the often discussed intergeneric quality of Beckett’s work. Theintertwinement of his fiction and drama has been widely noted, as inthe case with the prose work Company, which lends itself to theatricaladaptation because of its evocation of a physical space with a lyinghuman body and a voice in the dark.

160 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

It would still be possible to explain these features by means of a gener-alised Derridean logic: the immaterial in the mind necessarily has tobe supplemented by material support; the one cannot establish itselfwithout recourse to the other; pure spirituality is impossible becauseit is always already infected by materiality; virtuality cannot be distin-guished from actuality. As in other cases, Derrida would deconstruct allthese binary oppositions. However, the persistent tendency in Beckett’swork to embody and materialise phenomena of the mind, to reconstructthe mind physically as a skull-like space where voice reverberates andvision emerges, and thereby to break down the conventional distinc-tion between the immaterial and the material, is radical and uniqueenough to deserve particular attention, apart from the general logic ofsupplementarity. I will therefore consider Beckett’s use of actual mediatechnology in the light of the compulsion to give concrete, spatialand material representation to phenomena of the mind, which lacksextension in Descartes’ sense and therefore supposedly resists any suchattempt.It is ultimately an attempt at impossible representation – or repres-

entation pushed to its limit, where it is faced with the unrepresent-able – simply because the mind can never be spatially represented andportraying it as a skull, for example, remains a crude approximation.Beckett was anxious to go beyond the traditional representational rela-tions in art, as can be seen most clearly in ‘Three Dialogues’.31 But thisdoes not mean that he relinquished all attempts at representation. Hepersisted with the impossible goal of representing the inner ‘space’ of themind by the camera eye. The impossibility of representation can onlybe acknowledged after tenacious investment in representation. It is wellknown that Beckett obstinately adhered to his vision when directing hisplays, and at times prevented the production of his plays by others whodid not conform to that vision. It is therefore necessary to pay seriousattention to his persistent effort to represent his vision as faithfullyas possible by means of actual space and media.32 Derrida’s discussionof actual teletechnology, which is subsumed under his discussion ofthe structure of communication in general (oral and written), does notaddress what compelled Beckett to use actual sound technology. Beckettneeded sound technology in order to materialise the telephonic voice inThe Unnamable and How It Is, to recreate it in actual space. This shouldbe regarded as a unique feature of the Beckettian voice, rather than anillustration of the general structure of communication.References to the inside of the skull are ubiquitous in Beckett’s work.

The suggestion is that everything narrated is only occurring in the

The Prosthetic Voice 161

head, and is therefore devoid of external referents. The concentrationon mental phenomena, spatially represented as the inside of the skull,gives rise to the image of the inner eye and inner ear: ‘the eyes staringbehind the lids, the ear straining for a voice not from without’ (Textsfor Nothing, CSP 85). And the blurring of the distinction between theinner eye and the outer eye, as examined in the previous chapter, stemsfrom the peculiarly tenacious tendency to equate the mental realm withthe physical realm. Then, the inner voice in the head would also beindistinguishable from the real physical voice. It is useful to rememberthat Lucky’s extravagant speech is a response to the order to think, notspeak. The flow of inner thought, usually separated from materiality orphysicality, is rendered indistinguishable from voiced speech. But thephysical voice comes from a human body and its source or origin isnormally easy to identify. For an effective representation of the innervoice, which drifts without origin or destination, it is better to separatethe voice completely from the body. Sound technologies such as thegramophone, telephone and radio suit this purpose. The inner voicein the skull can emanate from those devices as an alien, exterior andliterally prosthetic voice, no longer anchored to the human body. Inmany of his plays Beckett used the prerecorded voice to represent the‘telephonic interiority’ in actual space, where the disembodied innervoice travels ‘telephonically’ over distance.Beckett’s engagement with sound technology started with his first

radio drama All That Fall (1957), but this piece was rather realistic anddid not directly deal with the inner mental realm. Beckett’s explorationof phenomena in the skull by means of sound technology was trulyinaugurated in the stage play Krapp’s Last Tape (1958). The use of a taperecorder provided a vivid contrast between the young Krapp’s youthful,ambitious voice and the physical presence of the old, decrepit Krapp onthe stage. The narrator of Remembrance of Things Past compares the voiceof an old friend whom he is seeing for the first time in many years, toa voice on the gramophone:

I was astonished. The familiar voice seemed to be emitted by a gramo-phone [� � �] more perfect than any I had ever heard, for, though itwas the voice of my friend, it issued from the mouth of a corpulentgentleman with greying hair whom I did not know, and I could onlysuppose that somehow artificially, by a mechanical device, the voiceof my old comrade had been lodged in the frame of this stout elderlyman who might have been anybody. (Quoted in Danius 16)

162 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

By means of the tape recorder, Krapp’s Last Tape exploits the similarincongruity between the young voice and the old body emitting it. Thevoice of the young Krapp would have been lost forever without the taperecorder. It is a ghostly voice, resurrected from the irretrievable past, justas the young Beckett noted in the telephone scene in the Proust novel.It bewilders, enchants or enrages the old Krapp on the stage, who willsoon join the realm of the dead and ghosts.If it is possible to interpret the space in Krapp’s Last Tape as a repres-

entation of mental phenomena, the recorded voice of the young Krappmight correspond to a sound long preserved in memory. In a sense, thetape recorder enabled Beckett to represent the work of memory on thestage. The recorded voice here is both like and unlike the involuntarymemory Beckett discussed in Proust. Krapp voluntarily revives his pastvoice by switching on the recorder, but he cannot predict what it willsay. Once started, his recorded voice is not completely under his controlbecause it takes him by surprise with unexpected details or carrieshim away to his past, transcending time just like involuntary memory.An objection might be raised to the analogy drawn here between therecorded voice and memory because we usually do not remember howour voice sounded in our younger days. But the important point here isthat our memory can in fact be external and alien to us, as in the case ofthe involuntary memories that suddenly visit us. Thus an alien machinelike the tape recorder can naturally replace it. In other words, the taperecorder as an alien prosthesis can be incorporated into the inner realmof human memory. In 1880, soon after the gramophone was invented,the French philosopher Jean-Marie Guyau published an essay entitled‘Memory and Phonograph’, in which he compared the human brainto a phonograph: ‘it would be neither very imprecise nor very discon-certing to define the brain as an infinitely perfected phonograph – aconscious phonograph’ (quoted in Kittler, Gramophone 33). Apart fromthe fact that Krapp has the freedom to choose and control his tapes, heis not unlike Daniel Paul Schreber whose mind was dominated by analien data-storage machine that recorded everything.Unlike Beckett’s first radio drama – All That Fall, which is relatively

realistic – his second radio piece Embers (1959) probes directly into aman’s inner mind. Henry goes to a seashore and sits down. (The soundof the sea evoked here remains audible throughout the drama.) SoonHenry says, ‘Who is beside me now? [Pause.] An old man, blind andfoolish. [Pause.] My father, back from the dead, to be with me. [Pause.]As if he hadn’t died. [Pause.] No, simply back from the dead, to be with

The Prosthetic Voice 163

me, in this strange place’ (CDW 253). His father is thus resurrected tobecome a listener to Henry’s words. In the past Henry did not need alistener, but now he does. He begins to tell a rather dreary story aboutBolton and his doctor Holloway. Henry imitates his father’s voice whenhe remembers his words. But when he calls his wife Ada, her real voiceresponds and they start to talk to each other. While they talk abouttheir daughter Addie, two scenes are suddenly evoked by real voices andsounds – scenes in which Addie is scolded by her piano teacher andher riding instructor respectively. These scenes, suggesting the futility ofeducating a child, function like Proust’s involuntary memory, thoughthey are triggered by Henry’s conversation with Ada. Unlike Krapp, whocan choose and manipulate his taped memories, Henry is completelyvulnerable to a sudden resurrection of acoustic memory. Later, whenHenry says that his father does not answer him, Ada says:

I suppose you have worn him out. [Pause.] You wore him out livingand now you are wearing him out dead. [Pause.] The time comeswhen one cannot speak to you any more. [Pause.] The time will comewhen no one will speak to you at all, not even complete strangers.[Pause.] You will be quite alone with your voice, there will be noother voice in the world but yours. (CDW 262)

This speech implies that Ada might also cease to speak to Henry, justlike his father. It does not matter whether Ada is really alive somewhereat the moment of this drama, because after all her voice too is evoked inHenry’s imagination. Ada’s status is the same as that of Henry’s father,and thus ghostly. Soon, as if to prove her own words, Ada leaves despiteHenry’s request that she stay on to listen to his story of Bolton andHolloway.Henry’s mind is inhabited by ghosts and seized upon by their voices.

The ghostly voices are supposed to be ringing in his imagination, orto use a more Beckettian phrase, inside his skull. Involuntary memoriesalso come up in the form of voice. But here all the voices are materialisedas real voices coming from the radio. The listener is directly plungedinto the world of Henry’s imagination and compelled to experience it.Those voices come to the listener externally from the radio, in accordancewith the fact that for Henry too they are alien, even if they are in hismind. Since the radio dissociates voices from the body, it can effectivelyinvolve the listener in the ghostly inner voices inhabiting Henry’s mind.On the stage, the pure and intense concentration on ghostly voices,made possible by the radio, would be undermined by the inevitable

164 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

presence of human figures. While Krapp’s Last Tape presents a strikingcontrast between the old Krapp on the stage and the young Krapp’srecorded voice, in Embers, the human body is eliminated and the innerworld of the mind is conjured up more purely by sound and voice only.In the above-quoted speech, Ada says, ‘You will be quite alone with

your voice, there will be no other voice in the world but yours’. This isreminiscent of the narrators in The Unnamable and How It Is, who findthemselves alone after all. Like them, Henry is alone but interactingwith his imaginary others. It could be argued that the voices in Embersare a materialised extension of the inner and immaterial voices in thenovels. Beckett in this manner transposes the inner voices in the headto the real voices in the radio, collapsing the distinction between theinner world and the outer world. However, when we are listening toEmbers, the source of sound is inevitably one: the radio’s speaker. Inorder to represent the situation in The Unnamable more faithfully, itwould be better if the source of sound were entirely indeterminable, oreven movable like the ghost’s voice (‘Swear’) in Shakespeare’s Hamlet.Beckett’s later stage play That Time (1976) could be viewed as an attemptto approximate such a situation. In this play, an old man is exposedto three voices from different sources (loudspeakers), each recountinga segment of his past life. Although the vocal source is not multi-plied in this way, Beckett’s later stage plays such as Footfalls (1976) andRockaby (1981) create a space in which the human body interacts witha recorded voice that is dissociated from it. In Not I, the human bodyis itself reduced to being a kind of mechanical sound source, listenedto by Auditor whose body is present on the stage. In these plays, weare expected to see the interaction between the body and the mechan-ical voice, while Embers plunges us directly into the soundscape insidethe skull.In the later radio dramas, Beckett turns away from the realistic

elements that still linger in Embers (the sound of the sea, for example)and concentrates more on the workings of the inner consciousness. InWords and Music (1962), the master Croak is served by Words (Joe) andMusic (Bob), who do not seem to be on good terms with each other.Joe’s words are excessively elaborate, verging on a parody of a highbrowacademic discourse like Lucky’s ‘thought’. Croak orders them to give aperformance on themes he chooses – such as love and age – and scoldsthem when they fail to satisfy him. Eventually, Joe and Bob remindCroak of his past lover Lily and break his heart. Croak leaves them inthe end.

The Prosthetic Voice 165

Music here might be literally music because we sometimes findourselves listening to music running in our head – music that hasimpressed us recently or become familiar to us. We can usually startand stop music in our head by conscious will, just as Croak does.However, there is room for a broader interpretation. Martin Esslin main-tains that music here represents ‘a nonverbal component’ of humanconsciousness:

[A]fter all, human consciousness – the self’s awareness of its ownexistence – does not only consist of a constant stream of language. Ithas a nonverbal component as well, the parallel and no less unbrokenstream of wordless consciousness of being, made up of body sensa-tions, inner tensions, the awareness of body temperature, aches,pains, the throbbings of the flow of one’s own blood: all are themultiple facets of nonverbal consciousness summed up in the overallconcept of emotion. (135)

In order to represent what is going on in the head more faithfully,Beckett used music for the nonverbal stream of consciousness. Or,following Kittler, it could be said that Beckett sublimated into music theunarticulated noise that steeps language and literature in the “discoursenetwork of 1900”. In this discourse network, thoughts continue auto-matically with or without articulated words, regardless of the subject’sintention. Just as Krapp can operate and control the recorded voice ofhis younger days, Croak in Words and Music is in a position to order andcontrol words and music – that is, both verbal and nonverbal streams ofconsciousness.33 But significantly, both Krapp and Croak are unsettledby what they are supposed to control. If Krapp’s Last Tape implies thatmemory can become alien or unpredictable and therefore be replacedby an external machine, Words and Music seems to show that the mindcan be figured in terms of an ultimately unsuccessful attempt to controlthe verbal and nonverbal streams of consciousness. By suggesting thatmemory or consciousness can go on somewhat independently of thesubject’s intention, they both present a variation of the ‘thought’ ofLucky, the broken word-producing machine that best exemplifies thestate of the ‘discourse network of 1900’.

Cascando (1963) is an obvious development of Words and Music. TheOpener, the equivalent of Croak, ‘opens’ Voice and Music by turns ortogether. The Voice tells a story about Woburn (Maunu in the Frenchversion), who seems to be crawling on the sand near the sea. At the end,it says that it has nearly caught him. There is a suggestion that the end

166 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

of this drama coincides with the end of the ‘Woburn story’ – the patternechoing Malone Dies. It is obvious that it is a representation of the innerconsciousness, just as in Words and Music. But the difference is that theOpener is more self-conscious and makes some comments on his ownoperations. While he says, ‘They say, He opens nothing, he has nothingto open, it’s in his head’ (CDW 300), he protests against such remarksand insists, ‘It’s my life. I live on that’ (299). Similarly, he objects when‘they’ say, ‘It’s his own, it’s his voice, it’s in his head’ (302). The voicemust be someone else’s. The Opener’s denial here inevitably reminds usof Mouth in Not I, who fiercely denies that she is talking about herself.He wants to think that the words and music he is hearing are somethingoutside himself that he can control by the act of opening, and thathe has ‘lived on’ such an operation. However, the more strongly henegates, the more suspicious we become that the words and music areindeed in his head. They are not totally controllable because they arestreams of his consciousness that will go on regardless of his will. Whenhe says, ‘I’m afraid to open./ But I must open./ So I open’ (302), thereis a suggestion that sometimes he is compelled to open against his will.The ending of this drama with the end of the Voice’s story of Woburnmay imply the Opener’s death, because death comes when the streamof consciousness ends.Both Words and Music and Cascando use radio sounds to explore the

workings of the inner consciousness. The words and music in theseradio dramas are needless to say recorded in advance and reproduced forthe audience. Consciousness, which the subject cannot control totally,is imagined to be mechanical and replaceable by recorded voices andmusic – the inner realm is infiltrated by prosthesis. This feature is notunique to Beckett because surrealists had already conceived of the work-ings of the mind in terms of a recording machine or radiophony.34 Moregenerally, it is sufficient to recall Victor Tausk’s patients afflicted by theinfluencing machine and Daniel Paul Schreber’s experiences of nervousillness in order to see how deeply the human psyche was permeated anddominated by prosthesis around the turn of the century. Yet Beckettwas compelled to represent and exteriorise the already prosthetisedinterior mind by actual sound machines. The resultant interpenetra-tion between the mental, immaterial realm and the physical, materialrealm seems to be unique to his work. The use of the tape recorderand radio was necessary because they were suitable for the Beckettiancompulsion to represent the inner world as concretely as possible inactual space.

The Prosthetic Voice 167

The voice in The Unnamable and How It Is can be described as tele-phonic and therefore prosthetic because it traverses distance (createdby the différance) within the subject. It resonates in the space of whatDerrida calls ‘telephonic interiority’ or ‘mental telephony’. If Beckett hadconfined himself to writing fiction, ‘telephone’ might have remainedjust a metaphor. Yet he was compelled to go beyond fiction writingand engage in the production of plays, which involved actual spaceand technology. This aspect of Beckett’s artistic undertaking cannot beadequately illuminated by Derrida’s theory, in which technology tendsto function as a metaphor that indicates alterity in the subject. The useof actual machines was absolutely necessary for Beckett because of thefundamental impulse in his art to represent phenomena of the mindwith maximum precision in material space, even though this endeavourwas ultimately doomed to failure due to the unrepresentability of themind in spatial terms. The telephonic and prosthetic voice that wasmetaphoric (and thus conducive to Derrida’s theory) in The Unnamableand How It Is was materialised or literalised in his media works withsound technologies. Beckett seized upon the artistic potential of thetape recorder and radio to separate the voice from the body and makeit resemble a ghostly voice in the head.In the previous chapter, I argued that Beckett’s concern with the

spatial representation of the mind underlay his exploration of visionusing the actual camera eye. In the spatialised mind, there was a linkbetween the inner eye, the physical eye and the camera eye. Whenconsidering the way the inner eye works as the camera eye and viceversa, we identified the most important feature of the prosthetic body:the interplay of the inside (the mind as a physical space) and the outside(prosthesis). In this chapter, a similar structure has emerged in rela-tion to the prosthetic voice: the mind is spatialised and infiltrated byprosthesis, but this state is exteriorised or actualised by prosthesis. Itis also notable that in both prosthetic senses, the dimensions of deathand ghosts, familiar to Beckett from the start, were opened up andexplored.The prosthetic body is a body that harbours the outside or the alien

within it, thereby becoming the locus of interactions between theinside and the outside. Beckett’s exploration of it is staged primarily intwo kinds of inner space: the womb and the skull. Regression to theearlier psychic stages invokes the image of a body made of mechan-ical parts, a body whose boundaries are constantly problematised andtransgressed. In this disorganised body there is confusion of the organsand synaesthesia. In the case of the prosthetic senses, the instability of

168 Samuel Beckett and the Prosthetic Body

the boundaries is manifest as interpenetration between the inner imma-terial realm and the outer material realm. Whether in the womb or theskull, Beckett explored prosthetisation by intense concentration on theminutiae of the conditions of the body and the mind. He forged his artby grappling with and taking advantage of the permeation of prosthesisthat reaches the innermost consciousness as well as the body. In thissense, we could say that his art carried to the utmost one of the mostimportant aspects of modernism.

Notes

Introduction

1. I use the term modernism to include radical movements such as Futurism,Dadaism and surrealism, which are sometimes called the avant-garde ratherthan modernism.

2. Throughout this book, emphases in quotations are in the original unlessotherwise stated.

3. As a one-time student of McLuhan, Kenner also discusses Beckett in the broadperspective of the history of media and technology in The Stoic Comedians:Flaubert, Joyce, Beckett (1962) and The Mechanic Muse (1984). In the latter,Kenner interestingly connects Beckett’s language with computer language.

4. A recent exception is Daniel Albright’s Beckett and Aesthetics (2003), the secondchapter of which provides some information on the historical background ofBeckett’s engagement with technologies such as radio, television, film andtape recording.

5. In Of Grammatology, Derrida maintains that there are two kinds of supple-ment. One is ‘a surplus, a plenitude enriching another plenitude, the fullestmeasure of presence’ (144). In contrast, the other works ‘by the anterior defaultof a presence’. ‘As substitute, it is not simply added to the positivity of apresence, it produces no relief, its place is assigned in the structure by themark of an emptiness’ (145). It is clear that Derrida uses this latter logic whendiscussing the parergon.

6. Derrida’s book is based on a presentation given at a conference in 1992,organised by Patrick Mensah (the English translator of the book) and Wills.Wills has translated some of Derrida’s texts, including The Gift of Death.

7. Wills stresses that Protestantism lay behind these challenges, and he regardsProtestantism itself as prosthetic (220).

8. Wills puts the year at 1704 (218). The OED’s precise definition (2a) is ‘[t]hatpart of surgery which consists in supplying deficiencies, as by artificial limbsor teeth, or by other means’. The sense of ‘[a]n artificial replacement for a partof the body’ (2b) first emerged in 1900. According to Wills (218), in French,the medical term prothèse occurred first in 1695, and the rhetorical prosthèsein 1704. The latter meaning still survives.

9. I have in mind Didier Anzieu’s Beckett et le psychanalyste (1992), PhilBaker’s Beckett and the Mythology of Psychoanalysis (1997), Evelyne Grossman’sL’Esthétique de Beckett (1998) and David Houston Jones’s The Body Abject(2000), the latter two influenced by Julia Kristeva. As well as these(broadly) psychoanalytical approaches, Steven Connor’s recent works such asDumbstruck (2000) and The Book of Skin (2004) are also helpful in focusing onthe concrete physical realities in cultural history.

169

170 Notes

1 The Prosthetic Body and Sexuality

1. When necessary, I indicate the publication date of Beckett’s works. In the caseof his dramatic works, including his film, radio and television plays, the yearsindicated are those when they were first performed, shown or broadcast.

2. The preference for absence over presence is the core of the aesthetic attitudepropounded in the novel. For example, the narrator says, ‘The real presencewas a pest because it did not give the imagination a break. Without going asfar as Stendhal, who said ‘[� � �] that the best music [� � �] was the music thatbecame inaudible after a few bars, we do declare and maintain stiffly [� � �] thatthe object that becomes invisible before your eye is, so to speak, the brightestand best’ (12). Such a view is inseparable from the priority of silence overwords that is also conspicuous in this novel, and needless to say, it prefiguresBeckett’s later aesthetic development.

3. When Belacqua attempts to create the state of the ‘wombtomb’, he alwaysfails. This vain attempt is described as ‘try[ing] to mechanise what was adispensation’ (123). Although the word ‘mechanise’ here primarily means‘routinise’ and lacks the wide-ranging connotations I am discussing, thispassage deserves some attention if we take it as another instance of the generalfailure of the mechanical in Beckett’s work.

4. For an extensive discussion of Beckett and the anal character, see Baker 48–63.Baker observes that Beckett’s anality is ‘linked to failed Oedipality, obsession-ality, and a denial of genitality and of women’ (62). This aspect is also relatedto the obsession with the womb.

5. Beckett knew psychoanalysis very well and sometimes it appears that he madeuse of its materials. Therefore, as Phil Baker’s book illustrates, a psychoanalyticstudy of his work inevitably becomes in part an analysis of the psychoanalyticmaterials embedded in his texts (see Baker xii).

6. The link between Beckett and Carrouges’ idea of the ‘bachelor machine’ hasbeen pointed out by Hiroshi Takayama (385) and Phil Baker (140–4).

7. My translations from Carrouges 37.8. When discussing the grammatical uncertainty in Beckett’s prose, Daniel Katz

presents an alternative reading of this passage. He suggests that the objectof ‘dismounted’ might be the woman, not the bicycle. This implies that inorder to love, the narrator has to leave the woman with whom he has been.Katz says that this interpretation ‘places us squarely within the thematicsof solipsism, narcissism, voyeurism, and onanism so prevalent in the earlyBeckett’ (149). The only problem with this reading is the implication that ifhe ‘dismounts’ the woman, he must have been in physical contact with her, ifnot exactly ‘mounting’ her, which seems implausible in view of the manifestfear of women’s physicality in the early Beckett.

9. Phil Baker discusses bicycles and rocking chairs as Beckett’s bachelormachines in the context of the Freudian death instinct to return to theoriginal inorganic state (140–4). He rightly observes that rocking chairs,by mechanical, repetitive movement, send Murphy and the old woman inRockaby to a sort of death in the embrace of a mother – the ‘wombtomb’. Butwith regard to bicycles, he only points out that they often bring about thedeath of women and children by collision. In my view, it is also importantto note the internal psychic linkage between the allure of the womb,

Notes 171

anti-eroticism and the bicycle as a prosthetic extension of the body – thelinkage that can be observed in ‘Fingal’ and ‘Sanies I’.

10. As Harold B. Segel observes, ‘The literary and dramatic fascination withpuppets, marionettes, automatons [sic], and other animated objects grewconsiderably in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Germanliterature is especially noteworthy in this respect’ (11). Apart from Goethe’spassion for puppet theatre and Hoffmann’s tale ‘The Sandman’, Heinrichvon Kleist’s essay on the marionette theatre (1810) is a typical example.For Beckett’s interest in this essay, see Knowlson and Pilling. See alsoOkamuro for a concise account of Beckett and the genealogy of mechan-ical performance in modernism (‘Kikaijikake no meikyu [The ClockworkLabyrinth]’).

11. This novel is allocated a chapter in Carrouges’ Les Machines célibataires.E. T. A. Hoffmann’s tale ‘The Sandman’, with the female doll Olympia, mightbe considered a precursor of Tomorrow’s Eve. Analysing this tale, Freud in‘The Uncanny’ argues that the uncanny effect of the animate-looking dollis due to the return of a repressed infantile belief or wish that the doll isalive (SE XVII 233). He also suggests that the womb, where everyone oncewas, is an uncanny place par excellence, in view of his definition that theuncanny (unheimlich) is in fact something familiar (heimlich) (SE XVII 245).Unfortunately, however, he does not discuss any link between the uncannydoll and the womb. Miller Frank is therefore misleading in establishing sucha link in reference to Freud (78).

12. Miller Frank therefore discusses Tomorrow’s Eve in terms of the idealisingfetishisation of the woman, which necessarily involves a denial of sexualdifference (154–7).

13. The same structure can be observed even when the woman’s body is notexactly mechanised, but kept away through the artificial and the mech-anical. George Bernard Shaw’s play Pygmalion (first produced in 1914)is a case in point. Unlike Pygmalion, who loves the Galatea he creates,Professor Higgins is a misogynist who cannot have a normal sexual rela-tionship with women. He treats Eliza not as a real woman but simplyas an object to be refined and to be relied upon for the chores of dailylife. This is related to the fact that Higgins is too attached to his ownmother, which Shaw explicitly states in his afterword (135–6). The pull ofthe maternal prohibits Higgins from normal sexual relations with women.Characteristically, he distances himself from Eliza by means of machines.His laboratory is filled with various machines or prostheses – a phono-graph, a laryngoscope, a telephone and so on (cf. 33) – which repres-ented the latest developments in vocal technology around the turn ofthe century. Eliza seems to be constantly observed by machines, as thefollowing remark by Colonel Pickering (Higgins’ companion) suggests: ‘Wekeep records of every stage [of Eliza’s progress] – dozens of gramophone disksand photographs’ (82).

14. Theweleit says, ‘All of the flows in which the body might have dissolvedand discarded its armor are now stemmed. Held within all too narrowconfines, desire begins to swirl in dangerous currents; under the mountingpressure, attention turns inward to processes of explosion, eruption,implosion’ (I 360).

172 Notes

15. This regulation naturally includes the mechanisation of the woman’s bodydiscussed in the previous section. Theweleit mentions Jean Paul’s portrayalof the high-born woman as a wooden doll. Jean Paul ‘saw the social func-tionalizing of “high-born” women as a false mechanizing of their bodies(prepared speeches from robot-mouths, the striking of beautiful poses, etc)’(I 357). It was a ‘false’ mechanising because it was a ‘totality-machine’,which stems flows unlike Deleuze and Guattari’s ‘desiring machine’. For thedistinction between these two machines, see Theweleit II 198–99.

16. Here ‘not-yet-fully-born’ does not link directly to the womb fixation becauseit means the incompletion of ‘individuation’, which separates the infantfrom the mother and others so that it can form its own sense of boundaries.(The process takes about two and a half years after birth.) Yet this idea isobviously relevant to the psychic regression that I am now exploring inBeckett, although Theweleit argues rather fastidiously that the ‘not-yet-fully-born’ do not attain higher psychic levels from which they can regress atall (II 259). The ‘not-yet-fully-born’ protect their underdeveloped ego fromdisturbing sexuality by armouring. The fantasy of the idealised womb, freeof sexual difference, is congenial to such a psychic condition. In the nextchapter, I will discuss the uncertainty of the body’s boundaries in relationto regression to the earlier psychic stages.

17. See Foster, Prosthetic Gods 109–49.18. This ambivalence is clearly described: ‘[H]e felt compassion as well as fear;

he dreaded lest his prisoner escape, he longed that it might escape [� � �]’ (5).19. We may note that the dam in ‘Assumption’ is equated to ‘something of the

desire to live, something of the unreasonable tenacity with which he shrankfrom dissolution’ or ‘a part of his essential animality’. Quite paradoxically,the dam, which is supposed to lead to lifelessness of the body, is built bythe desire for life. In other words, the only way to keep ‘life’ is on theside of the inanimate. Probably the same could be said of the fascist male’sarmouring. He armours and mechanises himself in order to ‘live’. Deathis doubly involved here: it is inherent in both the unconscious drive (theflood) and the mechanisation (the dam) that counteracts it.

20. In Dream, the (desirable) dissolution is hinted at by the recurring image ofthe ‘wombtomb’ to which Belacqua aspires.

21. The real womb is certainly full of various flows. Therefore Belacqua is ideal-ising the womb when he says that the ‘wombtomb’ has ‘no flight and flow’(45).

22. Cinzia Sartini Blum also refers to the concept of abjection when discussingMarinetti’s misogyny (35–6, 55–78). In the process she points out the ambi-guity of the mother in his novel Mafarka the Futurist. She says, ‘The repu-diated mother [� � �] is an impossible goal, part of a utopian effort at escapefrom the adult world of ambitious self-reliance. Or else she is the dangerousand nearby threat, the dreaded magnet of a relapse into smotheringdependency – Medusa and engulfing womb’ (63).

23. Foster provides a similar schema also in Compulsive Beauty 145-8. I wouldnote here that during the conception of this book, I was greatly inspired byFoster’s earlier essay ‘Prosthetic Gods’ (on Marinetti and Wyndham Lewis).

24. Given that Bellmer was inspired by Offenbach’s Tales of Hoffmann to createthese fragmented female dolls, it is clear that the Romantic literature

Notes 173

(including E. T. A. Hoffmann) and surrealism share the fetishistic employ-ment of the uncanny effect of the female automaton. For an analysis ofBellmer’s poupées, see Foster, Compulsive Beauty 101–22 and Prosthetic Gods227–38.

25. For extensive analyses of Marinetti and Wyndham Lewis in terms ofbinding/unbinding energy and armouring/aggressivity, see Prosthetic Gods109–49. For Bellmer’s opposition to fascist armouring, see Compulsive Beauty118–22.

26. Analysing one of Ernst’s early collages, Foster points out that ‘as in childhoodtheories of conception this “self-construction” conflates the sexual and thescatological’, and that while ‘the sexual-scatological mocks the mechanical’,‘the mechanical is seen to penetrate the sexual-scatological [� � �]’ (168). Thisdescription inevitably reminds us of Belacqua’s masturbation machine, inwhich, as I noted earlier in reference to Freud, the sexual and the scatologicalcan indeed be shown to be conflated. Incidentally, Beckett and Ernst werenot remote from each other in real life. Peggy Guggenheim, Beckett’s one-time girlfriend, married Ernst. He was her fourth husband. Ernst illustratedBeckett’s From an AbandonedWork (the trilingual edition published byManusPresse in Stuttgart in 1967). For a discussion of these illustrations, see Hubert.

27. The narcissistic stage to which the patient regresses is a pregenital phase,in which the infant is a diffuse sexual being. His entire body is a libidinalzone – that is, a genital. Thus it could be said that when the patient projectshis own body (or to be precise, the libidinal flux in his body) as a machine,he is implicitly projecting his own genitalia. This is how Tausk makes hisanalysis consistent with Freud’s claim that machines in dreams stand forthe dreamer’s own genitalia. Tausk also suggests that the dreams of themachines are of a masturbatory nature (528). This could be significant if wethink of Belacqua’s mechanical imagination, and the psychical regressionin the bachelor machines in general.

28. Beckett read Rank’s book carefully by taking notes (Knowlson 178, 738n49).For a substantial discussion of Rank and Beckett, see Baker 64–105. Bakerargues that The Trauma of Birth created a ‘womb-lore’ that influenced manyavant-gardists, such as SalvadorDalí, André Breton, Paul Eluard,HenryMiller,Anais Nin and Cyril Connolly. He convincingly situates Beckett in this trend.

29. Rank maintains that the crucifixion of Jesus Christ also symbolises thepainful aspect of the womb, and that neurotics identify with ‘the hero whosucceeds in returning to the womb by means of pleasurable suffering’ (137).This might explain the frequent reference to crucifixion in Beckett’s work.

30. Ixion and Tantalus did creep into Murphy (16).31. As well as the motif of self-punishment, Rank mentions a neurotic symptom

of paralysis (characterised by immobility of the body) as indicative ofthe desire to return to the womb (49–50). In fact, the descriptions ofphysical symptoms that Beckett gave to Bion included ‘total paralysis’(Knowlson 176). More interestingly, while maintaining that psychosisshould be considered as a deeper regression into the foetal state than neur-osis (and therefore less hopeful), Rank praises Tausk’s paper on the influen-cing machine for illuminating the link between schizophrenia (its catatonicsymptoms in particular) and the fantasy of returning to the womb, in whichthe body is alien and uncontrollable (69–70).

174 Notes

32. As Mary Bryden argues, the misogynistic treatment of women continueseven in the trilogy. But the dichotomy of the threatening woman andthe introvert man ceases to be foregrounded after Murphy as the narrator’spursuit of his inner world intensifies. Therefore I prefer to set the turningpoint somewhere between Murphy and the trilogy, regarding Watt as atransitional work.

33. Needless to say, this setting is a full extension of the image of the waterywomb that appeared in Dream. In the next chapter, I will discuss the flows inThe Unnamable andHow It Is in relation to the question of bodily boundaries.

2 The Question of Boundaries

1. Notable examples are Elizabeth Grosz’s Volatile Bodies (1994) and Gail Weiss’Body Images (1999), both of which discuss Schilder and Merleau-Ponty.

2. The possession of a body image by the foetus is not a far-fetched idea becauseeven it must have a very primitive, fragmentary sense of its body.

3. In this chapter, I carry over the idea that psychic regression underlies theprosthetic body, but this may not be the only way to consider the prostheticbody. James Knowlson, for example, relates the estrangement of the body inDream to ‘the existential concern with the viscosity of being that was foundin Jean-Paul Sartre’s La Nausée’ (153, 732n46).

4. Moran, who shares Molloy’s enthusiasm for the bicycle, suffers a similar fatein the second part of the novel.

5. Interestingly, just as the body falls apart, so does writing. Malone says, ‘Butmy fingers too write in other latitudes and the air that breathes through mypages and turns them without my knowing, when I doze off, so that thesubject falls far from the verb and the object lands somewhere in the void, is notthe air of this second-last abode, and a mercy it is’ (235, emphasis added).

6. The sense of losing organs is frequently expressed in this novel: ‘I don’t feela mouth on me, nor a head, [� � �] I don’t feel an ear either [� � �]’ (386); ‘Idon’t feel a mouth on me, [� � �] I don’t feel any arms on me, if only I couldfeel something on me, [� � �]’ (408–9); ‘I see nothing, It’s because there isnothing, or it’s because I have no eyes, or both [� � �]’ (414).

7. Also in Murphy, we read, ‘As [Murphy] lapsed in body he felt himself comingalive in mind, set free to move among its treasures’ (65).

8. The phenomenon of the phantom limb, which cannot be explained byeither mechanistic physiology or psychology, is typical of such a realm.Schilder discusses the phantom limb in The Image and Appearance of theHuman Body (63–70). For Schilder’s influence on Merleau-Ponty’s view of it,see Grosz 89–90.

9. The French text only says ‘chiant sa vieille merde’ (Nouvelles et textes pourrien 184), thus lacking the productive ambiguity of the verb ‘slobber’.

10. For example, the narrator of The Unnamable says, ‘I never understood a wordof [the “gibberish” he is hearing] in any case, not a word of the stories itspews, like gobbets in a vomit’ (327). The narrator’s doubt about the ‘noble’function of the mouth is also indicated by the following remark: ‘Wouldit not be better if I were simply to keep on saying babababa, for example,while waiting to ascertain the true function of this venerable organ?’ (310).

Notes 175

11. The voice here is conceived of as a material substance, like faeces, that canbe cut. According to Fónagy, the pronunciation of certain sounds has theeffect of strangling the voice (89).

12. My translation from La Vive voix 94.13. He says that his mother ‘brought me into the world, through the hole in

her arse’ (16). See also Baker 61.14. My translation from Anatomie de Samuel Beckett 91–2.15. With regard to bodily flows, Schilder emphasises that things that come out

of or fall off the body still remain a part of ourselves. ‘We are dealing with aspreading of the body-image into the world’, he says, referring not only tofaeces, fingernails and hair but also to voice and language (188).

16. Molloy also describes his ‘ruins’ as ‘a place with neither plan norbounds’ (40).

17. Starting from the concept of the skin ego, Angela Moorjani discusses variousartists including Beckett in terms of skin fetishism. For Beckett and skinfetishism, see Moorjani 98–9.

18. Anzieu goes on to say, ‘This corresponds to the moment at which the psych-ical Ego differentiates itself from the bodily Ego at the operative level whileremaining confused with it at the figurative level’ (40). Then he makes itclear that he owes to Victor Tausk the distinction between the bodily Egoand the psychical Ego. When the bodily Ego is not recognised as belongingto the subject, Tausk’s ‘influencing machine’ emerges.

19. Klaus Theweleit parallels Anzieu in his observation that the fascist malefears the occurrence of flows at the orifices of the body because it threatensthe boundaries between inside and outside that he is so anxious to estab-lish by armouring. Theweleit links this psychic mechanism to nineteenth-century bourgeois society, which strictly disciplined infants to dispose ofbodily flows correctly, thereby denying ‘sufficient opportunity for pleasur-able overflowing’. He says, ‘Then, according to Margaret Mahler, the childwill withdraw its psychic cathexes from its own periphery; it will be unableto break the (unpleasant) symbiotic connection to its mother; and if it isripped violently out of that symbiosis, it will perceive itself as a thing filledwith “evil” streams and will have no sense of its own boundaries. Whereother people have skin, this child (under certain social conditions) willgrow armor’ (I 411–12). In other words, the child has a problem with theformation of the skin ego.

20. The Bion referred to here is Wilfred Bion, who analysed Beckett. One of theprincipal tenets of Anzieu’s Beckett et le psychanalyste is that though Bionand Beckett parted company in 1936, their writings began to mirror eachother after the war. Beckett’s trilogy is a kind of self-analysis, while Biondeveloped many themes that could illuminate Beckett’s mature work. For abalanced account of the relationship between the two, see Connor, ‘Beckettand Bion’.

21. In her comparative study of images of flow in Joyce and Beckett,Susan Brienza argues that whereas in Joyce ‘the mind flows on as the bodydoes’ (117), ‘in Beckett flows of various sorts constantly threaten to stop,and Nature is usually on the verge of freezing or drying up’ (133). This viewappears too simplistic when we think of the recurrent images of the bodilyfluids helplessly flowing in Beckett’s work. It is true, however, that apart

176 Notes

from Not I, the works after How It Is have slowed-down flows or oozingrather than torrents.

22. My translation from Beckett et le psychanalyste 51.23. This is in line with William Hutchings’ interesting view of How It Is. He

considers this novel to be ‘Beckett’s ultimate embodiment of the scatolo-gical vision’ (79), and situates it in the Western tradition (involving St. Paul,Dante, Martin Luther, Rabelais, Swift and Joyce) that regards life as excre-ment in the digestive process. The narrator’s intermittent style is ‘an exactverbal equivalent’ of peristalsis (69) and he could be identified with excre-ment to be expelled through the anus.

24. Another function that is relevant to our discussion is that of intersensoriality,‘which leads to the creation of a “common sense” [� � �] whose basic referenceis always to the sense of touch’. Anzieu says, ‘A defect in this functiongives rise to the anxiety of body being fragmented, or more precisely of itbeing dismantled [� � �], that is, of an anarchic, independent functioning ofthe various sense organs’ (104). When discussing synaesthesia in the nextchapter, I will refer to the importance of the tactile sense which unifies theother senses.

25. When I quote from the ‘German Letter of 1937’, I use Martin Esslin’s Englishtranslation in Disjecta 170–3.

26. The aesthetic view here corresponds to what Evelyne Grossman calls thesublimated (as opposed to the abject) version of ‘l’écriture de l’abcès’ inL’Esthétique de Beckett, one of the rare studies that properly address thepeculiar body image in Beckett’s work. Grossman refers to Didier Anzieuand relates the image of dehiscence to the abscess (thus ‘l’abcès déhiscent’),which afflicted the young Beckett in his real life and is often mentionedin his work. She goes on to postulate the two versions of Beckett’s ‘écriturede l’abcès’. Its abject (physical) version concerns ‘la décomposition humidedu corps, le pus, la coulée de boue, de larmes et de mots mêlés. Les sacscrevés des corps charrient inlassablement la sanie de leurs mots décomposés’(39). The sublimated (aesthetic) one is related to a fetishistic desire to seesomething beneath the surface, as exemplified by the ‘German Letter’. Inthe end she combines these two versions in conceiving of ‘boring holes inthe body of language’: ‘[Beckett] tente de percer des trous dans le corps dela langue et chaque coupure dans le corps des mots est fantasmée commeun orifice’ (69).

27. If we interpret this scene in Dream as suggesting a foetus getting out of thewomb, we could say that there is recognition of the nightmarish side of thewomb already in Dream.

28. My translation from Beckett et le psychanalyste 25.29. This topological paradox – there is no real border between outside and

inside – is impressively prefigured in a different way by the structure ofMurphy’s mind: ‘Murphy’s mind pictured itself as a large hollow sphere,hermetically closed to the universe without. This was not an impoverish-ment, for it excluded nothing that it did not itself contain. Nothing ever hadbeen, was or would be in the universe outside it but was already present asvirtual, or actual, or virtual rising into actual, or actual falling into virtual, inthe universe inside it’ (Murphy 63). In this formulation, the inside containseverything outside so that the border loses its meaning.

Notes 177

30. As Andrew Renton suggests, this reminds us of the passage in Waiting forGodot, in which Estragon says ‘Everything oozes’. Renton also reveals thatBeckett originally wrote ‘drip’ for ‘ooze’ in his draft, echoing Hamm whofeels something ‘dripping’ in his head (Renton 128).

31. It is implied that the inside is considered as ‘the hell of all’. But Edith Fourniertranslates this passage as ‘En quoi l’enfer de tout. Hors quoi l’enfer de tout’(Cap au pire 58), thus rendering both inside and outside ‘the hell of all’.

32. As noted in the previous chapter, Deleuze and Guattari’s view contrasts withthat of Klaus Theweleit who focuses on the ‘totality-machine’ which stemsthe flow instead of being coupled with it.

33. In A Thousand Plateaus (1980), this idea is developed to that of the ‘machinicassemblage’. The special term ‘machinic’ is used to overcome the distinctionbetween the human and the mechanical.

34. The body without organs is not opposed to organ-machines but to organiza-tion, unification and totalisation. According to Deleuze and Guattari, ‘[t]hebody without organs and the organs-partial objects are opposed conjointlyto the organism. The body without organs is in fact produced as a whole, buta whole alongside the parts – a whole that does not unify or totalize them,but that is added to them like a new, really distinct part’ (Anti-Oedipus 326).

35. David Watson also links this image to the body without organs (50).36. In this context, Deleuze and Guattari criticise Victor Tausk’s essay ‘On the

Origin of the “Influencing Machine” in Schizophrenia’ for considering the‘influencing machine’ to be ‘a mere projection of “a person’s own body”and the genital organs’ (9), but as Tim Armstrong points out (269n95), itseems probable that their idea of the organ-machine owes something toTausk’s essay.

37. Deleuze and Guattari liken the body without organs in this context to anegg, which ‘is crisscrossed with axes and thresholds, with latitudes andlongitudes and geodesic lines, traversed by gradients marking the transitionsand the becomings, the destinations of the subject developing along theseparticular vectors’ (19). Interestingly, the narrator of The Unnamable alsorefers to an egg when he imagines himself to be a smooth ball: ‘Were it notfor the distant testimony of my palms, my soles, which I have not yet beenable to quash, I would gladly give myself the shape, if not the consistency,of an egg’ (307).

38. The translators of Anti-Oedipus translate the French text of Molloy into theirown English: ‘I was then no longer this closed box to which I owed beingso well preserved, but a partition came crashing down’.

39. Mary Bryden highlights this aspect with extensive reference to Deleuze andGuattari in Women in Samuel Beckett’s Prose and Drama.

40. The quotation is from Malone Dies 182.41. It should be noted that unlike the original Critique et clinique (1993), the

English translation Essays Critical and Clinical contains ‘The Exhausted’,which was published separately as an introduction to the French translationsof Beckett’s four plays for television (Quad et autres pièces pour la télévisionsuivi de L’Épuisé par Gilles Deleuze, 1992).

42. Referring to Beckett’s ‘German Letter of 1937’, Deleuze also says, ‘There isalso a painting and a music characteristic of writing, like the effects of colorsand sonorities that rise up above words. It is through words, between words,

178 Notes

that one sees and hears. Beckett spoke of “drilling holes” in language inorder to see or hear “what was lurking behind.” ’ (ECC lv).

43. As in the account of the body without organs and conjunctive synthesis inAnti-Oedipus, Deleuze here likens the body without organs to an egg.

44. In Beckett’s work, the intensity of venting the body is most conspicuous inThe Unnamable, Waiting for Godot (Lucky) and Not I.

3 The Prosthetic Body and Synaesthesia

1. Linda Nochlin starts her concise study of the representation of the body inpieces by focusing on Henry Fuseli’s late eighteenth-century painting. In herview ‘[i]t is the French Revolution, the transformative event that usheredin the modern period, which constituted the fragment as a positive ratherthan a negative trope’ (8).

2. Bataille calls this eye the ‘pineal eye’. Curiously, Beckett uses the same termin ‘Walking Out’ in More Pricks Than Kicks: ‘He tethered the bitch to atree, switched on his pineal eye and entered the wood’ (119). It is unlikely,however, that Beckett picked up this term from Bataille because the essaysin which the latter referred to it (‘The Jesuve’ and ‘The Pineal Eye’) werepublished after his death in 1962.

3. Synaesthesia, the connection of the different senses, is considered to beimpossible without the synthesising agency of sensus communis. Descartesthought that the seat of sensus communis was the pineal gland (see theeditorial note in Selected Philosophical Writings 120).

4. As I will mention later, Beckett deeply admired Rimbaud and knew thissonnet very well.

5. This is what Rimbaud aimed at in his famous ‘letters of the seer’ in 1871(303, 307).

6. According to Dann, ‘[l]iterary artists, who left behind such copious recordsof their efforts to see that which others did not, were particularly susceptibleto being labeled as neurotic or psychotic and, after about 1860, as degen-erate’ (28). The debate on synaesthesia was intensified by Max Nordau’sDegeneration, which polemically denounced it as a regression to lower statesof being.

7. See also Dann (65) for his succinct account of the mutual stimulation byscience and art in their pursuit of synaesthesia. Dann also makes the inter-esting claim that Rimbaud relied upon medical literature when discoveringsensory delirium (23).

8. From this sentence onwards I am indebted to Mel Gordon’s overview of theRussian avant-garde’s experiments with sound. Incidentally, Beckett was anadmirer of Kandinsky’s art (see Knowlson 196, 285, 357).

9. When discussing Conrad’s novels in The Political Unconscious, FredricJameson argues that in the process of the geometricisation and quanti-fication of the world, sense perception became a sort of surplus and wassemi-autonomised. In other words, ‘an objective fragmentation of the so-called outside world is matched and accompanied by a fragmentation of thepsyche which reinforces its effects’ (229). He could have added that this frag-mentation and semi-autonomisation of sense perception was closely linked

Notes 179

to the exchangeability of the sense values, which was another consequenceof the advance of urban capitalism.

10. The final sentence here probably suggests that it is only variations in thefrequency of the electromagnetic waves that distinguish sight from sound.Marcel Duchamp had similar interest in this fact (see Note 43 of this chapter).

11. This process is fully discussed in his previous work, The GutenbergGalaxy (1962).

12. McLuhan also says, ‘As the age of electricity began to establish itself in thelater nineteenth century, the entire world of the arts began to reach againfor the iconic qualities of touch and sense interplay (synesthesia, as it wascalled) in poetry, as in painting’ (249).

13. Merleau-Ponty also points out synaesthetic sensibility in Cézanne. In‘Cézanne’s Doubt’, he says, ‘Cézanne does not try to suggest the tactile sensa-tions which would give shape and depth. These distinctions between touchand sight are unknown in primordial perception. [� � �] We see the depth, thesmoothness, the softness, the hardness of objects; Cézanne even claimedthat we see their odor’ (Aesthetics Reader 65). He also suggests that Cézannetried to ‘make visible how the world touches us’ (70). But in a later essay‘Eye and Mind’, he says, ‘Painting evokes nothing, least of all the tactile’(Aesthetics Reader 127).

14. Elsewhere McLuhan contends that Seurat’s pointillisme anticipated themosaic-like television image (249). McLuhan argues that television under-mines, rather than enhances, the supremacy of sight by demanding synaes-thesia. For him, the television image is essentially a mosaic that does awaywith perspective connected to the privileging of sight: ‘As in any othermosaic, the third dimension is alien to TV’ (313).

15. Other Italian Futurists had the same tendency. See, for instance, Carlo Carrà’s‘The Painting of Sounds, Noises and Smells’ (1913) (Apollonio 111–14).

16. However, Kittler concurs with McLuhan in thinking that the printed booktended to privilege the visual sense (cf. 50).

17. In Discourse Networks, 1800/1900, the Romantic period and the modernistperiod (after the technological innovations) are linked to ‘the discoursenetwork of 1800’ and ‘the discourse network of 1900’ respectively.

18. For instance, McLuhan admits that the typewriter ‘carried the Gutenbergtechnology into every nook and cranny of our culture and economy’ (262).But at the same time he points out that it unified writing, speech and public-ation, and that modernist poets’ use of special typographic layout, madepossible by the typewriter, paradoxically created musical effects: ‘Seated atthe typewriter, the poet, much in the manner of the jazz musician, has theexperience of performance as composition’ (260).

19. When emphasising that physiological research into the eye preceded theinvention of visual technologies, Kittler also mentions Goethe’s Theory ofColours, but relates it to the paradigm of the classical Romantic age, insteadof regarding it as an announcement of a new paradigm (Gramophone 119–20). According to Kevin Dann, in the nineteenth century, colour hearingwas studied as an optical problem ‘within the context of other subjectivevisual sensations – hallucinations, afterimages, and entoptic phenomena’(19) – that is, it was squarely located in the new paradigm of subjectivevision that Crary discusses.

180 Notes

20. In his shorter essay ‘Modernizing Vision’, Crary more unambiguously playsdown the motif of the separation of the senses (38).

21. Here Crary is conscious of Foucault’s idea of the disciplinary power ofmodern society.

22. Photography is secondary to Crary because the paradigm shift he focuses onoccurred before its invention (14). He is more interested in obsolete opticaldevices such as the stereoscope because they were more directly derived fromphysiological discoveries. Photography could defeat those devices becauseit could rely on the older illusion of mimetic reference or ‘naturalism’, evenafter the simple relation between subject and object became obsolete in theparadigm shift of the early nineteenth century (133, 136). He seems to thinkthat the same applies to film. For the relation between the physiologicaldiscoveries and the invention of film, see Kittler, Gramophone 121–2.

23. For Eisenstein’s and Moholy-Nagy’s interest in synaesthesia in FinnegansWake, see Theall 83–90.

24. The proclamation was drawn up by Jolas (McMillan 48) and it containedtwo statements about destroying the existing linguistic order: ‘The literarycreator has the right to disintegrate the primal matter of words imposed onhim by text-books and dictionaries’, and ‘He has the right to use words of hisown fashioning and to disregard existing grammatical and syntactic laws’(‘Proclamation’ 13). When Beckett said that grammar and style had becomeirrelevant to him in the ‘German Letter of 1937’ (Disjecta 171), he was beingfaithful to the spirit of the ‘Revolution of the Word’ proclamation.

25. Beckett says that after reading the telephone scene, ‘Cocteau’s Voix Humaineseems not merely a banality but an unnecessary banality’ (Proust 14).Cocteau’s play La Voix humaine (1929), throughout which a woman is talkingon the telephone, must have been considered at the time as an avant-gardist’s innovative application of the new technology to the stage. Giventhat Beckett later worked so hard on the representation of the voice on thestage, it is revealing that he was aware of Cocteau’s experiment.

26. See also Brater, Beyond Minimalism 161.27. Since ‘coen’ means ‘communis’ and ‘aesthesis’ means ‘sensus’, coenaesthesis

is obviously aligned with sensus communis, to which synaesthesia is alsoclosely linked (cf. Nakamura 114). According to Yujiro Nakamura, someschizophrenic patients feel that their body is fragmented because of themalfunction of coenaesthesis. Beckett’s interest in coenaesthesis must berelated to his sense of the disorganised body.

28. For this reason, Donald Theall uses the two terms, synaesthesia and coen-aesthesia (= coenaesthesis), without distinction (24 et passim).

29. At least Beckett perceived the state of the ‘wombtomb’ in this way. See thelong description of the ‘wombtomb’ in Dream I quoted in Chapter 1 (14).

30. The sensation over Nordau’sDegeneration had long died down by 1930, whenBeckett read it. George Mosse reports that ‘[t]he last German and Frencheditions had appeared by 1909’, and that when Nordau died in 1923, TheTimes carried an obituary that refuted the basic tenets of Degeneration (xv).

31. These includedWilliamCooper’s Flagellation and the Flagellants (1887), MarioPraz’s The Romantic Agony (1930) and Pierre Garnier’s Onanisme seul et à deuxsous toutes ses formes et leurs conséquences. In Dream, there are also referencesto Havelock Ellis and Sade.

Notes 181

32. The visual and auditory qualities of Beckett’s prose have been separatelydiscussed by Beckett critics. For example, Lois Oppenheim argues that ‘[t]heever increasing minimalism that characterizes the evolution of Beckett’sfictive and dramatic style is a paradoxical result of his preoccupation withthe visual as prototype’ (29), while Enoch Brater maintains that ‘Beckett’sreal energy as a writer of prose is based on a single assertion: the line iswritten primarily for recitation, not recounting’ (The Drama in the Text 5).

33. In Company, we also read ‘the faint light the voice imagined to shed’, and‘the voice’s glimmer’ (70–1, 80).

34. See Albright, Untwisting the Serpent 185–215.35. See Beckett’s letter to Georges Duthuit, quoted and translated in

Oppenheim 211.36. In this respect, Beckett corresponds to what Daniel Albright calls a Marsyan

artist. A Marsyan artist tends to resist collaboration with other media sincehe values the medium less than his original vision that lies beneath it. Incontrast, an Apollonian artist, working in an abstract, formalistic realm, doesnot worry about collaboration. See Untwisting the Serpent 18–33. In the thirdchapter of his Beckett and Aesthetics, Albright starts by regarding Beckett asbasically Marsyan, but in fact discusses how he oscillated between Marsyasand Apollo, paying attention to his Apollonian predilection for abstractionand order.

37. Man Ray’s painting A l’heure de l’observatoire, Les Amoureux (The Lovers)(1932–34), which depicts a huge lip floating in the sky, is particularly inter-esting in its similarity to Beckett’s Not I.

38. See Albright, Untwisting the Serpent 238–43.39. Brater says of the stage version: ‘As Mouth talks about fixing something with

her eye, “lest it elude her,” this is precisely the audience’s visual limitationin focusing the lenses of its own eyes on the minimal image of Mouth. Suchsteady concentration on a minute object calls attention, quite literally, tothe cameralike lenses we carry about with us all the time and bring with us,inevitably, to the theatre’ (Beyond Minimalism 20).

40. For instance, Enoch Brater says of the original television version (broadcastin 1977) that ‘[i]n close-up color Beckett’s protagonist looked more likea vagina than a mouth’. It was ‘originally shot in color [but] had to beneutralized by broadcast in black and white’ because of its shocking visualeffect (Beyond Minimalism 35).

41. In Paul Lawley’s view, ‘[t]he mechanics of the eye find their visual referentin the mouth we are looking at: the lids are the lips, which we see shuttingout the light, opening, and shutting again, and the saliva is the moisture’(409). He goes so far as to suggest an equation between the eye and theear: ‘The eye we cannot see might even be turned into the ear we cannotsee: “� � � she fixing with her eye � � � a distant bell � � � as she hastened towardsit � � � fixing it with her eye” ’ (409).

42. Duchamp used rotoreliefs in a film (Anémic Cinéma) he made (in 1924–26)with the help of Man Ray and Marc Allégret. In it, verbal puns presentedby letters alternate with visual puns (the overlap of plural organs evoked bythe turning of the rotoreliefs). Stuart Liebman argues that if we attendto the verbal puns in Dalí and Bunuel’s film Un Chien Andalou, we shallfind that many visual images in the film are based on punning words that

182 Notes

‘slide quickly back and forth from literal to figurative to sexual and even toscatological meanings’ (149).

43. Duchamp was in his own way deeply interested in synaesthesia. CraigAdcock shows how he persistently explored the possibility of ‘lookingat hearing’ and ‘listening to vision’. For example, Duchamp mentions ‘apainting of frequency’. Since both sight and sound can be reduced to thefrequency of electromagnetic waves, Adcock interprets this as a manifesta-tion of his ‘hypothetical ways of connecting (or conflating) aural and visualphenomena’ (107). Duchamp’s interest in sensory crossover was connectedto his concern with the fourth dimension. A good example is With HiddenNoise, a readymade that contains an invisible ball of twine and makes asound when shaken. Adcock says, ‘The object in With Hidden Noise is keptfrom view; it is secret, invisible, and can thus act as a metaphor in auralterms for the invisible directionality or the invisible virtuality of the fourthdimension’ (121). Duchamp’s interest in synaesthesia was far more scientificand systematic than Beckett’s.

4 The Camera Eye

1. Enoch Brater points out several allusions to the early silent films in Beckett’sworks (Beyond Minimalism 76–7).

2. The earlier biographer Deirdre Bair reports that Beckett also wrote toPudovkin, after receiving no reply from Eisenstein: ‘From [Pudovkin] hehoped to learn how to edit film and perfect the zoom technique. He wrotea long letter, saying he wanted to revive the naturalistic, two-dimensionalsilent film, which he felt had died unjustly before its time’ (204–5).

3. North also notes that it was only in the 1920s that many film magazinesbegan to be published (63). Beckett was in his important formative yearswhen film began to be discussed seriously.

4. As Mariko Hori Tanaka argues in ‘Elements of Haiku in Beckett’, the effect ofthe synaesthetic substitution of vision for hearing was discussed by Arnheimand Eisenstein, whose writings Beckett was reading. Eisenstein meticulouslydiscusses synaesthesia under the rubrics of ‘synchronization of senses’ and‘colour and meaning’, citing Rimbaud’s ‘Vowels’, Kandinsky’s ‘The YellowSound’ and numerous other examples. See his The Film Sense 73–122.

5. In suggesting that the ‘way of thinking and feeling’ and the ‘body of ideas’about vision that produced the cinematographic form preceded the actualinvention of film (xii), Spiegel is not unlike Crary who foregrounds the newparadigm of vision, although he is methodologically conventional. Spiegelalso parallels Crary in emphasising the subjectivity of vision, as reflected innovels written between Flaubert’sMadame Bovary and Joyce’s Ulysses.He saysthat two changes were notable in the novels of this period: ‘(1) a change inemphasis from the object seen to the seer seeing (that is, a literal depiction ofthe observed field as it appears in the image on the retina); and (2) a changein the presentation of the field of vision itself, from a continuous, open,and unobstructed presentation to one that is discontinuous, fragmented,and incarcerated’ (82). Both suggest that the seer is alienated from the worldseen – ‘a broken circuit between the seer and the contents of his visual

Notes 183

landscape’ (82). Evidently, this view corresponds to the state of vision afterthe camera obscura model, with its stable referential relation between theseeing subject and the seen object, gave way to subjective (corporeal) vision.

6. In fact the camera scene comes only few pages after the telephone scenein Proust’s Remembrance of Things Past. Sara Danius suggests that this prox-imity is not accidental (13). The transformations of hearing and vision bytechnology might have been connected in Proust.

7. Spiegel does not make a distinction between photography and cinemato-graphy, saying that ‘whenever one looks at a film one is also looking at aphotograph, but usually of a special kind – a photograph of a duration’ (72).I would concur with this basic idea.

8. Behind this striking assertion may be the ‘Revolution of the Word’ proclam-ation in transition (16/17, June 1929), which includes the statement ‘Thewriter expresses. He does not communicate’ (‘Proclamation’ 13).

9. In Dream, we find references to Sturm über Asien (by Pudovkin) and DerLebende Leichnam (with Pudovkin as the lead actor) in one of Smeraldina’sletters to Belacqua (56). These letters were to constitute ‘The Smeraldina’sBillet Doux’ in More Pricks Than Kicks.

10. See also Gramophone, Film, Typewriter 141–70.11. The Freudian analyst Hanns Sachs, who made a psychoanalytic film Secrets

of a Soul with Karl Abraham in 1925, particularly influenced the magazineClose Up (cf. Laura Marcus’s Introduction in Donald et al. 240–6).

12. There is no reference to this opening close-up in the script. It was shot afterthe failed shooting of the crowd scene originally intended for the beginning(see Schneider 85, 88). Enoch Brater sees in this close-up shot an allusionto a scene in Un chien andalou, in which an eyeball is slit with a razor blade(Beyond Minimalism 76).

13. Sara Danius argues that Proust was dismissive of photography and filmwhen he was addressing the question of memory, but otherwise he didresort to photographic representations (123). See her interesting analysisof how chronophotography of Marey and Muybridge serves ‘as a model ofthe veracity of the human eye’, and helps to reconstruct the immediacy ofhuman vision in Proust’s novel (138–46).

14. Mary Ann Doane points out the ambivalence of embodiment and disembod-iment as regards the cinema. She argues that while a human visual deficiency(the persistence of vision), discovered by physiology, was inscribed in thecinematic apparatus (humanisation of the cinematic machine), the cinemaas prosthesis extended human perceptual capabilities and disembodied themby liberating them from the contingency of being located in a particulartime and space. Steven Connor analyses the parallel process in which thedisembodiment of the voice by acoustic technologies was accompanied bythe counter tendency to preserve the body (Dumbstruck 362–93).

15. One could argue against this comparison because Film was written muchlater than The Eye. But as Enoch Brater says, ‘Film displays a fascination withthe camera lens, linking it very closely to the more ambitious films of thetwenties’ (Beyond Minimalism 75). It is far more fruitful to discuss this filmin the context of the avant-garde art of the 1920s.

16. For example, the narrator says ‘There follows a brief period when I stoppedwatching Smurov: I grew heavy, surrendered again to the gnawing gravity,

184 Notes

donned anew my former flesh, as if indeed all this life around me was notthe play of my imagination, but was real, and I was part of it, body and soul’(69). Immediately after concluding that all other people are just shimmerson a screen, the narrator says, ‘But wait, life did make one last attempt toprove to me that it was real – oppressive and tender, provoking excitementand torment, possessed of blinding possibilities for happiness, with tears,with a warm wind’ (90). This comment is followed by a description of howhis amorous hope for Vanya is shattered by her rejection.

17. That the narrator’s visual perception is already photographic is shown in anearly passage in which he is beaten by a man with whose wife he is havingan affair (15).

18. Rosemary Pountney suggests that this poem might have been a source ofinspiration for Beckett’s Film (43).

19. Discussing the ending of The Eye, Karen Jacobs says, ‘Unlike the pristine,idealized “mind’s eye” of the detached Cartesian subject that invisiblysurveys the conceptual theater of the self, this openly embodied eye, veinsand all, inversely conjures an “eye’s mind” – a subordinate mind, of andby the flesh, that insists on its subjective roots, and their potentiallyfar-reaching perceptual consequences’ (78). But I think that the equallyimportant ‘vitreous’ feature of the eye should also be addressed.

20. This is emphasised by the fact that not only O but also other people, such asthe couple in the street scene (Part One) and the flower woman in the stairsscene (Part Two), show ‘an agony of perceivedness’. To involve other peoplein this way impairs the pure focus on the self-reflexive relation inside theself (E-O). That is probably why Beckett says that the episode of the coupleis ‘undefendable except as a dramatic convenience’ (CDW 330).

21. In the ‘Notes’ for Film, Beckett tantalisingly says of the room, ‘It may besupposed it is his mother’s room, which he has not visited for many yearsand is now to occupy momentarily, to look after the pets, until she comesout of hospital’ (CDW 332). S. E. Gontarski demonstrates that in the earlystage of composition, Film had more realistic information (106–8).

22. Kittler refers to such films as The Student of Prague (1913), Phantom (1922),The Cabinet of Dr. Caligari (1920), The Other (1913) and Golem (1914).

23. This is also in line with Beckett’s note suggesting that the room might bethe protagonist’s mother’s (CDW 332).

24. See Pountney 42. I cannot reproduce Beckett’s own words for copy-right reasons, though I have examined the manuscript. Pountneywrongly assumes that Claudius’s poem also inspired Schubert’s song‘Der Doppelgänger’.

25. In the first half of ‘Der Tod und Das Mädchen’, a young girl tries to driveawayDeath, and in the secondhalfDeath coaxesher, saying, ‘GibdeineHand,du schön und zart Gebild!/BinFreund,undkomme nicht, zu strafen./SeigutesMuts! ich bin nicht wild,/Sollst sanft in meinen Armen schlafen!’ (Claudius87). Beckett cites the underlined parts continuously in reverse order.This song is different from the string quartet of the same name (D810) thatBeckett used for All That Fall, though the quartet develops the theme ofthe song.

26. Examining the earlier, more realistic drafts of and notes for Film,S. E. Gontarski goes so far as to say, ‘Such realistic preoccupation for Film

Notes 185

seems almost a fulfillment of Beckett’s 1936 comment to Pudovkin that hewanted to “revive the naturalistic, two-dimensional silent film,” and he wasdoubtless writing through the influence of the Russian filmmakers, at leastin the early stages of composition’ (107). Here Gontarski is referring to theletter from Beckett to Pudovkin that is summarised in Bair (204–5).

27. Jack MacGowran, who played Joe in Eh Joe, said, ‘It’s really photographingthe mind. It’s the nearest perfect play for television that you could comeacross, because the television camera photographs the mind better thananything else’ (quoted in Pountney 45).

28. This structure is similar to that in Long Observation of the Ray, in which ‘wesee the observing mind observing itself in the role of the observing ray’(Connor, ‘Between Theatre and Theory’ 90).

29. This phrase echoes Job’s ‘Hast thou eyes of flesh,/Or seest thou as man seest?’(Knowlson 669). Beckett used it in The Expelled: ‘I saw the horse as with myeyes of flesh’ (CSP 29).

30. According to the OED, the use of the word ‘mind’ in the sense of ‘one’smind’s eye: mental view or vision, remembrance’ (definition 17d) dates backto 1412. The word ‘eye’ in the sense of ‘in one’s (mind’s) eye: in one’smental view, in contemplation’ (4d) was famously used in Hamlet : ‘I seemy father [� � �] In my minds eye’ (I. ii. 184–85). A more recent famous useof this metaphor can be found at the very beginning of W. B. Yeats’ play Atthe Hawk’s Well: ‘I call to the eye of the mind [� � �]’, which Winnie in HappyDays quotes (CDW 164).

31. In Endgame Hamm says abruptly that he saw inside his breast (CDW 107).His breast may be similar to ‘the brain and heart and other caverns’ thatMolloy mentions here.

32. The image of a lantern reappears in Long Observation of the Ray, which I shalldiscuss later.

33. There is a scene in Endgame that might be echoing the grey light here.Asked what can be seen from the window, Clov answers to Hamm, ‘Grey!’(CDW 107).

34. The priority of inner vision is also connected to Beckett’s view of art. In ‘Lapeinture des van Velde ou le Monde et le Pantalon’, written in 1945, Beckettargues that in Bram van Velde’s paintings words are rendered meaninglessbecause what matters is an internal vision (‘une prise de vision [� � �] auchamp intérieur’) (Disjecta 125). In the same context, Beckett also suggeststhat only in the darkness of the skull does one begin to see at last (126). Itis evident that Beckett projected onto Bram van Velde’s paintings his ownidea of inner vision in the skull, which he was to present repeatedly in hiswork. His view of Bram van Velde developed into a stronger convictionabout art. In ‘Three Dialogues’ (1949), Beckett praises him for transcendingthe conventional relation between representer and representee (or subjectand object) and being ‘the first to admit that to be an artist is to fail’(Disjecta 145).

35. Lacan’s theory of the gaze offers a way to explain this inseparability. Itsuggests that the split of the subject between seeing and being seen is alreadyrooted in our vision. After we (mis)recognise the mirror image as a unifiedself in the mirror stage, it is never possible to possess a field of vision entirelyto ourselves. The originary alterity in vision persists and the seeing subject

186 Notes

is always already seen by the Other. In this sense, the inner eye and thesplit of the subject in Beckett might be indicative of the latent structure ofour normal vision. For a Lacanian interpretation of vision in Beckett, seeWatson 127–45.

36. The early drafts posit a kind of lantern situated somewhere in the cubicchamber, thus recollecting the image of the inner eye as a lantern inMalone Dies. In the later drafts, the source of the ray is at the centre of thesphere.

37. The French version is more neutral, with ‘la saisir’ instead of the imperativeform ‘la saisis’ for ‘seize her’.

38. For example Malone says, ‘Moll. I’m going to kill her’ (265).39. As noted earlier, the use of the verb ‘dissolve’ for the disappearance of an

object might also be suggestive of the cinema (21, 53).

5 The Prosthetic Voice

1. Since his experiments with sound technology preceded his use of the cameraeye starting with Film, in a sense I will be trying to capture the momentat which Beckett’s exploration of the inner mind and senses encounteredactual technology for the first time.

2. Among the Derridean studies of Beckett, Thomas Trezise’s Into the Breach(1990) contains sustained analyses of Beckett’s trilogy, based on Derrida’scritique of Husserl in Speech and Phenomena (see esp. 115–21). But throughoutthe book Trezise’s terminology is rather problematic. For instance, he uses‘separation’ for the self-sufficient closure of the subject, and ‘intersub-jectivity’ for the subject that is always already infected by the other.

3. For an excellent discussion of the priority of hearing in Beckett, seeKatz 85–6.

4. In other words, the hearing ‘I’ can never be independent of the speaking ‘I’in the fissured operation of ‘hearing oneself speak’.

5. This idea can be traced back to Beckett’s essay on Joyce. In it he main-tains that unlike Dante’s unidirectional Purgatory, Joyce’s Work in Progressis a non-directional or multi-directional purgatory, where between the twostases of hell and paradise ‘there is a continuous purgatorial process at work’with ‘the absolute absence of Absolute’ (Disjecta 33). This concern with theunanchored in-between state seems to underlie Beckett’s obsession withthe ‘wombtomb’.

6. The phonograph (later also called the gramophone) was invented in 1877 byThomas Edison and Charles Cros. The telephone was invented by AlexanderGraham Bell in 1876. With regard to the difference between these twomedia, it could be said that the telephone transcends space whereas thegramophone transcends both time and space.

7. Normally on the telephone, we speak while our interlocutor listens andwe listen while our interlocutor speaks. But if we imagine the impossiblesituation of telephoning oneself, we would be speaking and at the same timehearing that speech coming from the receiver, so that we would not be ableto tell whether we were speaking or hearing – this is similar to the situationin The Unnamable.

Notes 187

8. Derrida had already said as much in Speech and Phenomena: ‘And just as theimport of a statement about perception did not depend on there being actualor even possible perception, so also the signifying function of the I doesnot depend on the life of the speaking subject. Whether or not perceptionaccompanies the statement about perception, whether or not life as self-presence accompanies the uttering of the I , is quite indifferent with regardto the functioning of meaning. My death is structurally necessary to thepronouncing of the I ’ (96).

9. Echoing Derrida, Franc Schuerewegen explicitly says, ‘Qu’on le veuilleou non, le langage humain se comporte comme une machine parlante,c’est-à-dire que l’homme qui parle est toujours déjà pris dans l’engrenage dela mécanique’ (28).

10. In this essay Derrida says, ‘Yes in Ulysses can only be a mark at once writtenand spoken, vocalized as a grapheme and written as a phoneme, yes, in aword, gramophoned’ (267). The word ‘gramophone’ is useful to him because,combining the voice (phoneme) and writing (grapheme), it underlines hisidea that the structure of oral communication is the same as that of writtencommunication.

11. Derrida says, ‘Yes, the condition of any signature and of any performative,addresses itself to some other which it does not constitute, and it can onlybegin by asking the other, in response to a request that has always alreadybeen made, to ask it to say yes. Time appears only as a result of this singularanachrony’ (299). Daniel Katz rightly argues that this structure is relevant toBeckett’s trilogy. But I wonder why he states that The Unnamable ‘abandons’or ‘relinquishes’ this ‘yes’. If this ‘yes’ is abandoned, the anachrony it entailsshould also disappear, though Katz says that The Unnamable is characterisedprecisely by the anachrony to which Derrida refers (see Katz 107–9).

12. Any distinction between the narrator and his vice-existers can be nulli-fied. This appears to corroborate Deleuze’s observation that a ‘large partof Beckett’s work can be understood in terms of the great formula ofMalone Dies [� � �]: “Everything divides into itself” ’ (ECC 186n5).

13. When the other is imagined as plural, the pronoun ‘they’ is used. Corres-pondingly, the pronoun ‘I’ becomes ‘we’ when ‘they’ are felt to be on thesame side as the narrator. The word ‘narrator’ is ultimately unsuitable in TheUnnamable because it implies a stable self or subject. However, for lack of abetter term, I will continue to use this word.

14. Again, the distinction between master and follower is nothing but illusoryand the two roles are exchangeable. As Daniel Katz says, ‘[i]nThe Unnamable’sanachrony, the “voice” is never either the response or the demand, Moranor Youdi, but always already both, and not yet either’ (112). This structureis taken over by the reversibility of tormentor and victim in How It Is.

15. I referred to this interesting conjunction between vision and voice inChapter 3.

16. It follows that even the self-referential statements such as ‘I quote’ and ‘endof quotation’ cannot be made from a completely self-sufficient narratorialposition.

17. One of the clearest manifestations of the conjunction of the technolo-gical and the ghostly can be found in Specters of Marx. As I noted in theIntroduction to this book, Derrida calls ‘a prosthetic body’ the body with

188 Notes

which the ghost is paradoxically endowed (126). It is also called ‘a technicalbody or an institutional body’ (127).

18. See Connor, Dumbstruck (362–93). For a general discussion of technologyand occultism in turn-of-the-century literature, see Thurschwell.

19. Douglas Kahn recounts how Edison experimented with communicating withthe dead after inventing the gramophone, and draws a parallel with theresurrection of a dead girl in Raymond Roussel’s Locus Solus (‘Death’ 76–84).

20. As recently as 1997, the young Irish playwright Conor McPherson publisheda play The Weir, in which a mother receives a mysterious telephone callfrom her dead child.

21. See Hunkeler 184–96 and Rabinovitz 55–63. I examined the typescript ofthis story at Rauner Library, Dartmouth College.

22. See Hunkeler 190. Daniel Katz comes to a very similar conclusion: ‘[t]heBeckettian Narcissus could be said to gaze at his own echoes, to witnessthat trace-of-self which precisely by being trace defeats the “narcissism” itis invoked to satisfy’ (152); and ‘Beckett’s narcissistic structure is in factunthinkable without the component of the echo’ (154).

23. In ‘Le théâtre d’Echo dans les récits de Beckett’, Anzieu postulates four possib-ilities for Echo’s discourse after Narcissus’ death. He states that all of themcharacterise Beckett’s work (written between 1946 and 1950), especially TheUnnamable. One of them is: ‘Echo se répète à elle-même, dans une ébaucheà mi-voix de parole intérieure, des phrases déjà ressassées. Faute d’avoir uneparole à elle, elle imite le langage des autres pour s’entendre parler et seconfirmer existante, mais elle reste incertaine si ce qu’elle se dit vient d’elleou d’autrui’ (42).

24. Schreber writes: ‘Books or other notes are kept in which for years have beenwritten-down all my thoughts, all my phrases, all my necessaries, all thearticles in my possessions with whom I come into contact, etc. I cannot saywith certainty who does the writing down’ (Schreber 123).

25. Schreber writes: ‘There had been times when I could not help myself butspeak aloud or make some noise, in order to drown the senseless and shame-less twaddle of the voices, and so procure temporary rest for my nerves’(Schreber 128).

26. Another instance of this continuity is Lucky’s ‘thinking’, which seems tosuggest a chaotic stream of consciousness.

27. The similarity between Derrida and Beckett in this respect is not surprisingif, as David Wellbery suggests, poststructuralist thought itself is inside the‘discourse network of 1900’ (xxvi). They are both in the epistemologicalsituation in which death reigns after the human soul has been murdered bytechnology.

28. Derrida also says, ‘What we call real time is simply an extremely reduced“différance,” but there is no purely real time because temporalization itselfis structured by a play of retention or of protention and, consequently oftraces’ (129). This is another instance of the discussion of teletechnologybeing subsumed in the more general theses that Derrida developed in hisearly work.

29. I have in mind Leslie Hill, Thomas Trezise, Richard Begam and Daniel Katz.An exception is Steven Connor’s pioneering Samuel Beckett: Repetition, Theoryand Text (1988), though he does not address the question of technology

Notes 189

per se, choosing instead to discuss it in the light of the general theme ofrepetition.

30. Though Frank uses the term ‘metaphor’ here, my argument in this sectionis that Beckett does not let the spatial representation of the mind remain amere metaphor.

31. Famously Beckett said that he preferred ‘[t]he expression that there isnothing to express, nothing with which to express, nothing from whichto express, no power to express, no desire to express, together with theobligation to express’ (Disjecta 139).

32. To give two examples of the primacy of the original vision: ‘[Beckett] had aclear picture of the play in his head and however well everyone performed,reality could hardly ever live up to this mental vision’ (Knowlson 607,regarding the Schiller Theater’s production of Godot in 1975); and ‘Therewere, he conceded, a few minor things on the tape that he heard a littledifferently in his head’ (Knowlson 664, on the 1982 production of Rockaby).

33. Croak’s thumps of the club to command his servants (= stream of conscious-ness) correspond to Krapp’s operation of his tape recorder. This is prefiguredby the scene in Waiting for Godot, where Vladimir and Estragon stop Lucky’s‘thought’ by taking his cap away, as if to press the stop button on a machine.

34. According to Douglas Kahn, André Breton ‘brought principles of recordinginto his own body as a form of psychotechnics, implanting a trope intothe brain where actual technology could not go’, using the term ‘modestrecording instruments’ for automatic writing. Kahn also states that forLouis Aragon, the action of the unconscious could be delivered by way ofradiophony (Introduction 7, 24–5).

References

Beckett’s works‘Assumption’. The Complete Short Prose, 1929–1989. Ed. S. E. Gontarski. New York:

Grove Press, 1995. 3–7.Beckett’s Dream Notebook. Ed. John Pilling. Reading: Beckett International

Foundation, 1999.Cap au pire. Trans. Edith Fournier. Paris: Minuit, 1991.Collected Shorter Prose, 1945–1980. London: John Calder, 1984.Collected Poems 1930–1978. London: John Calder, 1986.Compagnie. Paris: Minuit, 1980.Company. 1980. London: John Calder, 1996.The Complete Dramatic Works. London: Faber & Faber, 1986.Disjecta: Miscellaneous Writings and a Dramatic Fragment. Ed. Ruby Cohn. London:

John Calder, 1983.Dream of Fair to Middling Women. 1992. London: John Calder, 1993.How It Is. 1964. London: John Calder, 1996.Ill Seen Ill Said. London: John Calder, 1982.L’Innommable. Paris: Minuit, 1953.Malone Dies. 1956. The Trilogy. 179–289.Molloy. Paris: Minuit, 1951.Molloy. Trans. Patrick Bowles in collaboration with Beckett. 1955. The Trilogy.

7–176.More Pricks Than Kicks. 1934. London: John Calder, 1993.Murphy. 1938. London: John Calder, 1977.Nouvelles et textes pour rien. Paris: Minuit, 1958.Proust. 1931. Proust and Three Dialogues with Georges Duthuit. London: John Calder,

1987. 9–93.The Trilogy (Molloy, Malone Dies, The Unnamable). London: John Calder, 1994.The Unnamable. 1958. The Trilogy. 293–418.Worstward Ho. London: John Calder, 1983.

Secondary sourcesAdcock, Craig. ‘Marcel Duchamp’s Gap Music: Operations in the Space between

Art and Noise’. Kahn and Whitehead 105–38.Albright, Daniel. Beckett and Aesthetics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,

2003.——. Untwisting the Serpent: Modernism in Music, Literature and Other Arts. Chicago:

University of Chicago Press, 2000.Anzieu, Didier. Beckett et le psychanalyste. Paris: L’Aire/Archimbaud, 1992.——. The Skin Ego. Trans. Chris Turner. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1989.——. ‘Le théâtre d’Echo dans les récits de Beckett’. Revue d’Esthétique, numéro

hors-série. Ed. Pierre Chabert. Paris: Jean-Michel Place, 1990. 39–43.

190

References 191

Appolonio, Umbro, ed. Futurist Manifestos. Trans. Robert Brain, R. W. Flint,J. C. Higgitt and Caroline Tisdall. London: Thames & Hudson, 1973.

Armstrong, Tim.Modernism, Technology and the Body: A Cultural Study. Cambridge:Cambridge University Press, 1998.

Bair, Deirdre. Samuel Beckett: A Biography. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich,1978.

Baker, Phil. Beckett and the Mythology of Psychoanalysis. London: Macmillan, 1997.Bakhtin, Mihail. Rabelais and His World. Trans. Hélène Iswolsky. Bloomington:

Indiana University Press, 1984.Barthes, Roland. ‘The Metaphor of the Eye’. Trans. J. A. Underwood. Georges

Bataille, Story of the Eye. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1982. 119–27.Bataille, Georges. Visions of Excess: Selected Writings, 1927–1939. Ed. Allan Stoekl.

Trans. Allan Stoekl with Carl R. Lovitt and Donald M. Leslie, Jr. Minneapolis:University of Minnesota Press, 1985.

Begam, Richard. Samuel Beckett and the End of Modernity. Stanford: StanfordUniversity Press, 1996.

Benjamin, Walter. Illuminations. Ed. Hannah Arendt. Trans. Harry Zohn.New York: Schocken Books, 1969.

Blanchot, Maurice. ‘WordsMust Travel Far’. The Infinite Conversation. Trans. SusanHanson. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1993. 326–31.

Blum, Cinzia Sartini. The Other Modernism: F. T. Marinetti’s Futurist Fiction of Power.Berkeley: University of California Press, 1996.

Bois, Yve-Alain and Rosalind Krauss. Formless: A User’s Guide. New York: ZoneBooks, 1997.

Boone, Joseph Allen. Libidinal Currents: Sexuality and the Shaping of Modernism.Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1998.

Brater, Enoch. Beyond Minimalism: Beckett’s Late Style in the Theater. New York:Oxford University Press, 1987.

——. The Drama in the Text: Beckett’s Late Fiction. New York: Oxford UniversityPress, 1994.

Brienza, Susan. ‘Krapping Out: Images of Flow and Elimination as Creationin Joyce and Beckett’. Re: Joyce’n Beckett. Ed. Phyllis Carey and Ed Jewinski.New York: Fordham University Press, 1992. 117–46.

Bryden,Mary.Women in Samuel Beckett’s Prose and Drama: Her Own Other. London:Macmillan, 1993.

Carrouges, Michel. Les Machines célibataires. 1954. Paris: Chêne, 1976.Chasseguet-Smirgel, Janine. Creativity and Perversion. London: Free Association

Books, 1985.Claudius, Matthias. Sämtliche Werke. Düsseldorf: Artemis & Winkler, 1984.Connor, Steven. ‘Beckett and Bion’. 1 April 2002 http://www.bbk.ac.uk/eh/

eng/skc/beckbion/——. ‘Between Theatre and Theory: Long Observation of the Ray’. Pilling and

Bryden 79–98.——. Dumbstruck: A Cultural History of Ventriloquism. Oxford: Oxford University

Press, 2000.——. ‘Echo’s Bones: Myth, Modernity and the Vocalic Uncanny’. Myth and the

Making of Modernity: The Problem of Grounding in Early Twentieth-Century Liter-ature. Ed. Michael Bell and Peter Poellner. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 1998. 213–35.

——. Samuel Beckett: Repetition, Theory and Text. Oxford: Blackwell, 1988.

192 References

Crary, Jonathan. ‘Modernizing Vision’.Vision and Visuality. Ed. Hal Foster. Seattle:Bay Press, 1988. 29–44.

——. Techniques of the Observer: On Vision and Modernity in the Nineteenth Century.Cambridge: MIT Press, 1990.

Danius, Sara. The Senses of Modernism: Technology, Perception, and Aesthetics. Ithaca:Cornell University Press, 2002.

Dann, Kevin T. Bright Colors Falsely Seen: Synaesthesia and the Search for Transcend-ental Knowledge. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1998.

Deleuze, Gilles. Essays Critical and Clinical. Trans. Daniel W. Smith and MichaelA. Greco. London: Verso, 1998.

——. Francis Bacon: The Logic of Sensation. Trans. Daniel W. Smith. Minneapolis:University of Minnesota Press, 2004.

Deleuze, Gilles and Félix Guattari. Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia.Trans. Robert Hurley, Mark Seem and Helen R. Lane. 1983. London: AthlonePress, 1984.

Derrida, Jacques. Monolingualism of the Other; or, the Prosthesis of Origin. Trans.Patrick Mensah. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1998.

——. Of Grammatology. Trans. Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak. Baltimore: JohnsHopkins University Press, 1976.

——. ‘Signature, Event, Context.’ Trans. Samuel Weber and Jeffrey Mehlman.Limited Inc. Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 1988. 1–23.

——. Specters of Marx: The State of the Debt, the Work of Mourning, and the NewInternational. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. London: Routledge, 1994.

——. Speech and Phenomena and Other Essays on Husserl’s Theory of Signs. Trans.D. B. Allison. Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 1973.

——. The Truth in Painting. Trans. Geoff Bennington and Ian McLeod. Chicago:University of Chicago Press, 1987.

——. ‘Ulysses Gramophone: Here Say Yes in Joyce.’ Trans. Tina Kendall andShari Benstock. Acts of Literature. Ed. Derek Attridge. London: Routledge, 1992.253–309.

Derrida, Jacques, and Bernard Stiegler. Echographies of Television. Trans. JenniferBajorek. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2002.

Descartes, René. Selected Philosophical Writings. Trans. John Cottingham, RobertStoothoff and Dugald Murdoch. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988.

Doane, Mary Ann. ‘Technology’s Body: Cinematic Vision in Modernity’.Differences 5.2 (1993): 1–23.

Donald, James, Anne Friedberg and Laura Marcus, eds. Close Up 1927–1933:Cinema and Modernism. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1998.

Edmond, Rod. ‘Home and Away: Degeneration in Imperialist and ModernistDiscourse’. Modernism and Empire. Ed. Howard J. Booth and Nigel Rigby.Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2000. 39–63.

Ehrhard, Peter. Anatomie de Samuel Beckett. Bâle: Birkhäuser Verlag: 1976.Eisenstein, Sergei. The Film Sense. Ed. and Trans. by Jay Leyda. London: Faber &

Faber: 1948.Elam, Keir. ‘Not I: Beckett’s Mouth and the Ars(e) Rhetorica’. Beckett at 80/Beckett

in Context. Ed. Enoch Brater. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1986. 124–48.Esslin, Martin. Mediations: Essays on Brecht, Beckett, and the Media. London: Eyre

Methuen, 1980.

References 193

Fónagy, Ivan. La Vive voix: essais de psycho-phonétique. Paris: Payot, 1983.Foster, Hal. Compulsive Beauty. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1993.——. ‘Prosthetic Gods’. Modernism/Modernity 4.2 (1997): 5–38.——. Prosthetic Gods. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2004.Frank, Ellen Eve. Literary Architecture: Essays Toward a Tradition. Berkeley:

University of California Press, 1979.Freud, Sigmund. The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of

Sigmund Freud. Ed. and trans. James Strachey. London: Hogarth Press, 1953–74.Gontarski, S. E. The Intent of Undoing in Samuel Beckett’s Dramatic Texts.

Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1985.Gordon, Mel. ‘Songs from the Museum of the Future: Russian Sound Creation

(1910–1930)’. Kahn and Whitehead 198–244.Greenslade, William. Degeneration, Culture and the Novel, 1880–1940. Cambridge:

Cambridge University Press, 1994.Grossman, Evelyne. L’Esthétique de Beckett. Paris: Éditions SEDES, 1998.Grosz, Elizabeth. Volatile Bodies: Toward a Corporeal Feminism. Bloomington:

Indiana University Press, 1994.Guggenheim, Peggy. Out of This Century: Confessions of an Art Addict. 1979.

London: Deutsch, 1980.Hansen, Mark. Embodying Technesis: Technology Beyond Writing. Ann Arbor:

University of Michigan Press, 2000.Haraway, Donna J. Simians, Cyborgs and Women: The Reinvention of Nature.

New York: Routledge, 1991.Hill, Leslie. Beckett’s Fiction: In Different Words. Cambridge: Cambridge University

Press, 1990.Hubert, Renee Riese. ‘From an Abandoned Work: The Encounter of Samuel

Beckett and Max Ernst’. Beckett Translating/Translating Beckett. Ed. Alan WarrenFriedman, Charles Rossman and Dina Sherzer. University Park: PennsylvaniaState University Press, 1987. 199–211.

Hunkeler, Thomas. Echos de l’ego dans l’oeuvre de Samuel Beckett. Paris:L’Harmattan, 1997.

Hutchings, William. ‘“Shat into Grace” Or, A Tale of a Turd: Why It Is How ItIs in Samuel Beckett’s How It Is’. Papers on Language and Literature 21.1 (1985):64–87.

Jacobs, Karen. The Eye’s Mind: Literary Modernism and Visual Culture. Ithaca:Cornell University Press, 2001.

Jameson, Fredric. The Political Unconscious: Narrative as Socially Symbolic Act.Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1981.

Jolas, Eugene. ‘Logos’. transition 16/17 (1929): 25–30.——. ‘Super-Occident’. transition 15 (1929): 11–16.——. ‘Workshop’. transition 23 (1935): 97–106.Jones, David Houston. The Body Abject: Self and Text in Jean Genet and Samuel

Beckett. Oxford: Peter Lang, 2000.Kahn, Douglas. Introduction. Kahn and Whitehead 1–29.——. ‘Death in Light of the Phonograph: Raymond Roussel’s Locus Solus’. Kahn

and Whitehead 69–104.Kahn, Douglas, and Gregory Whitehead, eds. Wireless Imagination: Sound, Radio,

and the Avant-Garde. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1992.Kandinsky, Wassily. Concerning the Spiritual in Art. Trans. M. T. H. Sadler.

New York: Dover Publications, 1977.

194 References

Katz, Daniel. Saying I No More: Subjectivity and Consciousness in the Prose of SamuelBeckett. Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 1999.

Kenner, Hugh. ‘The Cartesian Centaur’. Samuel Beckett: A Critical Study. 1961.Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968. 117–32.

Kittler, Friedrich A. Discourse Networks, 1800/1900. Trans. Michael Metteer andChris Cullens. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1990.

——. Gramophone, Film, Typewriter. Trans. GeoffreyWinthrop-Young andMichaelWutz. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1999.

——. ‘Romanticism – Psychoanalysis – Film: A History of the Double’. Trans.Stefanie Harris. Literature, Media, Information Systems. Ed. John Johnston.Amsterdam: G+B Arts International, 1997. 85–100.

Knowlson, James. Damned to Fame: The Life of Samuel Beckett. London:Bloomsbury, 1996.

Knowlson, James and John Pilling. ‘Beckett and Kleist’s Essay “On the MarionetteTheatre” ’. Frescoes of the Skull: The Later Prose and Drama of Samuel Beckett.New York: Grove Press, 1980. 277–86.

Krauss, Rosalind. ‘Corpus Delicti’. L’Amour fou: Photography and Surrealism.Ed. Rosalind Krauss and Jane Livingstone. New York: Abbeville Press, 1985.57–100.

——. The Optical Unconscious. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1993.Kristeva, Julia. Powers of Horror: An Essay on Abjection. Trans. Leon S. Roudiez.

New York: Columbia University Press, 1982.Lawley, Paul. ‘Counterpoint, Absence and the Medium in Beckett’s Not I.’ Modern

Drama 26 (1983): 407–14.Liebman, Stuart. ‘ Un Chien andalou: The Talking Cure’. Dada and Surrealist Film.

Ed. Rudolf E. Kuenzli. 1987. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1996. 143–58.Lury, Celia. Prosthetic Culture: Photography, Memory and Identity. London:

Routledge, 1998.Marinetti, F. T. Let’s Murder the Moonshine: Selected Writings. Ed. R. W. Flint. Trans.

R. W. Flint and Arthur A. Coppotelli. Los Angeles: Sun & Moon Press, 1991.McLaughlin, Joseph. Writing the Urban Jungle: Reading Empire in London from Doyle

to Eliot. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 2000.McLuhan, Marshall. Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. London:

Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1964.McMillan, Dougald. transition: The History of a Literary Era 1927–1938. London:

Calder & Boyars, 1975.Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. The Merleau-Ponty Aesthetics Reader: Philosophy and

Painting. Ed. Galen A. Johnson. Trans. Michael Smith. Evanston: NorthwesternUniversity Press, 1993.

——. Phenomenology of Perception. Trans. Colin Smith. London: Routledge & KeganPaul, 1962.

Miller Frank, Felicia. The Mechanical Song: Women, Voice, and the Artificial inNineteenth-Century French Narrative. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1995.

Moorjani, Angela. Beyond Fetishism and Other Excursions in Psychopragmatics.New York: St.Martin’s Press, 2000.

Mosse, Goerge L. Introduction. Nordau vii–xxxiv.Nabokov, Vladimir. The Eye. Trans. by Dmitri Nabokov in collaboration with the

author. New York: Vintage, 1990.Nakamura, Yujiro. Kyotsukankakuron [ An Essay on Sensus Communis]. 1979. Tokyo:

Iwanami Shoten, 2000.

References 195

Nochlin, Linda. The Body in Pieces: The Fragment as a Metaphor of Modernity.London: Thames & Hudson, 1994.

Nordau, Max. Degeneration. Translated from the Second Edition of the GermanWork. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1993.

North, Michael. Camera Works: Photography and the Twentieth-Century Word.Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005.

Okamuro, Minako. ‘Kikaijikake no meikyu [The Clockwork Labyrinth]’. Eureka28.3 (1996): 170–9.

Oppenheim, Lois. The PaintedWord: Samuel Beckett’s Dialogue with Art. Ann Arbor:University of Michigan Press, 2000.

Pilling, John, and Mary Bryden, eds. The Ideal Core of the Onion: Reading BeckettArchives. Reading: Beckett International Foundation, 1992.

Pountney, Rosemary. ‘Beckett and the Camera’. Samuel Beckett Today/Aujourd’hui4 (1994): 41–52.

‘Proclamation’. transition 16/17 (1929): 13.Rabinovitz, Rubin. The Development of Samuel Beckett’s Fiction. Urbana: University

of Illinois Press, 1984.Rank, Otto. The Trauma of Birth. New York: Dover Publications, 1993.Renton, Andrew. ‘Worstward Ho and the End(s) of Representation’. Pilling and

Bryden 99–135.Rimbaud, Arthur. Complete Works, Selected Letters. Trans. Wallace Fowlie. Chicago:

University of Chicago Press, 1966.Rutsky, R. L. High Techne: Art and Technology from the Machine Aesthetic to the

Posthuman. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1999.Schilder, Paul. The Image and Appearance of the Human Body: Studies in the

Constructive Energies of the Psyche. 1935. New York: International UniversitiesPress, 1978.

Schneider, Alan. ‘On Directing Film’. Samuel Beckett, Film: Complete Scenario,Illustrations, Production Shots. New York: Grove Press, 1969. 63–94.

Schreber, Daniel Paul. Memoirs of My Nervous Illness. Ed. and trans. Ida MacAlpineand Richard A. Hunter. 1955. New York: New York Review of Books, 2000.

Schuerewegen, Franc. A la distance de voix: Essais sur les ‘machines à parler’. Lille:Presses Universitaires de Lille, 1994.

Segel, Harold B. Pinocchio’s Progeny: Puppets, Marionettes, and Robots in Modernistand Avant-Garde Drama. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1995.

Shaw, George Bernard. Pygmalion. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1957.Spiegel, Alan. Fiction and the Camera Eye: Visual Consciousness in Film and the

Modern Novel. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 1976.Smith, Marquard, and Joanne Morra. ‘Introduction: The Prosthetic Aesthetic’.

New Formations 46 (2002): 5–6.Takayama, Hiroshi. Medusa no chi [Medusa’s Knowledge]. Tokyo: Seidosha, 1987.Tanaka, Mariko Hori. ‘Elements of Haiku in Beckett: The Influence of Eisen-

stein and Arnheim’s Film Theories’. Samuel Beckett Today/Aujourd’hui 11 (2001):324–30.

Tausk, Victor. ‘On the Origin of the “Influencing Machine” in Schizophrenia’.Psychoanalytic Quarterly 2 (1933): 519–56.

Taylor, Sue. Hans Bellmer: The Anatomy of Anxiety. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2000.Theall, Donald F. Beyond the Word: Reconstructing Sense in the Joyce Era of Techno-

logy, Culture, and Communication. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1995.

196 References

Theweleit, Klaus. Male Fantasies I: Women, Floods, Bodies, History. Trans. StephenConway in collaboration with Chris Turner and Erica Carter. London: PolityPress, 1987.

——. Male Fantasies II: Male Bodies: Psychoanalyzing the White Terror. Trans. ChrisTurner and Erica Carter in collaboration with Stephen Conway. London: PolityPress, 1989.

Thurschwell, Pamela. Literature, Technology and Magical Thinking, 1880–1920.Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001.

Trezise, Thomas. Into the Breach: Samuel Beckett and the Ends of Literature.Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1990.

Watson, David. Paradox and Desire in Beckett’s Fiction. London: Macmillan, 1991.Weiss, Gail. Body Images: Embodiment as Intercorporeality. New York: Routledge,

1999.Wellbery, David E. Foreword. Kittler, Discourse Networks vii–xxxiii.White, Allon. ‘Prosthetic Gods in Atrocious Places: Gilles Deleuze/Francis Bacon’.

Carnival, Hysteria, and Writing: Collected Essays and Autobiography. Oxford:Clarendon Press, 1993. 160–77.

Wills, David. Prosthesis. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1995.

Index

Adcock, Craig, 182n43Albright, Daniel, 169n4,

181nn34,36,38All That Fall, 32, 102, 125, 161,

162Anzieu, Didier, 40, 55–7, 58,

60–1, 138, 153, 169n9,175nn18,20, 176n24, 188n23

Armstrong, Tim, 4, 5, 11, 13,177n36

Artaud, Antonin, 65, 66, 71‘Assumption’, 26–7, 37, 60, 93,

172nn18,19

Bacon, Francis, 58, 71–4Bair, Deirdre, 182n2, 185n26Baker, Phil, 18, 34, 169n9,

170nn4,5,6,9, 173n28,175n13

Bakhtin, Mihail, 48, 79Barthes, Roland, 78Bataille, Georges, 78–9, 118,

178n2Begam, Richard, 188n29Bellmer, Hans, 30, 77–8, 107,

172n24Benjamin, Walter, 112, 116Berkeley, George, 121Bion, Wilfred, 32, 175n20Blanchot, Maurice, 154Blum, Cinzia Sartini, 27, 172n22Bois, Yve-Alain, 79Boone, Joseph, 25Brater, Enoch, 105, 180n26,

181nn32,39,40, 182n1,183nn12,15

Brienza, Susan, 175n21Bryden, Mary, 33, 34–5, 37,

174n32, 177n39� � � but the clouds � � � , 127, 135

Carrouges, Michel, 13, 19, 170n6Cascando, 165–6Claudius, Matthias, 124, 184n25Cocteau, Jean, 103, 180n25Company, 102–3, 115, 134, 159,

181n33Connor, Steven, 131, 132, 139,

169n9, 175n20, 183n14,188nn18,29

Conrad, Joseph, 76Crary, Jonathan, 83, 87–90,

107, 117, 131, 179n19,180nn20,l21,22, 182n5

Danius, Sara, 4–5, 111, 117,183nn6,13

Dann, Kevin, 80, 81, 85,178nn6,7, 179n19

‘Dante � � � Bruno .Vico . . Joyce’,91, 93, 186n5

Deleuze, Gilles, 11, 25, 41, 63–73,75, 79, 101–2,177nn30,31,32,36,37,42,178n43, 187n12

Derrida, Jacques, 1, 6–8, 12, 139,140–5, 150, 151, 155–8, 160,167, 169nn5,6,187nn8,10,11,17, 188n28

Descartes, René, 10, 46, 178n3Doane, Mary Ann, 183n14Donald, James, 111Dream Notebook, 16, 98, 99Dream of Fair to Middling Women,

13–20, 26–7, 35, 37, 41–2, 47,52, 59–60, 95–7, 98, 101–2,113–14, 170nn2,3,172nn20,21, 176n27,180n29, 183n9

Duchamp, Marcel, 20, 106–7,179n10, 181n42, 182n43

197

198 Index

‘Echo’s Bones’ (story), 152Edmond, Rod, 76Eh Joe, 102, 115, 125–6, 135Ehrhard, Peter, 54Eisenstein, Sergei, 91, 92, 110,

182n4Elam, Keir, 50, 52Eliot, T. S., 77Embers, 102, 125, 162–4Endgame, 42, 57–8, 130,

185nn31,33‘Enough’, 66, 67, 69Ernst, Max, 30, 173n26Esslin, Martin, 102, 165Expelled, The, 185n29

Film, 102, 109, 112, 115, 116,121–5, 128, 130, 135, 136,183nn12,15,184nn20,21,23,26

‘Fingal’ (More Pricks Than Kicks),20–1, 36

Fónagy, Ivan, 48–9, 175n11Footfalls, 164Foster, Hal, 5, 13, 22, 29–30,

172nn17,23, 173nn24,25,26Foucault, Michel, 3, 87, 180n21Frank, Ellen, 159, 189n30Freud, Sigmund, 4, 17–18, 29, 49,

51–3, 171n11From an Abandoned Work, 114,

173n26

‘German Letter of 1937’, 59, 60,93, 96–7, 101–2, 176n26,177n42, 180n24

Ghost Trio, 126–7, 135Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von, 88Gontarski, S. E., 184nn21,26Gordon, Mel, 178n8Greenslade, William, 100Grossman, Evelyne, 169n9,

176n26Grosz, Elizabeth, 37, 174nn1,8Guattari, Félix, 11, 25, 41, 63–70,

79, 177nn30, 31, 32,36, 37

Guggenheim, Peggy, 32, 173n26

Hansen, Mark, 157–8Happy Days, 35, 42, 185n30Haraway, Donna, 2Heine, Heinrich, 124Hill, Leslie, 188n29How It Is, 36, 50–1, 58, 73–4, 140,

141, 145, 147–50, 154, 158–9,164, 167, 187nn14,15

Hubert, Renee Riese, 173n26Hugo, Victor, 120Hunkeler, Thomas, 152–3,

188nn21,22Hutchings, William, 176n23

Ill Seen Ill Said, 19, 35, 52, 110,115, 117, 128, 130, 132–7,186nn37,39

Jakobs, Karen, 184n19Jameson, Fredric, 178n9Jolas, Eugene, 92–4, 112, 180n24Jones, David Houston, 29, 169n9Joyce, James, 91–2, 93, 143Jung, C. G., 32

Kafka, Franz, 20, 58Kahn, Douglas, 188n19, 189n34Kandinsky, Wassily, 80–1, 89,

178n8Katz, Daniel, 170n8, 186n3,

187nn11,14, 188nn22,29Kenner, Hugh, 5, 19, 43, 169n3Khlebnikov, Velimir, 81Kittler, Friedrich, 3–4, 83, 86–7,

90, 116, 123, 124–5, 151,153–4, 165, 179nn16,17,19,180n22, 184n22

Knowlson, James, 32, 96, 101,110, 174n3

Krapp’s Last Tape, 18, 139, 154,161–2, 164, 165, 189n33

Krauss, Rosalind, 5, 79, 106–7,116

Kristeva, Julia, 28–9, 37, 73Kublin, Nikolai, 81

Lacan, Jacques, 185n35Lawley, Paul, 181n41Lewis, Wyndham, 25, 30

Index 199

Liebman, Stuart, 181n42Long Observation of the Ray, 131,

185nn28,32, 186n36Lury, Celia, 2

MacGowran, Jack, 185n27Macpherson, Kenneth, 111Malone Dies, 35, 44–5, 48, 54–5,

69, 70, 129, 134, 166, 174n5,177n40, 186n38, 187n12

Marcus, Laura, 116Marinetti, F. T., 25, 27–8, 29, 30,

82–3, 85–6, 87, 88Marx brothers, 36McLaughlin, Joseph, 77McLuhan, Marshall, 3, 83–6, 90,

179nn11,12,14,18McPherson, Conor, 188n20Merleau-Ponty, Maurice, 41, 95,

97, 100, 174n8, 179n13Miller Frank, Felicia, 22–3,

171nn11,12Moholy-Nagy, László, 91, 92Molloy, 18, 19, 35, 43–4, 46, 48,

49, 52, 54, 55, 64–5, 68, 69,70, 100, 128–9, 147, 174n4,175nn13,16

Moorjani, Angela, 175n17More Pricks Than Kicks, 20–1, 33,

35, 36, 42, 100, 152, 178n2Morra, Joanne, 1Mosse, George, 180n30Müller, Johannes, 88–9Murphy, 33–4, 38, 70, 115, 124,

130, 136, 142, 159, 173n30,174n7, 176n29

Nabokov, Vladimir, 109, 118–23,183nn16,17

Nacht und Träume, 127Nakamura, Yujiro, 180n27Nochlin, Linda, 178n1Nordau, Max, 76, 97–100, 178n6,

180n30North, Michael, 111–12, 182n3Not I, 35, 38, 42, 48, 49–50, 52,

57, 72, 103–6, 118, 134, 137,154, 164, 166

Okamuro, Minako, 171n10Oppenheim, Lois, 100,

181nn32,35

‘Ping’, 61Play, 42Pountney, Rosemary, 184nn18,24Pudovkin, Vsevolod, 110, 182n2,

183n9, 185n26Proust, Marcel, 94–5, 112–13,

117, 151, 161, 183nn6,13Proust, 94–5, 100, 103, 113,

114–15, 125, 151–2, 162,180n25

Quad, 18, 127

Rabinovitz, Rubin, 188n21Rank, Otto, 32–3, 173nn28,29,31Ray, Man, 92, 104, 116, 181n37Renton, Andrew, 177n30Rimbaud, Arthur, 80, 81, 89, 96,

99, 178nn4,5Rockaby, 35, 38, 124, 164Rousseau, Jean-Jacques, 23–4Rutsky, R. L., 3

‘Sanies I’, 21, 36Schilder, Paul, 40–1, 46–7, 53, 56,

78, 79, 80, 95, 174n8, 175n15Schreber, Daniel Paul, 153, 155,

162, 166, 188nn24,25Scriabin, Aleksandr, 81Schubert, Franz, 124Schuerewegen, Franc, 187n9Segel, Harold, 171n10Shaw, George Bernard, 171n13Smith, Marquard, 1Spiegel, Alan, 112–13, 136,

182n5, 183n7Stiegler, Bernard, 156

Takayama, Hiroshi, 170n6Tanaka, Mariko Hori, 182n4Tausk, Victor, 31, 39, 166,

173nn27,31, 175n18, 177n36Taylor, Sue, 78

200 Index

Texts for Nothing, 18, 35, 42, 48,49, 51, 52, 69, 70, 128, 138,154, 161, 174n9

That Time, 164Theall, Donald, 91–2, 180nn23,28Theweleit, Klaus, 13, 24–5, 30, 37,

171n14, 172nn15,16,175n19, 177n32

‘Three Dialogues’, 100, 160,185n34, 189n31

Thurschwell, Pamela, 188n18Trezise, Thomas, 186n2, 188n29transition, 26, 92–4, 111–12

Unnamable, The, 10, 12, 18, 35–6,38, 45–6, 47, 51, 55, 57–8, 60,61–2, 63, 66, 70, 72, 102,104, 128, 129–30, 139, 140–2,145–8, 153, 154, 155, 158,164, 167, 174nn6,10,177n37, 186n7, 187nn13,14

van Velde, Bram, 185n34Villier de l’Isle-Adam, August de,

22–3, 38

Wagner, Richard, 103Waiting for Godot, 36–7, 42, 49,

57, 103, 126, 147, 154–5,177n30, 188n26, 189n33

Watson, David, 177n35, 186n35Watt, 18, 19, 68, 69, 70Weiss, Gail, 174n1Wellbery, David, 188n27Wills, David, 1, 8–10, 169nn6,7,8‘What is the Word’, 71What Where, 96White, Allon, 73–4Whitelaw, Billie, 101‘Whoroscope’ Notebook, 33Words and Music, 164–5, 166,

189n33Worstward Ho, 62–3